SAR Report for MBA Program MBA 2021 - NIT Kurukshetra

SAR Report for MBA Program

MBA 2021

PREFACE

Education is a very important cog for a nation’s growth. It is a vital aspect that helps the whole

human entity in the socio, economic, cultural, scientific and technological fronts. Thus NIT

Kurukshetra as an Institution of National Importance has been mandated to provide high quality

education. With a heritage of over 55 years the institute has prepared graduates of U.G., P.G. and

Ph.D. levels who are contributing productively in the social, economic, cultural, scientific and

technological growth at levels of community, country and globe.

Established in 1963 as Regional Engineering College, Kurukshetra, the status of the institute was

upgraded to National Institute of Technology in the year 2002.The Department of Business

Administration was established in 2006. The faculty members, commensurate with the work

culture of NIT, demonstrate dedication and commitment towards preparing market and industry

ready graduates.

As a common policy of imparting high quality education, the Department of Business

Administration under took the project of NBA accreditation along with all other Technology

Departments. The faculty members of the department are well aware of philosophy OUTCOME

BASED EDUCATION (OBE) implying high quality learning outcomes for most of the students

pursuing MBA programme. The faculty members have demonstrated deeper concern and

dedication with the focus of better learning by students while preparing self-assessment report

(SAR).

The Department is preparing itself by discussions and consultations to welcome the NBA’s expert

peer team with the motivation to acquire NBA accreditation for period of six years. The

Department is trying to improve quality consciousness not only in academic matters but all allied

operations and activities happening in the Department.

It gives me immense pleasure to welcome the NBA peer team to National Institute of Technology,

Kurukshetra and for their subsequent valuable observation and recommendations for continuous

quality improvement of all operations and activities of the Department.

Table of Content

Page No

Part A

Criteria 1 01

Criteria 2 05

Criteria 3 33

Criteria 4 284

Criteria 5 295

Criteria 6 310

Criteria 7 330

Criteria 8 340

Criteria 9 357

Criteria 10 358

Declaration 365

Annexure 366

Vision, Mission & Program Educational Objectives

Governance, Leadership & Financial Resources

Program Outcomes & Course Outcomes

Curriculum & Learning Process

Student Quality and Performance

Faculty Attributes and Contributions

Industry & International Connect

Infrastructure

Alumni Performance and Connect

Continuous Improvement

PART A- Profile of the Institute

1. Name and Address of the Institution: Department of Business Administra tion

National Institute of Technology, Kurukshetra

City: -Kurukshetra

State: -Haryana Pin Code: -136119

Website: -nitkkr.ac.in E-mail: [email protected]

STD Code: (+91)1744 Phone No: 01744- 233524

2. Name and Address of the Affiliating University, if applicable: N.A.

3. Year of Establishment of the Institution: 2006 under Self Financing Scheme

2012 Department Regularized 4. Type of the Institution:

Institute of National Importance √ Autonomous

University AICTE Approved PGDM Institutions

Deemed University Any other (Please specify) *

5. Ownership Status:

Central Government √ Trust

State Government Society

Government Aided Section 25 Company

Self-financing Any Other (Please specify) *

*Provide Details:

6. Vision of the Institution:

“To be a role model in technical education and research responsive to global challenges.”

7. Mission of the Institution

M1: To impart quality technical education that develops innovative professionals and

entrepreneurs.

M2: To undertake research that generates cutting-edge technologies and futuris t ic

knowledge, focusing on the socio-economic needs.

8. Details of all the programs offered by the Institution

Sl No.

Program Name Year of start

Intake at the start of the

program

Increase in intake if any (from the

start)

Year of increase

AICTE Approval

Accreditation Status*

1. Master of

Business Administration

2006 60 Decreased=7 2019-20 NA Applying first

time

* Write applicable one:

Applying first time

Granted provisional accreditation for two/three years for the period (specify period)

Granted accreditation for 5/6 years for the period (specify period)

Not accredited (specify visit dates, year)

Withdrawn (specify visit dates, year)

Not eligible for accreditation

Eligible but not applied

Note: Add rows as needed

9. Programs to be considered for Accreditation vide this application

S.

No.

Program Name Current Year

Sanctioned Intake

Current Year

admitted Nos.

1. Master of Business Administration

10. Contact Information of the Head of the Institution and NBA coordinator, if

designated:

i. Head of the Department: -

Name: -Dr. Rajender Kumar Designation: - Professor

Status of Appointment: -Regular

Phone No: - +91-1744-233525 Mobile: - +91-9416412100

E-mail: [email protected]

Department of Business Administration Page 1

CRITERIA 1: VISON MISSION & PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVE

1.1 Vision and Mission statements (5)

Vision of Department

To be a role model in management education and research responsive to global challenges.

Mission of Department

M-1: To impart quality management education.

M-2: To develop innovative professionals, entrepreneurs, and researchers.

M-3: To generate prime knowledge resources for the growth of industry, society and

futuristic knowledge focusing on the socio-economic needs.

1.2. PEOs Statements (5)

PEO 1: To attain managerial position in organizations.

PEO 2: To inculcate innovative and sustainable solution to accomplish the dynamic socio-

economic needs.

PEO 3: To enhance research acumen for the growth of industry and society.

PEO 4: To develop entrepreneurial spirit.

1.3 Dissemination among stakeholders (10)

The above vision and mission statements were percolated down to the key stakeholders i.e.

students past and present, faculty, staff, members of various advisory councils of the institute; and

parents through a systematic diffusion process.

Our Vision and Mission Statements are:

1. Published at our Website www.nitkkr.ac.in

2. Disseminated during Board of Governors Meeting

3. Disseminated during Senate Meeting

4. Disseminated during Area Advisory Council Meeting

http://www.nitkkr.ac.in/


5. Disseminated during Student Orientation Program

6. Disseminated during Student Re-registration Program

7. Disseminated during Alumni Meetings (through Alumni website page)

8. Prominently displayed in all the Faculty cubicles.

9. Prominently displayed at departmental library

10. Prominently displayed at in the corridors and class rooms

11. Published in our Admission Brochures

12. Published in our Placement Brochures

The vision, mission and PEO’s are disseminated to the stakeholders of the program as shown in

figure 1.

Figure 1: Various types of stakeholders and information disseminating channel

1.4 Formulation process (15)

The Department framed its vision, mission and PEO’s through consultative process and

presentation followed by discussions in groups of various levels as shown in figure 2. It includes

major leadership teams like Senate, BOS (Board of Studies) and Departmental Advisory

Committee comprising of three Area Advisory Committee of the Department. Thus, it is an

inclusive exercise for incorporating new trends and technologies emerging in all the three areas

Stakeholders

Internal

Management

Support

Staff

Students

Faculty

External

Employers

Industry

Alumni

Funding Agencies

Channel of Communication

Institution Website (www.nit.kkr.ac.in)

Orientation program

Student Lounge

Alumni Meetings

Library

Newsletter


(finance, marketing and HRM). The Departmental Advisory Committee (DAC) prepared the

proposed changes in outcome statements such as PEOs, POs and CO’s.

Figure 2: Flow diagram for Formulation Process of Vision, Mission and PEOs of the

program

1.5 Consistency of PEO’s with the Mission (15)

Mapping Elements Justification

M1: To impart quality management education.

PEO1: To attain managerial position in organizations.

Correlation: 2

Quality management education

implies better career prospects

M2: To develop innovative professionals,

entrepreneurs and researchers.


Correlation:3

For growing career in ever changing

different sectors of business creativity

and innovativeness is absolutely

essential.

M3: To generate prime knowledge resources for the

growth of industry, society and futuristic knowledge

focusing on the socio-economic needs.


Correlation:2

To become a successful manager the

students must be having an effective

information decision-making skill to

give a best performance in an

organization.


PEO2: To inculcate innovative and sustainable solution

to accomplish the dynamic socio-economic needs.

Correlation:1

Quality management education

ensures inculcating innovative

attitude in graduates using creative

and innovative delivery methods

through internal and external

resources.



Innovative professionals need

qualities of leadership and research

abilities. The department inculcates

Senate

Board of

Studies

Department

Advisory

Committee




Correlation:3

such qualities through intensive

participative learning using methods

like case studies, group discussions,

workshops and seminars etc.






Correlation:2

Entrepreneurial and experimental

aptitude will help to survive in

challenging business environment.

The department is indoctrinating these

skills through internship, live projects,

dissertations and alumni meets.


PEO3: To enhance research acumen for the growth of

industry and society.

Correlation:1

Quality education will enhance

research insight and solid platform in

students which further help them

arriving at optimal judge-mental

abilities solving for complex

problems blocking general growth in

industry.





Correlation:3






Correlation:2

Generation of futuristic knowledge

resources require research

competencies and conduction

abilities. New knowledge help in

solving day to day and long-term

problem which may otherwise slow

down the progress in industry.


PEO4: To develop entrepreneurial spirit.

Correlation:1

Quality education means imparting

right attitudes risk taking confidence

and projecting the profitability of

business undertaking. Such ethical

and risk-taking attitude is absolutely

necessary for successful

entrepreneurs.




Correlation:3





Correlation:1


CRITERION 2: GOVERNANCE, LEADERSHIP & FINANCIAL

RESOURCES (100)

2.1 – Governance and Leadership (60)

2.1.1 – Governance Structure and Policies (25)

2.1.1.1 – Governing Structure (10)

(List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative bodies; their

memberships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the meetings; and attendance

therein, details of monitoring of performance done by the BOG. A few sample minutes of the

meetings and action-taken reports should be annexed)

List of Governing structure

Institutional Governance

1. BOG

2. Director

3. Senate

4. BOS

5. Committees:

Departmental Management

1. HOD

2. DAC- Departmental Advisory Committee, DRC- Departmental Research

Committee, DPC- Departmental Purchase Committee (their memberships,

functions, and responsibilities are given in annexure).

3. Coordinators of streams

4. Faculty

Details of monitoring of performance done by the BOG

THE DIRECTOR AND HIS POWERS

https://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/STORES_AND_PURCHAS_RULES_2008.PDF

1. The Director of the Institute shall be appointed by the visitor on contract basis on the

recommendation of ·a Selection Committee constituted by him consisting of at least

five members including the Chairman who are experts in the field of technical education

with experience at national and international level.

https://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/STORES_AND_PURCHAS_RULES_2008.PDF

Department of Business Administration [Type text] Page 6

2. The Director shall be appointed for a period of five years and shall be governed by the

terms and conditions of the Contract of Service entered in to between the Institute and

the Director as per the form specified in Schedule-A.

3. Subject to the budget provisions made for the specific purpose. The Director shall have

the power to incur expenditure in accordance with the procedure as may be laid down

in the ordinances.

4. The Director shall have the power to appropriate funds with respect to different items

constituting the recurring budget up to a limit specified for the Head of Department in

the central government for each item:

Provided that 'such appropriation shall not involve any increase in the budget

and any liability in future years:

Provided further that every such appropriation shall, as soon as possible, be

reported to the Board.

5. The Director shall have the power to write off irrecoverable losses up to a limit of ten

thousand rupees and of irrecoverable value of store items lost or rendered unserviceable

due to normal wear and tear or obsolete up to a limit of twenty five thousand rupees

subject to such stipulations as may be made by the Board from time to time.

6. The Director shall have the power to donate obsolete equipment or store items, as

identified by a Committee constituted for this purpose by the Director, to any

educational institution in the vicinity of the Institute up to such limits as maybe decided

by the Board from time to time.

7. The Director, where he is the appointing authority, shall have the power to fix on the

recommendations of the Selection Committee, the initial pay of an incumbent at a stage

higher than the minimum of the scale, but not involving more than five increments, in

respect of posts to which appointment can be made by him under the powers vested in

him by the provision of the Act or these statutes.

8. The Director shall have the power to employ Teaching Supporting Staff in the

Laboratories, Technicians or Technical Instructors' and Skilled Workmen, paid from

contingencies from time to time, for not more than one year on such remuneration as

may be decided by the Board.

9. The Director shall have the- power to send members of the staff for training or to attend

course of instruction inside India subject to such terms and conditions as may be

specified by the ordinances. ·

10. The Director shall have the power to sanction temporary allocation of any building for

any purpose other than that for which it was constructed.


11. If for any reason the Registrar is temporarily absent for a period not exceeding one

month the Director may take over or assign to any faculty member or member of staff

of the Institute, any of the functions of the Registrar as he deems fit:

Provided that if at any time the temporary absence of the Registrar exceeds one month

the Board may, if it thinks fit, authorize the Director to take over or assign the function

of the Registrar for a period exceeding one month.

12. All contracts for and behalf of the Institute except the one between the Institute and the

Director shall when authorized by a resolution of the Board passed in that behalf be in-

writing and be expressed to be made in the name of the Institute and every such contract

shall be executed on behalf of the Institute by the Director, but shall not be personally

liable in respect of anything under such contract.

13. The director may during his absence from headquarters, specifically authorize in

writing the Deputy Director or in his absence, one of the Deans or the Senior most

professor present to sanction advances travelling allowance, contingencies and medical

treatment of the staff and sign and counter sign bills on his behalf.

14. The Director may at his discretion constitute such committees, as he may consider

appropriate for smooth functioning of the Institute.

15. In the event of the occurrence of any vacancy in the office of the Chairperson by reason

of his death resignation or otherwise or in the event of the Chairperson being unable to

discharge his functions owing to absence illness or any other cause, the Director may

discharge the functions assigned to the Chairperson under section16 of the Act.

16. The Director may, with the approval of the Board delegate any of his powers,

authorities or responsibilities vested in him by virtue of the Act and Statutes to one or

more members of Academic or Administrative Staff of the Institute.

HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT/CENTRE

1. Each Department and Centre of the Institute shall be placed in charge of a Head who

shall be selected by the Director, from amongst the Professor and Associate Professors

of that Department or Centre.

a. Provided that if a Department or Centre has no Professor or Associate Professor,

the Director may appoint an Assistant Professor of that Department of Centre

to head the Department or Centre.

2. The Head of a Department or Centre shall hold his post for a term of two year , Provided

that after the expiry of his term of office, he shall continue to hold office till the

appointment of his successor

a. Provided further that no person shall head a Department or Centre continuously

for a period exceeding three year unless he is specially appointed at least for a

second term.


3. The Director may himself take temporary charge of a Department or place it under the

charge of the Deputy Director or a Professor from another department for a period not

exceeding six months.

4. The Head of Department shall be responsible for the entire working of the Department

subject to the general control and supervision of the Director.

5. The Head of Department shall be duty bound to see that the decisions of the authorities

of the Institute arid of Director are faithfully carried out. He shall perform such other

duties as may be assigned to him by the Director or Senate.

6. When appointment to the post of Head of Department or Centre becomes due, the

Director ·shall ascertain the willingness, of the persons eligible to be appointed as Head

for being so appointed and shall generally select a person’s by rotation from among

eligible and willing persons.

7. Whenever it is proposed to deviate from the principle of rotation, such appointment

shall be made only with the prior approval of the Chairperson, Board of Governors and

for reasons to be recorded in writing and shall also be reported to the Senate and the

Board along with reasons for deviation, in their nest meetings.

BOARD OF STUDIES COMPOSITION

1. Dr. Neeraj Kaushik Chairman

2. Prof. T.J Kamalanabhan, IIT Madras External Expert

3. Prof. Alok Rai, BHU Varanasi External Expert

4. Prof. Rajender Kumar Member

5. Dr. Mohd. Firoz Member

Responsibilities:

The Constitution of the Board of Studies of each department of the institute in the faculty of

the Institute as decided by the Board will be as under:

1. The Chairman of the Department will be Chairman of the BOS.

2. All Professors of the Departments.

3. Three Assistant Professors and three Lecturers from the Department to be nominated

by the Director, NIT by rotation according to seniority for a period of three years.

4. Two outside experts to be nominated by the Director, NIT from the panel recommended

by the Chairman of the Department for a period of three years.

It has been felt that instead of one Board of Studies for Applied Sciences & Humanities

Department there should be four separate Board of Studies for the Departments of Physics,

Chemistry, Mathematics and Humanities. Accordingly, this matter is being placed before

the Board of Governors in their 2nd meeting to be held on 19.04.2003.

The Constitution of any Board of Studies may be changed amended by the Director, if need

so arises from time to time. However, the number of outside experts on any Board of

Studies may be increased by the Senate.


The Powers & functions of Board of Studies of each Department will be as under:

1. To recommend the procedure for the conduct of Undergraduate/Postgraduate

examinations/Ph.D. program/courses of study and syllabi.

2. To recommend the panel of examiners of various subjects/various examinations.

3. To formulate institute level policy and coordinate as well as review. Curricula, Time-

schedules, evaluation of academic performance of student’s research activities of

students, academic awards practical training, academic planning with regard to new

activities and review of existing departments and centres.

4. To establish liaison with Industry and to regulate-Consultancy Projects, Sponsored R&

Projects, Sponsored and Industry based Short-term Courses, patents and technical

knowhow transfer of Industry and Inter- Institutional Collaborative Links abroad.

5. To deal with any matter that may be referred to by the Senate.

The Director of the Institute may delegate any other power & function to the Board of Studies

as he deems fit.

DEPARTMENTAL RESEARCH COMMITTEE COMPOSITION

1. Dr. Neeraj Kaushik In Chair

2. Prof. Rajender Kumar Professor

3. Prof. Gian Bhushan Dean (academic)

4. Prof. Ashutosh Kumar Singh Head, Computer Applications

5. Prof. Sathans Professor, Electrical Engineering.

Responsibilities:

The DRC/SRC shall consist of the following, provided each member qualifies to be a Ph.D.

supervisor;

(i) HOD/School Coordinator

(ii) All Professors of the Department

(iii) Three Associate Professors of the department by rotation. The term of an Associate

Professor will be 2 years, the changeover taking effect on 1st July (every year).

(iv) One External Expert for a tenure of two years (from panel of six experts)**

(v) Supervisors of the scholars.

They do not, however, constitute the regular members (unless covered under (i) or

(ii) or (iii). They participate in DRC/SRC meetings only when the cases of their

respective scholars are taken up.

For applied Sciences Departments/Schools/MBA/MCA. If the number of

total members including Chairman comes out to be less than 5, then


additional members of Professor Level may be nominated by the Hon’ble

Director.

For Engineering departments, if total number of members including

Chairman comes out to be less than 7, then additional members of Professor

Level may be nominated by the Hon’ble Director.

* The HOD/School Coordinator shall be the Chairman of the DRC/SRC. If

the HOD/Scholl Coordinator does not qualify to be a Ph.D. supervisor, the

senior most qualifying faculty member of the Department will act as the

Chairman of the DRC. Faculty members, qualified to be the supervisors, can

only be members of DRC. If Chairman of the DRC/SRC is not able to attend

a DRC/SRC meeting due to compelling reasons, senior most DRC/SRC

members will work as Chairman, DRC/SRC.

**Panel of six experts to be recommend by the respective DRC/SRC. These

should be Professor or equivalent from IIT/NIT/IIM/IISc/IISER/R&D

Organizations/Industry.

#If a Co-Supervisor of the scholar is from outside NIT Kurukshetra but from

within the country, he will be invited for the DRC/SRC meeting whenever

his scholar’s comprehensive, pre-synopsis seminar and final examination is

taken up. In all such cases, he will be paid TA/DA by the Institute as per

rules.

DRC/SRC requires the approval of Director as and when required. At least

50% of the total members should be present during the proceedings of

DRC/SRC. Minutes of all DRC meetings will be sent to Dean (Academic).

DEPARTMENTAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE COMPOSITION




Responsibilities:

As per the Senate Item 18.4: To consider and decide the amendments to the role of

BOS, DRC and DAC:

The Senate approved the role of DAC, DRC and BOS with minor amendments as under.

A) Constitution and functions of Departmental Advisory Committee (DAC)

The composition of DAC is as under:

i) Head of the Department.

ii) All Professor of the Department.

iii) Two Associate Professors and two Assistant Professors in order of seniority by

rotation for 2 year.

iv) The Head of the Department shall constitute the DAC and approved by the

Director.


B) Functions of DAC:

The DAC shall discharge the following functions.

1. To appoint Course coordinators for UG/PG courses and external examiners for

M. Tech./MBA/MCA programs.

2. Advising the Head of the Department regarding policies and procedures for

Academic Programs and other Departmental Affairs for smooth function of the

Department.

3. Periodical reviewing of the UG/PG courses and recommending updation/

modification of syllabi to BOS from time to time.

DEPARTMENTAL PURCHASE COMMITTEE COMPOSITION




Responsibilities:

The DPC will take decision on all matter related to purchase in the Department.


Organization Chart


2.1.1.2 – Service Rules (5)

The service rules for the employees are available on the website and in the institute for their

reference. The service book has also been given to all staff members with the help of an email and

if any changes or amendment is done that is also notified to the staff. The institute has a very clear

policy on the transparency. To ensure the notice reaches everyone the department does its best to

communicate the same via multiple channels such as website, email, notice board, meetings, verbal

announcement etc.

The institute has rules relating to Holidays, Work Time & Workdays, Salary, Performance

Appraisal, Other Benefits related to salary, Recruitment & Selection Process, Leave Rules, TA/DA

rules, Career Advancement, Consultancy and other general rules. The institute has put his best step

forward in designing these rules in the complete fairness in order to ensure equality and fairness.

MACP Rules

MACPS allows three financial up gradations in the career of a central government employee.

Counting for up gradation under MACPS starts from the direct entry grade on completion of 10,

20, 30 year services respectively. For complete information; check the link below:

http://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/MACP%20Scheme.pdf

Memorandum of Association of NIT

MOA provides rules for National Institute of Technology, Kurukshetra. Full information is

provided in the link below:

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/MOA.pdf

Memorandum of Association of RECK

Ministry of Human Resource Development, New Delhi has upgraded the REC Kurukshetra to

National Institute of Technology, Kurukshetra with the status of Deemed University w.e.f.

26.6.2002. The NIT Kurukshetra has also been registered under the Societies Registration Act XXI

of 1860 on 9th April, 2003. For more information, check the link below:

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/ReckRules.pdf

Qualification for teaching

The qualification for making recruitment of lecturers, Assistant Professor and Professor for

different departments is given in the link below:

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/Teaching.pdf

http://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/MACP%20Scheme.pdf

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/MOA.pdf

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/ReckRules.pdf

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/Teaching.pdf


Qualification for Non-teaching

The qualification for making recruitment of non-teaching staff for different departments is given

in the link below:

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/Non_Teaching.pdf

Career Advancement Scheme (CAS)

The eligibility criteria to move from one grade to another for teaching staff is given in the link

below:

http://nitkkr.ac.in/sub_courses.php?id=305

Central Civil Services – Leave Rules

These rules shall apply to government servants appointed to the civil services and post in

connection with the affairs of the union, but shall not apply to some of the categories of persons.

The required information is provided in the link below:

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/CLR.pdf

2.1.1.3. Policies (5)

The Department follows same guidelines and policies that have been set by the Institute. The

Institute has well defined policies and guidelines for its entire faculty, students, alumni and other

stakeholders. The Institute has also initiated and developed these policies with the help of the

stakeholders. The inputs and suggestions provided by the stake holders have made it possible to

amend the policy guidelines from time to time.

The institute has well defined guidelines for almost all the domains for which it requires to have

the guidelines. Academic, placement, admission, hostel related, anti-ragging etc. all such

guidelines are covered in the policy book.

CODE OF CONDUCT IN NIT KURUKSHETRA

Clause 1: General

Every employee should come on time in the institution on working days.

No employees shall indulge in any verbal quarrel or any violent activity with staff or any

student.

No employee shall use public address system in the institute without authorized permission.

No employee shall hurt any religious sentiments of nay staff or any student in the

institution.

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/Non_Teaching.pdf

http://nitkkr.ac.in/sub_courses.php?id=305

http://nitkkr.ac.in/nit_kuk/docs/CLR.pdf


Clause 2: Unfair Means &Plagiarism

No employee shall indulge in any unfair practice with the official work and any other

research project or academics.

Every employee should conduct himself with honesty and integrity in the institution.

Any such report with plagiarism will not be accepted by the institution.

Clause 3: Taking part in politics and election

No employee will take part in politics being the member of institution.

No employees shall fight election on any platform.

Clause-4: Connection with radio, TV, or PRESS.

No employee shall play or conduct or participate in editing in any magazines, newspaper

and in radio, television and in press.

Clause-5: Criticism of the institute

No employee shall in any radio, TV, or any other public media criticize the institution in

any manner.

No employee shall should go in public criticizing the policies draft by the institution.

Suitable action will be taken against the person found in any activity related to this.

Clause-6: Gifts

No employee shall accept any gifts from anyone in the institution as it will be a considered

as a bribe.

Interpretation of the ‘trifling value’ shall be the same as laid by the government servants

conduct rules.

Clause-7: Private trade and practices

No employees shall do or indulge in any kind of trade practices in the intuition or by the

name of institution.

Any such practices will not be entertained by the institution.

Clause-8: Duties of the employees

Every employee is advised to fulfil his/her duties with full integrity and honesty.

Every employee is required to mark his attendance; without which it will be considered as

absent.

Except for valid reason no employee shall be absent on the working day of the institution.

It shall be duty of all the employees to follow the ‘Fundamental duties of Institution’.


For more information, go to this link:

https://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/Code%20of%20Conduct%20rulesnn.PDF

BUILDING & WORKS COMMITTEE, NIT KURUKSHETRA

Building & Works Committee is the committee which comes under Estate Section. It consists of

Eight Member which is lead by Chairman and seven other members which includes

One person nominated by the Central Government (MHRD) below the rank of Director of

Deputy Secretary

One person nominated by the Board of Governors

Dean, Planning & Development

One expert from Civil Engineering Wing of the Central or State Government Or any

autonomous body of repute

Special Invitee

Member Secretary

This committee manages all the projects and other activities of the Institute and also responsible

for the entire work regarding the maintenance and renovation.

For further details, please check the link below:

https://nitkkr.ac.in/sub_courses.php?id=198&id4=129

2.1.1.4 Strategic plan (5)

The SWOT analysis of the Department is a depiction of the present scenario of the Department.

This strategic planning depicts strength, weakness, opportunity and threats. The Department till

now practiced strategic planning through institutional planning meetings and proceedings. In tune

with the requirements of NBA Quality Assurance, following SWOT analysis was conducted

recently to initiate strategic planning of the operations of the Department.

Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities Threats

Qualified & Dedicated Faculty. Shortage of

Adequate Regular

Faculty

Strategic tie-ups

with companies

Meet out the

global challenges

in the area of

Management

Students actively participating in

events.

Publishes papers in

Conferences/Journals

Actively participated in Institute

events like Techspardha,

Confluence, and Industry Summit

as well as cultural events.

Lack of labs

related to

specializations

Research

consultancy

Core focus on

specific

specializations

https://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/Code%20of%20Conduct%20rulesnn.PDF



Department is extending

cooperation to Administration in

various capacities like DVC,

Industry Cell, IIMS Software

Implementation, Support to

Accounts Department etc.

Lack of Business

Communication

Lab

Corporate

Oriented design

of the curriculum

More competitive

environment

Various Labs approved for future

including Psychology lab and

Business Communincation lab

Brand Building

through

Strategic

collaboration

with NSE

Strategic tie ups

with industry

and NSE

Developmental Strategic Planning in future shall be done matching Strengths and Opportunities

which may lead to diversification and changes in streams of specialization of existing MBA

program.

Combination of weaknesses and threats may slowly degrade the operations of the Department both

qualitatively and quantitatively.

Students have been effectively participating in events such as Techspardha, Confluence, and

Industry Summit just as social occasions. The department has been extending cooperation to

Administration in different limits like DVC, Industry Cell, IIMS Software Implementation,

Support to Accounts Department and so on Brand building via strategic collaboration with NSE,

thus augmenting research work.


Strategic plan (2021-2024)

Academic

Year

Major Actions and activities Duration

From To

2021-22 Joining of New faculty* June

2021

June

2022

2022-23 To introduce MBA program for Business Executives. June

2022

June

2023

2022-23 To offer customized programmes in various fields of

management education and MOU with companies for

assured placement and support.

June

2022

June

2023

To formulate specialized curriculum/courses as per the

industry requirements through Academia Industry Interface

June

2022

June

2023

2023-24 To emphasize on the research activities like consultancy

work with more industrial tie-ups and introduce EDP

(Entrepreneur Development Programs)

June

2023

June

2024

We as an institution have targeted to various Objectives for the upcoming academic years. In the

year 2019-20, we successfully recruited Permanent Faculties for our Department. The joining of

the faculty is subjected to decision from the pending court case.

We envisage introducing MBA program for Business Executive in the year 2022-23.

MOUs to be signed in the year 2022-23 with the various companies for assured placement and

support, henceforth customization in various fields of management education, thus to comprehend

courses as per the industrial requirements through academic.

Entrepreneur Developmental Programs will be introduced in the Year 2023-2024 to emphasize

entrepreneur developmental setting up incubator centre.

2.1.2. Faculty Empowerment (15)

2.1.2.1. Faculty development policies (5)

The Institution have a well-defined faculty development policy to ensure that faculty continues to

meet high standards

National/ International Activities in India

I.

(a)

Attending for Presentation of research papers in National & International Conferences/

Symposia/Seminar etc.

(b)

Visiting Institutes/ Universities/ Industries/ R& D Lab for Research interactions / Special

Training/Short Term Course/Workshop; Presentation of research project proposal etc.


Activities allowed: Maximum of Three activities would be allowed in India in a financial year.

International Activities in Abroad

II.

(a)

Attending for Presentation of research papers /delivering invited or keynote lectures in

National & International Conferences/ Symposia

(b)

Visiting Institutes/ Universities for Research Interactions/ Special Training/Workshop

Activities allowed: Maximum of Two activities would be allowed (abroad) in a block of three

years.

Participation in National/International Activities (India/Abroad):

Form- A will be used for activities under I and II.

Processing of Application for activities under II(a) and II(b) (Abroad)

1. Scrutiny and observation report by Departmental committee

Application is to be submitted by the faculty on Form- A under activity II(a) to the

Department well in advance, at least one month in advance of the conference. The

complete processing of the application takes about three weeks. After receiving the

application, a three member Departmental Committee consisting of HOD/Coordinator of

concerned department/school, one faculty working in specific research area/relevant

research area and one professor as nominated by HOD/Coordinator (preferably from

specific research area/relevant research area, in case of availability) will scrutinize the

applications based on the following points

i. Quality of the contents of the paper to be presented.

ii. Relevance of the paper with the theme of the conference.

iii. The nature of paper: experimental/theoretical/review. (Note- Review paper will not

be considered).

iv. Acceptance of paper/abstract, and review report (if any) attached.

v. Quality of the event and its relevance with the focused research area of the faculty.

vi. Number of faculty members going abroad at a time from the Department.

vii. Whether the event falls during vacation/semester break/holidays when there is no

teaching work.

The committee must ensure the followings:

1. Participation is in a quality event and the event is on focussed research areas of

the faculty.

2. The participations in the event is beneficial to the Institute.

3. The examination/ result related work do not suffer.

The Departmental Committee will forward the application of the faculty (Form-A)

along with the observations of the committee in the prescribed. Form D (required for

international activity under II (a) only) within 5 working days of receiving the application

to DR(Accounts) for further processing.

2. Confirmation of availability of fund


The confirmation of availability of fund in the prevailing CPDA financial block

year will be given by DR(Accounts). The application should be cleared by the accounts

section and sent to the office of Dean (FW) preferably within two working days after

receiving it from the concerned department/school.

3. Scrutiny and Recommendation by the Institutional Committee

After confirmation of the fund availability and upon satisfaction with the quality of

the event and observations report of the departmental committee (Form-A and Form-D)

the faculty member would be called to present his/her research work before the institute

level committee comprising of the following:

1. Dean (FW)

2. Dean (R&C)

3. HOD/Co-ordinator of concerned Department/School

(In case of non-availability of any member, a person holding the charge will participate

the meeting.)

The quality and relevance of the paper, and the presentation will be ensured by the

Institutional Committee. The committee shall also ensure that the participation in the event

will be beneficial to the institute. Upon satisfaction, the committee would recommend the

application for the activity which will be forwarded for the approval of the Director by

Dean (FW).

For international activities under II(b), the application in Form-A, duly scrutinized

by the departmental committee on the points mentioned at 1(wherever appropriate) is

also to be submitted to the office of Dean(FW) through DR(Acct.). The faculty member

has to make a presentation before the Institutional Committee to discuss details of the

event and to justify how his/her visit will be beneficial to the institute. Upon satisfaction,

the Institutional Committee would recommend the application to the Director for approval.

(After receipt of application for the activities under II from the Accounts Section, the office

of Dean(FW) will complete the process and forward it to the Director for approval

preferably within 10 working days.)

Guidelines

Visits to National/ International Events:

1. Visits for International/National events will only be allowed during vacation period (i.e.

semester breaks, summer and winter breaks, holidays only). HODs/Coordinators should

ensure that examination/result related work do not suffer while forwarding the application

of a faculty during vacation period also.

2. The conference should be prestigious/quality (Tier I level) and organized by

university/research institution/societies/industries.

3. The conference should not be a predatory/questionable conference as listed on various

online resources.

4. The review report /acceptance of paper/abstract of the manuscript should be attached with

the application form.

5. In absence of acceptance letter of the paper/abstract, the application will not be considered.

6. Faculty will be allowed to attend conferences in their own research areas/ relevant

interdisciplinary areas.


7. As the visits outside the institution (abroad and India) to be restricted to vacation period only,

there should not be any restriction in the number of faculty for participation in the events in

abroad/India. However, the HOD/Coordinator has to ensure that some faculty are retained

in the department for other academic/administrative work for smooth functioning of the

Department.

8. For the events (under I) if organized in the institute, there will be no vacation restriction for

the participation, but the faculty has to adjust the teaching work in order to avoid teaching

loss.

Total stay abroad during an activity visit under II(a):

a. Actual days of conference days and two additional days (one before and another after

the conference) plus the actual period of travel.

b. One/two extra days may be permitted under extraordinary circumstances only (like non-

availability of the Air India, its allied partner flights, etc.). However, prior approval from

competent authority is mandatory.

c. In normal circumstance, extension of stay abroad (in either side) will not be allowed. In

case, a faculty wants to stay abroad during holiday beyond the sanction limit, prior

permission from the Director is required. However, the Director may deny the

permission in case of exigencies.

Further, in case of over stay abroad, before/ or (and) after the conference period (with

prior approval of the Director), faculty will have to bear one way travel expenses. DA

will be provided as per above (point ‘a’ or ‘b’, whichever applicable) in addition to the

accommodation charge (as per rule) and registration fee on production of proof.

d. As per the GOI norms, the faculty has to travel by Air India/ its allied partner flights. In

case the travel is not made through the above said Airlines, the Air-fare will not be

reimbursed. However, DA (for the conference days plus two days only), accommodation

charge (as per rule) and the registration fee can be reimbursed only on production of

proof.

e. Suffix/prefix of Saturday/Sunday/Holidays with the duty will be dealt as per the

GOI/Institute rules. In any case, total stay abroad should not be more than the approved

one.

Total stay abroad during an activity visit under II(b):

A maximum of 10 days is allowed for the event under II (b) during summer/ winter

vacation/semester break and holidays only. A period of more than 10 days (maximum

of 4 weeks during summer holidays only) may be allowed but the reimbursement will

be limited for maximum of 10 days only. The remaining expenditure (i.e. more than 10

days) may be borne by the university/institute being visited / any external agency or by

the faculty.

Participation in International/National activities in India under I (a & b):

i) Attending training/short term courses/Workshop in an academic year (preferably one per

semester) during vacation/ break/holidays is allowed as long as the period does not exceed

the duration of vacation. However, for the presentation of research proposal there will be

no restriction of vacation/break/holidays.

ii) For the activities covered under I, faculty need to submit Form A furnishing details of the

event to the Department. After having a thorough examination, HOD/Coordinator will

forward the application to DR (Accounts) for confirmation of fund availability under


CPDA. Accounts clearance should be given preferably within two days and the

application to be forwarded to the office of Dean (FW).

iii) An application for an activity in India is expected to reach in the office of Dean (FW)

within a week from the day it is submitted in the department/school. The Dean (FW) will

further process for the approval of the Director.

Knowledge sharing & Report submission:

i. Faculty member attending a conference abroad under II(a) need to share his/her

experience/knowledge with fellow faculty members in the department/school and

submit a report of the activity carried out to office of Dean (FW)within a week of

arriving back in the institute.

ii. In case of activities abroad under II(b), faculty will have to share his/her experience in

the department through a presentation within a week of return in the institute. The

department may invite other faculty members and research students.

iii. HODs/Coordinators of schools are to make sure that the reports of the activities attended

(under II a & b) and/ departmental presentation certificate are submitted to the office of

Dean (FW). The presentation must be carried out in the department for the activities

under II(b) within 15 days of return.

Expenditure and Reimbursement:

i. Prior approval shall be taken for any expenditure under this grant.

ii. The faculty will be required to claim the reimbursement along with a copy of report of

participation of activity and/departmental presentation certificate (as the case may be)

within a month of return. Account section has to ensure of submission of the above

documents by the claimant before making the reimbursement.

iii. Payment mode for registration/ accommodation for an activity outside India can be cash

(in appropriate currency)/cheque/credit card/debit card/forex card/net banking/bank

transfer etc. and reimbursement will be made on actual payment basis. In case of

payment in currency other than Indian rupees, actual charges (which include

conversion/service charges) will be reimbursed but conversion needs to be made through

government approved agencies/government agencies/banks.

iv. Any expenditure incurred towards participation in the activity (under I & II) including

registration fees paid, shall not be reimbursable if the faculty fails to attend the activities

due to any reason.

In case of cancellation of visit abroad due to government directions/exigencies in the

institute, the institute will reimburse all expenses (including registration fee, ticket/ticket

cancellation fee /visa fee etc.) retaining the chance of attending one international

conference abroad in one financial year.

v. The amount sanctioned shall be sanctioned on reimbursable basis.

vi. Only one third of the amount sanctioned over a block period shall be made available

during the first year of the block period of 3 years. Any unutilised amount shall be rolled

over to the second year and the remaining amount sanctioned during the third year.

Amount set aside for each year of the block period shall not be paid in advance.

vii. Faculty need to make yearly procurement plan of activities to avoid last minute purchase

problems the expenditure to the tune of Rs.1 Lac per year should be planned.


viii. Only regular faculty members who have cleared their probation shall be eligible for

international travel abroad under CPDA grant. The faculty who are on

deputation/QIP/leave beyond 30 days are not entitled for claiming reimbursement under

CPDA funds during their absence from the institute.

ix. The reimbursement made under CPDA shall be subject to audit.

Total number of International Travel will not exceed one in any financial year, supported by

any grant.

The funds utilized for activities I and II under List-A, will be maximum of 70% of total CPDA

(2.1 lacs) earmarked for individual faculty member for the three-year period.

The expenditure under CPDA on the activities under List-A& List-B is mandatory to be

recorded in the appropriate stock register after having physical verification of the items by the

store of the department/school, and is auditable. The faculty member will be responsible for all

audit clarification, if any.


List - B

Procurement Activities under CPDA

1. Membership Fee of Professional Bodies/Societies (both National and International):

Maximum three in one block year.

2.

Contingent expenses:

B. Consumables such as chemicals, laboratory glassware, charges for synthesis and

analysis of samples for pursuing research.

B. Stationery, Books and related items; (Expenditure towards purchase of books shall

not exceed Rs.15000/- in a financial year).

C. Computer related consumables:

Inverter Battery on replacement basis (once in a three year block), UPS/ UPS

battery/Laptop battery (on replacement basis), Laptop adapter, Pen Drive, External

Hard Disk (not more than 1 each in a year); Printer Cartridge (one new cartridge in a

year only) /Refilling, Wi-Fi router & dongle; Wireless Presenter, Laser pointer, CD;

Keyboard & Mouse ( on replacement basis); Memory card; Up-gradation of computer

parts and/ replacement ( in case of failure) except mother board; replacement of mother

board requires certification of CCN duly approved by the HOD of concerned

department.

Any other item not listed above requires prior approval of the Director.

(Form ‘B’ &‘C’ are to be used for procurement activities under List-B which should be cleared

within 5 working days by the concerned department/school and accounts so as to reach to office

of Dean (FW) for further processing.)

The department has process of taking feedback from students regularly in a documented form.

That procedure has predefined criterion in which various elements of teaching are rated by the

students and in few open-ended questions they provide the feedback on improvement. This

feedback is then shred with the faculty of the institute and this is further utilized in denoting

certain areas of duty and appraisal by the institute.


2.1.2.2. Decentralization, delegation of power and Collective decision making (10)

The department believes in the policy of participative management and decentralization. Emphasis

is made on including every faculty and staff member by involving them in various committees.

Powers and Roles of HOD and Other faculty members

Name &

Designation

Academic Financial Managerial &

Administrative

Remarks

related to

utilization

of powers &

evidence

files

Director Strategic

resources

approval

HOD Academic planning

and implementation

for the MBA

courses

Rs 25000/-

for

Departmental

Expenses

Rs 5 lac for a

single

purchase /

service order

etc.

*Sanctioning CL,

*Recommending

procurement etc.

Strategic

resources

planning,

leading

BOS, DRC,

DPC, DRC,

Chairman

MBA

Admission

Committee

Prof Rajender

Kumar

Mentor

Area Coordinator

(HRM)

Advising the

department on various

issues

BOS, DRC,

DAC, DPC

Dr. Neeraj

Kaushik

Area Coordinator

(Marketing)

Students Advisor

BOS, DRC,

DAC, DPC

Dr. Mohd.

Firoz

Ensuring the

placement profile of

the students are up to

date, the matching of

student’s data with

company

requirement

Departmental

Budgeting decisions

- Contacting the

companies, approval

of slot and profile,

finalizing the details

on number of students

to be provided to a

company.

Preparation of the

Departmental budget

and controlling

BOS, PAC,

DPC

& Finances

Dr. Sathans,

Department of

To approve the

progress of the

scholars, to set

DRC-

Member


Electrical

Engineering

Dr. Gian

Bhushan,

Department of

Mechanical

Engineering

Dr. Ashutosh

Kumar Singh,

Department of

Computer

Application

norms on basic

selection criteria,

analysis of research

topic and its viability

The Placement Advisory Committee (PAC) is headed by Dr. Mohd. Firoz and the

activities of placement are managed by the students. This committee communicates with

the companies for the placement and internship and provide them the interaction/interview

slots.

Student’s Advisory Committee (SAC) is playing a very important role to advise the

Department for improvement in various areas like conducting quizzes and other activities

that are semi academic in nature, arranging the guest lectures and personality development

programs.

Roles and Responsibility of SAC

o Bridging the gap between faculty and student

o Ensuring the welfare of student

o Reporting a feedback every 4 weeks about the faculty, department, infrastructure

and various other classroom related matters.

o Making arrangements for Personality Development workshop for the correct

grooming of the students

o Arranging guest lectures.

o Working to maintain harmonious relations with the alumni of the department.

o Arranging the alumni meet.

The Head of the Department takes feedback from the SAC and PAC on regular intervals.

The system of empowering the students with this much authority has kept them on toes. This

culture of the department prepares them well for the active corporate work outside and also at the

same time keeps the students motivated. Sharing of responsibility and delegation of authority has

made the student feel their importance to the department. The passed-out students of the


department always feels connected to the name NITian and has an alumni association in which

they have always helped out their junior students.

Roles and Responsibility of PAC

o Managing the student’s data for placement and internship purpose

o Maintaining and updating the data of the company for contacting them

o Contacting the companies and inviting them for placement

o Ensuring the slot availability while inviting the company

o Ensuring the requirements of the company on campus is fulfilled like stay, food,

lab for conducting online test, GD rooms and interview rooms.

Departmental Advisory Committee Composition




Responsibilities:

As per the Senate Item 18.4: To consider and decide the amendments to the role of BOS,

DRC and DAC:

The Senate approved the role of DAC, DRC and BOS with minor amendments as under.

a) Constitution and functions of Departmental Advisory Committee (DAC)

The composition of DAC may be as under,

1. Head of the Department.

2. All Professor of the Department.

3. Two Associate Professors and two Assistant Professors in order of sonority by

rotation for 2year.

The Head of the Department shall constitute the DAC and approved by the Director.

2.1.3. Effective Governance Indicators (20)

2.1.3.1. Grievance Redressal mechanism (5)

(Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance redressal cell including Anti Ragging

Committee & Sexual Harassment Committee.)


Grievances handling Policies in NIT KURUKSHETRA

Grievance Handling Between Students

If you become the subject of a grievance, make sure to familiarize yourself with how the process

works at your institution. This section provides some general advice for setting up a strong defence

but should be done within the context of the policies of the institution.

Grievance Handling Between Student and Teacher

The best defence against a grievance is a well-designed syllabus with clearly-stated policies. When

well-designed, the syllabus provides a quasi-contractual agreement that outlines the course content

as well as the instructor’s expectations for student conduct and method of grading.

PROCEDURE FOR COMPLAINT: -

Complaint must be made by the victim or witness in writing.

Oral Complaints are to be lodged in person or by person accompanying the victim before

the Chairperson or to any member of the Committee.

All complaint must be addressed to the chairperson of the committee.

Complaint must be filled in a proper hierarchy.

The following committee is constructed to handle the concerned matter.

1. Dr. Rajender Kumar,

Professor, Department of Business Administration

Chairman

2. Dr. Vikas Chaudhary

Professor, Department of Humanities and Social Sciences

Member

3. Dr. (Ms.) Ratna Dahiya

Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering

Member

4. Dr. Mohd. Firoz, Assistant Professor, Business Admn. Deptt. Member

For Details, below is the link:-

https://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/grievance.pdf

Policies to prevent Sexual Harassment in NIT, Kurukshetra

It shall be duty of the employer or other responsible person in workplace or institution to prevent

or deter sexual harassment in the institution and provide the procedure for resolution, settlements,

prosecution of the acts of sexual harassment and provide all concerned steps to resolve it.

https://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/grievance.pdf


Procedure for complaint-

Complaint must be made by the victim in writing.

Oral Complaints are to be lodged in person or by person accompanying the victim before

the Chairperson or to any member of the Committee.

All complaint must be addressed to the chairperson of the committee.

Complaint must be filled in a proper hierarchy.

The following committee is constructed to handle the concerned matter

1. Dr. Ratan Dahiya

Professor,

Electrical Engineering Department

Chairperson & Presiding officer

2. Dr. Ajai Jain

Professor, Mechanical Engineering

Member

3. Dr. Pratibha Aggarwal

Professor, Civil Engineering

Member

4. Sh. GR Samantaray

Dy. Ragistrar (GA & Legal)

Member

5. Dr. Vandana Dave

Research Officer, Women Studies

& Research Centre, KUK

Member

6. Ms. Madhu Bala

Stenographer SG-II

Office of Dean (Academic)

Member

For more information, go to this link:

https://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/SEXUAL%20HARASMENT%20RULES.pdf

2.1.3.2. Transparency (5)

The Institute firmly belief in transparency, the system rules and policies are drafted to promote

equality. In order to promote transparency, the Institute has ensured that every rule and policy

related to all aspects of a student life is available to the reach of each student and stakeholders. To

ensure the reach of the stakeholders to the policies and important rules the availability of same is

on multiple platforms. The first platform on which the availability is for the general public and all

related stakeholders is the Institute website. The second platform where all rules and policies are

available in the hardbound form is the department office and the administration building of the

institute. Other than that, in case the students are unaware of any policy related matter existence

https://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/SEXUAL%20HARASMENT%20RULES.pdf


to anything, the same can be asked about by any faculty or mentor in the department itself which

can guide them to the places where they can find all required information.

2.1.3.3. Leader and Faculty selection process (5)

Recruitment Rules and Policies

The recruitment facility of NIT Kurukshetra is very fair, liberal and according to the government

norms and policies. The recruitment rules may be called the NIT faculty recruitment rules, 2011.

Eligibility criteria http://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/Advertisement%20No.%2021.2017.pdf

NIT Kurukshetra follows the Procedure given by Central Government for selection of faculty. The

details are given on


2.1.3.4. Stability of the academic leaders (5)

The policies and processes that have been formulated by the director of the Institute have guided

the institute in to new paths towards success. The institute has been able to grow multifold under

his guidance and has achieved new heights. The institute has always been blessed with the stability

of policies and vision of the mentors as the term for which the last three directors have served the

institute has been a stable of 5 years.

The Department has been headed by two heads during the last three years one of which is Dr.

Rajender Kumar. He has been a part of the institute for decades and currently serving the institute

as Dean (Student’s welfare). The current Head of the Department Dr. Rajender Kumar has joined

the institute in September 1984 and has become the Head of the Department for the third term in

September 2021. He is a Professor in the Department and is a stable part of the system.

2.2. Financial Resources (40)

2.2.1. Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting at Institute level (40)

Summary of current financial year’s budget and actual expenditure incurred (for the

institution exclusively) in the three previous financial years.

Total Income at Institute level: For CFY, CFYm1, CFYm2 & CFYm3

CFY: Current Financial Year, CFYm1 (Current Financial Year minus 1), CFYm2 (Current

Financial Year minus 2) and CFYm3 (Current Financial Year minus 3

http://nitkkr.ac.in/docs/Advertisement%20No.%2021.2017.pdf



Table no. 2.2.1 a - Total Income at Institute level For FY 2017-18

Income

Total Income

Fee Received Grant received

from

Govt.(Including

Plan Grant of Rs.

75.64 Crore)

Grant received

from Industry

Other Sources

(specify)

(Interest, IDF

Cons, Prior

Period income

etc)

30,39,13,467 1,52,29,00,000 NIL 20,48,89,085 2,03,17,02,552


Income

Total Income


from Govt.

.(Including Plan

Grant of Rs. 15.42

Crore)

Grant received

from Industry

Other Sources

(specify)

30,02,73,189 1,31,11,44,198 NIL 17,30,70,868 1,78,44,88,255


Income


from Govt.

.(Including Plan

Grant of Rs. 13.50

Crore)

Grant received

from Industry

Other Sources

(specify)

Total Income

31,03,22,171 1,31,75,33,000 - 25,04,26,000 1,87,82,81,171

Table no. 2.2.1 a - Total Income at Institute level For CFY 2020-21

Income


from Govt.

.(Including Plan

Grant of Rs. 5.20

Crore)

Grant received

from Industry

Other Sources

(specify)

Total Income

26,89,55,000 1,03,63,25,000 - 36,71,62,000 1,67,24,42,000


2.2.1.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (15)

The Department has been allocated the adequate budget in all the years and the utilization

percentage are being summarize below.

Table 2.2.1.b Summary of Budget and the actual expenditure incurred in lacs

Items Budgeted

in CFY

Budgeted

in

CFYm1

Actual

exp in

CFYm1

Budgeted

in

CFYm2

Actual

exp in

CFYm2

Budgeted

in

CFYm3

Actual

exp in

CFYm3

2020-21 2019-20 2019-20 2018-19 2018-19 2017-18 2017-18

Infrastructure Built up 8.00 4.50 4.13 15.00 15.55 5.00 5.27

Library (Centrally allocated) - - - - - - -

Computer Labs & software 12.00 5.00 3.98 27.00 28.41 6.00 4.93

Teaching & non-Teaching

Salary 125.00 110.00 91.00 110.00 91.37 110.00 91.67

Research 25.00 20.00 1.18 15.00 13.82 6.00 4.07

Training & Travel 0.80 1.60 1.59 2.00 1.58 1.50 1.23

Placement Activities 0.30 0.40 0.25 0.50 0.40 0.50 0.11

Entrepreneurship (Centrally

allocated) - - - - - - -

Co-curricular (Centrally

allocated) - - - - - - -

Extra- Curricular (Centrally

allocated) - - - - - - -

Alumni relations (Centrally

allocated) - - - - - - -

Miscellaneous Exp. 0.5 1 0.42 1.5 1.34 1.5 2.14

Others 0.4 1 0.5 1.5 1.26 1.5 1.02

Total 172 143.5 103.05 172.5 153.73 132 110.44

The utilization percentage in the year:

2019-20: 71.80%

2018-19: 89.12%

2017-18: 83.67%

2.2.1.2. Utilization of allocated funds (15)

The detailed utilization of the Head wise expenditure are being given in above para.

2.2.1.3. Availability of the audited statements on the institute’s website (10)

Link: https://nitkkr.ac.in/sub_courses.php?id=487&id4=320



CRITERION 3 : PROGRAM OUTCOMES & COURSE OUTCOMES (100)

3.1. Attainment of Program Outcomes (50)

A management postgraduate program shall be able to

PO-1: Apply knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems.

PO-2: Foster Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making

PO-3: Ability to develop Value based Leadership ability

PO-4: Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical

aspects of business

PO-5: Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,

contributing effectively to a team environment

3.1.1. Describe the assessment tools and processes used to gather the data upon which the

evaluation of Program Outcome is based (15)

The department employs a number of direct and indirect assessment techniques to assess the

attainment of programme outcome and course outcome.

Assessment Tools (AT)/

Process

Programme Outcomes (PO)

PO-1 PO-2 PO-3 PO-4 PO-5

Direct

Assessment

Tools

AT-1 Mid-term evaluation √ √ √ √ √

AT-2 End-term evaluation √ √ √ √ √

AT-3 Class work evaluation/

Quiz/Assignment

√ √ √ √ √

Indirect

Assessment

Tools

AT-4 Employer Survey √ √ √ √ √

AT-5 Alumni Survey √ √ √ √ √

AT-6 Student Survey √ √ √ √ √

Direct Assessment (A) = Average CO Attainment (%) / PO Attainment/Expected PO Level

Indirect Assessment (B) is evaluated on the basis of surveys conducted through Employer

Survey, Alumni Survey and Student Feedback.

The Total Attainment is computed using the formula:

Total Attainment = 0.9*A + 0.1*B


Description of various assessment tools given above are as follows:

AT-1 Mid-term evaluation: Mid-term evaluation is carried out throughout mid term

tests at equal intervals in each semester. The test are evaluated after each conduct and

results are communicated to and discussed with students.

AT-2 End-term evaluation: End-term evaluation is carried out at the end of the

semester. The answer sheets are evaluated after the exam and results are communicated

to the students.

AT-3 Class work evaluation/ Quiz/Assignment: Class-performance evaluation of

students is carried out at continual basis throughout the semester. Performance

assessment of students through quiz/assignment is carried out at regular intervals during

the semester.

AT-4 Employer Survey: Survey about the course contents and programme outcome is

taken from the employers who visited the campus for the placement drive purpose.

AT-5 Alumni Survey: Survey about the course contents and programme outcome is

taken from the alumnus of the Institute.

AT-6 Student Survey: Students feedback is taken compulsorily at the end of each

semester.

The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out:

AT-1: Twice in a semester

AT-2: Once in a semester

AT-3: During entire semester

AT-4: Once in an academic year

AT-5: Once in an academic year

AT-6: Once in each semester

Direct assessment scheme for each course is as follows.

Mid-term1 - 15 marks

Mid-term 2 - 15 marks

Class participation – 10 marks

Attendance - 10 marks

End term - 50 marks

For seminar and dissertation, the assessment is done on hundred marks. For Computer

Application in Management (CAM) the assessment scheme is as follows.



Class participation - 20 marks


End term - 40 marks

The class participation mark is decided based on the various activities conducted by the

faculties such as quiz, role play, games, assignments, presentation etc.


The class participation marks are solely decided by the teacher or the person in charge on the

basis of different activities like presentation, quiz, class tests, games etc.

The project work and dissertation.

The project work and dissertation are a part of the curriculum. The evaluation of the project

work and dissertation is done based on multiple parameters targeted towards assessment of

attainment of indirect programme outcome. Project work and dissertation are of 100 marks.

Sr. No Semester Internal assessment End term examination Total

Marks

Credit

1 Semester1 410 390 800 27.5

2 Semester2 400 400 800 28

3 Semester3 400 500 900 32

4 Semester4 350 450 800 30.5

Total 118


3.1.2. POs attainment level (35)

For most of the courses the weightage of internal assessment is 50 percent and the weight for external assessment is also 50 percent.

Subject Code Course Outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

First Semester

Apply

knowled

ge of

manage

ment

theories

and

practice

s to

solve

business

problem

s

Foster

Analyti

cal and

critical

thinkin

g

abilities

for

data-

based

decisio

n

making

Ability

to

develop

Value

based

Leaders

hip

ability

Ability to

understan

d, analyze

and

communi

cate

global,

economic

, legal,

and

ethical

aspects of

business

Ability to

lead

themselve

s and

others in

the

achievem

ent of

organizati

onal

goals,

contributi

ng

effectivel

y to a

team

environm

ent

Principles and

Practices of

Management

CO-

101

Demonstrate the ability to extend the reflection

about basic management concepts and principles. 3 2 2 3

Principles and

Practices of

Management

CO-

102

Enable the students to connect management

theories to the realistic business set-up. 3 2 2 3

Principles and

Practices of

Management

CO-

103

To widen practical skills of judgment making and

leadership. 2 3 2 3



Organisational

Behaviour

CO-

201

Basic knowledge of individual and group behaviour

as a distinct field in management with an emphasis

on practical application.

2 3 2

Organisational

Behaviour

CO-

202

Enhancement in the students’ understanding of

one’s own behaviour and its impact on others will

enhance the personal & interpersonal skills of the

students.

2 3 3

Organisational

Behaviour

CO-

203

Meaningful insight to diagnose and effectively deal

with human behaviour at the workplace. 2 3 2 3

Managerial Economics CO-

301

Understand theories related to managerial

economics and role of manager in firms. 3 3 2 2 2


302

Design competition strategies, including costing,

pricing, product differentiation, and market

environment.

3 3 3 3 2


303

Analyze real business problems and able to take

business decisions judicially. 3 3 3 3 2

Accounting For

Managers

CO-

401

Identify the basic principles of accounting and

ability to read, interpret and analyse the financial

statement

3 3 2 3 3

Accounting For

Managers

CO-

402

Predict the cost behaviours and their application in

short term, long-term decision-making, budgetary

planning and controlling.

3 3 2 2 2

Accounting For

Managers

CO-

403

Develop an awareness of the need to consider

ethical, social and other relevant issues, in addition

to financial information, in management decision-

making process.

2 3 1 1 2

Business Environment CO-

501

To understand and analyze global, economic, legal

aspects of business environment and the conception

of business working.

3 2 2 3 2




502

The students are expected to understand the SWOT

analysis of business and about fiscal market

functioning.

2 3 3 2


503

The learning about the economic and non-economic

aspects related to business will also be acquired by

the students.

2 2 1 3 3

Soft Skills

Development

CO-

601

To provide the student the understanding of the

power of a good communication in today’s

corporate world.

3 3 2

Soft Skills

Development

CO-

602

To empower the student with a strong and

confident personality that will help portray a strong

character.

2 3 2 2

Soft Skills

Development

CO-

603

To shape careers of student in the long run and

provide them with the ethical conduct of

communication.

2 1 2 2

Business Statistics CO-

701

Identify statistical tools needed to solve various

business problems. 3 2


702

Apply various probability distributions to various

business problems. 3 2


703

Develop Analytical and critical thinking abilities

for data-based decision making 2 3

Computer

Applications In

Management

CO-

801

Will have a better understanding of various

statistical packages and their usage 3

Computer

Applications In

Management

CO-

802

Ability to understand the data and its analysis

aiding to decision making 3

Computer

Applications In

Management

CO-

803

Ability to work on the practical office problems

2 3 2



Second Sem

Financial Management CO-

901

Demonstrate an understanding of the overall role

and importance of the finance function. 1 1 1 1 1


902

Understanding of various short/long term sources

and application of fund including their

measurement and appraisal techniques.

3 3 1 3 2


903

Develop an awareness of the recent methodologies

for creating stakeholders value considering the

various corporate actions.

3 3 2 3 3

Human Resource

Management

CO-

1001

Develop a comprehensive knowledge of issues

affecting the employer-employee relationship. 2 3

Human Resource

Management

CO-

1002

Able to understand appropriate organizational

HRM practices and be familiar with each element’s

key concepts and terminology. 3

Human Resource

Management

CO-

1003

Capable to apply the principles and techniques of

human resource management gained through this

course to the discussion of major personnel issues 3 2 3

Production and

Operations

Management

CO-

1101

Understand the elements of operations management

and various transformation processes to enhance

productivity and competitiveness

3

Production and

Operations

Management

CO-

1102

Be able to understand the characteristics of

different types of decision-making environments

and the appropriate decision making approaches

3

Production and

Operations

Management

CO-

1103

Be able to build and solve Linear Programming

Problems, Transportation Models and Assignment

Models.

3

Marketing

Management

CO-

1201

Comprehensive and practical introduction to

marketing management. 3 2 1 2



Marketing

Management

CO-

1202

Improved ability to make effective marketing

decisions, including assessing marketing

opportunities and developing marketing strategies

and implementation plans.

3 1 2 1 2

Marketing

Management

CO-

1203

Students gain significant experience in

communicating and defending their marketing

recommendations.

3 2 2 2

Total Quality

Management

CO-

1301

Understand the essential principles of Total Quality

Management and select suitable statistical

techniques for getting better processes

2 3 2 2 2

Total Quality

Management

CO-

1302

Help students to write reports to management

telling processes and advocating ways to look up

them.

3 2

Total Quality

Management

CO-

1303

Ability to operate the methodologies, methods and

tools of Lean Manufacturing. 2 3 3

Business Ethics CO-

1401

Define, explain and illustrate the theoretical

foundations of business ethics. 3 2 3 3 2

Business Ethics CO-

1402

Re-examine their knowledge of business and

economic concepts from an ethical perspective. 3 2 3 3 2

Business Ethics CO-

1403

Apply and illustrate ethical and moral issues in

business decision making process. 3 3 3 2 2

Research

Methodology

CO-

1501

Develop understanding on research process, various

kinds of research and research designs 3

Research

Methodology

CO-

1502

Basic understanding of data analysis and hypothesis

testing procedures 3

Research

Methodology

CO-

1503

Adequate knowledge on measurement & scaling

techniques as well as the quantitative data analysis 3 3

Management

Information System

CO-

1601

Understand the leadership role of Management

Information Systems in achieving business 2 3



competitive advantage through informed decision

making.

Management

Information System

CO-

1602

Analyze and synthesize business information and

systems to facilitate evaluation of strategic

alternatives.

2

Management

Information System

CO-

1603

Ability to design Information Systems for various

functional areas of management 3 3 1

Compulsory

Subejects

International Business CO-

1701

Learning and understanding of how business is

conducted in the international arena. 3 2 2 1


1702

Gaining managerial skills that are used to meet the

challenges faced in the global workplace. 3 2 1 2


1703

In depth understanding of economic institution and

economic integration 2 1 2 2

Business Law &

Corporate Taxation

CO-

1801

Demonstrate an understanding of the Legal

Environment of Business. 3 3

Business Law &

Corporate Taxation

CO-

1802

To understand various aspects and dynamics of

legislation that affects any business. 2 1 3 1

Business Law &

Corporate Taxation

CO-

1803

To understand the role of case law in statutory and

regulatory interpretation in the business law area. 2 1 3 1

Entrepreneurship

Development

CO-

1901

Define, identify and apply the principles related to

entrepreneurial theories. 3 2 2 3 2

Entrepreneurship

Development

CO-

1902

Able to understand for preparing a startup business

plan emphasizing role of various financing

agencies, marketing, and technology development.

2 2 3 3 2

Entrepreneurship

Development

CO-

1903

Inculcate entrepreneurial spirit to start new business

plan. 2 2 2 2 2



Strategic Management CO-

2001

The students will effectively communicate the

change management strategies in various forums to

an array of audiences with accuracy, clarity,

specificity and professionalism

2 2 3


2002

To provide the students the understanding of the

facts for advertising on digital media 2 3 2


2003

To teach the different aspects and approaches of

various digital media vehicles and social media

platforms

2 2 3

Digital Marketing &

E-Commerce

CO-

2101

To provide the students the understanding of the

facts for advertising on digital media 2

Digital Marketing &

E-Commerce

CO-

2102

To teach the different aspects and approaches of

various digital media vehicles and social media

platforms

2 2

Digital Marketing &

E-Commerce

CO-

2103

To empower them with the future of business in

digital world and the eminence presence of it which

is growing rapidly and they will be able to match

up to the speed.

2 2 2 2

HRM Subejects

Labour Laws CO-

2201

Students will be aware of the employer’s

obligations under the statutes and

employee/workers rights under the Acts.

2 2 2 3 3

Labour Laws CO-

2202

To students will know the powers of the

government/authorities under the Act and the

consequences of non-compliance of the statutes.

3 3 3 3 3

Labour Laws CO-

2203

Develop understanding of the fundamental

principles and how they apply to certain legal

problems will certainly enable students in avoiding

conflict with labour.

2 1 2 3 3



Organizational Change

and Development

CO-

2301

To explain organizational change processes and

learn approaches and strategies for managing

organizational change.

2 2 2 3


and Development

CO-

2302

To recognize an improvement in their ability to

synthesize, articulate, and disseminate information 3 3 2 3


and Development

CO-

2303

To impart knowledge concerning organizational

change to others through dialogue and critique. 3 2

Management Training

and Development

CO-

2401

Students will be able to understand the importance

of training and development for organization as

well as for employees.

3 2 2 2 3

Management Training

and Development

CO-

2402

To understand the need, importance of evaluation

of training and management development. 2 3 1 3 3

Management Training

and Development

CO-

2403

The students will also be aware about the

contemporary approaches and issues in training and

development.

2 2 2 3 3

Counseling Skills for

Managers

CO-

2501

The students will be conversant with counseling

concept, goals and its process. 3 1 3 2


Managers

CO-

2502

The students will be able to understand and apply

counseling skill and advanced counseling skills to

solve the business problems.

2 2 3 2 3


Managers

CO-

2503

The students will be well versed with the

performance counseling and different counseling

therapies.

2 2 2 2 3

Performance

Management

CO-

2601

Design an organization’s performance management

process that is compliant with law and supports

organizational mission and strategy.

3 2 3

Performance

Management

CO-

2602

To evaluate and distinguish a variety of

organizational performance management programs

and most excellent practices

3 2 2



Performance

Management

CO-

2603

Employ job-related performance standards and

performance indicators that reflect the employee’s

range of responsibilities

2 3 3 2 3

Human Resource

Development:

Strategies and Systems

CO-

2701

To give the understanding and professional

competence in the areas, like facts for the

assumption and practice of HR knowledge and

skills

3 2 3 2 3

Human Resource

Development:


CO-

2702

To significantly appraise existing paradigms and

practice in HRD 3

Human Resource

Development:


CO-

2703

To examine current HRD programmes and their

theoretical underpinnings 2 2 2

Dynamics of Industrial

Relations

CO-

2801

The students will be familiar with concept,

evaluation and scope of Industrial relation. 3 2 2 3 2


Relations

CO-

2802

The students will be able to get knowledge about

collective bargaining, settlement machinery and

ways of grievance handling as well as industrial

peace.

2 3 3 2


Relations

CO-

2803

The students will know about recent trends in trade

union movement in India and workers’

participation in management also.

2 2 1 3 3

Interpersonal & Group

Dynamics

CO-

2901

To have the conceptual as well a practical

knowledge of group dynamics. 2 3 3


Dynamics

CO-

2902

This paper will help the students to improve their

interpersonal behavior and help them to practice the

techniques of group decision-making.

2 2 2 2 2


Dynamics

CO-

2903

Students will know how to develop a group, group

socialization process and issue related to group

conflict.

2 2 2



Compensation

Management

CO-

3001

The students will be able to demonstrate knowledge

in various components of total compensation, the

methods and aims of different forms of payment

systems.

2 3 2

Compensation

Management

CO-

3002

Students will develop an understanding of the

issues in designing the reward systems and

establishing different pay rates.

2 2 2

Compensation

Management

CO-

3003

They will come to know about the employers’

obligations under labor statutes governing wage

and salary administration. Learn some of the

implications for strategic compensation and

possible employer approaches to managing legally

required benefits.

2 3 2

Cross Cultural

Management

CO-

3101

Identify and analyse human resource concerns for

making successful results in the contemporary

business situation

2 2 2 2

Cross Cultural

Management

CO-

3102

To think tactically and recognize the fundamentals

of business and organizations in order to administer

change more efficiently in the global business

environment.

3 2 3 2

Cross Cultural

Management

CO-

3103

Learn the relevant core features of human resource

management in an worldwide context and to

expand capability to outline explanations to

multifaceted business problems.

3 3 2

Finance

Subejects

Financial Institution &

Markets

CO-

3201

Demonstrate an understanding of the overall

functions of financial markets and intermediary

institutions.

1 2 1 2 1




Markets

CO-

3202

Evaluate the economic environment and the impact

of governmental economic policies on consumers

and financial institutions.

3 3 1 2 2


Markets

CO-

3203

Describe the impact that non-banking financial

institutions and mutual fund has had on the

structure of the financial firms/industry.

2 2 2 2 1

Merchant Banking &

Financial Services

CO-

3301

Demonstrate the financial system and the legal &

regulatory framework. 3 2 1 2 2

Merchant Banking &

Financial Services

CO-

3302

Understand the functioning of Merchant Bankers

related to Issue Management Process, Merger &

Acquisitions and Business Valuations.

3 3 2 2 2

Merchant Banking &

Financial Services

CO-

3303

Understand the various financial services and their

suitability in attaining the organization objective. 1 2 1 3 1

Security Analysis &

Portfolio Management

CO-

3401

Understanding of Investments, impacting factors

and their evaluation including empirical

applications of asset pricing models.

3 2 1 3 2

Security Analysis &


CO-

3402

Analyse and evaluate the financial securities using

the fundamental and technical analysis. 3 3 2 2 3

Security Analysis &


CO-

3403

Build a diversified portfolio and assess portfolio

performance. 1 2 2 2 2

Insurance and Risk

Management

CO-

3501

Demonstrate the risk management needs and

insurance contract features 3 1 1 2 2

Insurance and Risk

Management

CO-

3502

Demonstrate knowledge of insurance contracts and

provisions, and the features of personal &

commercial insurance, life and health insurance,

and various general insurance plans

3 1 1 3 2

Insurance and Risk

Management

CO-

3503

Develop the analytical skills necessary to make

optimal decisions relatively to insurance products

and alternative strategies and also to Demonstrate

2 3 2 1 3



knowledge of the operation and management of

insurance entities

Project Finance CO-

3601

Develop an understanding of project management

and related factors including decision making. 3 3 2 2 3

Project Finance CO-

3602

Evaluate economic and financial cash flows models

to analyze project risk. 3 3 3 2 3

Project Finance CO-

3603

Develop the appropriate financial structure for a

project and determine a project finance

arrangement that meets organization needs.

3 3 1 1 1

International Financial

Managment

CO-

3701

Understand international capital and foreign

exchange market, identify risk relating to exchange

rate fluctuations and develop hedging strategies to

deal with them.

3 3 2 3 3


Managment

CO-

3702

Identify and appraise investment opportunities in

the international environment and the management

of international taxation.

3 3 3 3 2


Managment

CO-

3703

Manage the multinational firm’s cash & receivables

management and their short term financing

avenues.

3 3 3 1 2

Working Capital

Management

CO-

3801

Evaluate the comparative working capital

management policies and their impact on the firm's

profitability and liquidity.

3 2 1 2 3

Working Capital

Management

CO-

3802

Evaluate the effective receivables, inventory and

cash management and its role in meeting the firm's

strategic objectives.

3 3 2 1 3

Working Capital

Management

CO-

3803

Evaluate short term sources of working capital and

manage the payables of the company 2 2 2 3 2

Derivatives

Management

CO-

3901

Provide a detailed explanation of hedging financial

instruments such as options, futures, swaps and

other derivative securities and describe the

2 2 2 3 2



economic environment in which such instruments

operate

Derivatives

Management

CO-

3902

Develop and employ theoretical valuation methods

to price these hedging financial instruments. 2 2 1 2 2

Derivatives

Management

CO-

3903

Apply these instruments in managing the risk of

investing and hedging activity at the individual and

the corporate level.

1 2 1 2 2

Microfinance CO-

4001

Understand the concept of microfinance, models

and their applications in national and international

context.

2 1 3 2 3

Microfinance CO-

4002

Providing knowledge of major initiatives taken by

the government in the area of microfinance 3 1 2 1 3

Microfinance CO-

4003

Developing the understanding of the legal and

regulatory framework of the microfinance industry

and their performance measuring models.

1 3 3 3 3

Commercial Bank

Management

CO-

4101

Evaluate the role of banking in the economy, their

structure, and the regulatory environment in which

they operate

2 2 1 1 1

Commercial Bank

Management

CO-

4102

Demonstrate the analytical foundations related to

the asset-liability management (ALM) of Banks,

the risks involved, and the impact on the valuation

1 3 1 2 2

Commercial Bank

Management

CO-

4103

Evaluate the management of the lending,

investment and trading activities, the related risks

and the management of these risks

3 1 1 1 3

Marketing

Subejects

Integrated Marketing

Communication

CO-

4201

To teach the art of ad making for an analysed

business product and situations, so that they can

reach a creative and logical solution.

3




Communication

CO-

4202

To provide them with the ethical and social values

related to advertising as it is a weapon of mass

influence.

3 3 3 1


Communication

CO-

4203

To make the student evaluate advertisement

effectiveness and take the budgetory decisions 2 2 2

Sales & Distribution

Management

CO-

4301

To make the students adapt the art of selling an

ethical product in a competitive market. 3 3


Management

CO-

4302

To develop a sales team and motivate them to

achieve organizational goal 3 3


Management

CO-

4303

To make them to learn the managerial skill of

implementation of quota and territory designing as

well as channel distribution decisions

3 2

Product & Brand

Management

CO-

4401

Aims to synchronize product and brand

management processes. 3

Product & Brand

Management

CO-

4402

Better understanding of building and maintaining

strong and powerful brands, one of the most

valuable assets a company can have today.

3 2 2

Product & Brand

Management

CO-

4403

Understanding of relevant skills and abilities

needed to have competitive advantage within the

corporate world.

2 2 1

Consumer Behaviour CO-

4501

Understanding of the behavior of the buyer in the

marketplace. 3 1 1 2 1


4502

Gaining holistic view of the buyer, which will help

in achieving knowledge of various models 3 1 2 2 3


4503

Framework in understanding buyer’s behavior and

align the knowledge with formulation of

appropriate marketing strategies.

3 2 3 2 3

Emerging Concepts in

Marketing-I

CO-

4601

Enable students to gain knowledge on rural

marketing, challenges and prospects for improving

rural marketing environment.

3 2 2 2 2




Marketing-I

CO-

4602

Understand how marketing ties into political

initiatives as expressed by citizens, advertisers, and

politicians.

3 2 2 2 2


Marketing-I

CO-

4603

Help students to learn industrial marketing and

contemporary marketing techniques. 3 2 2 1 2

Retail Management CO-

4701

To empower the students with an understanding of

the operations of retail outlets 2 2 2


4702

To make the students learn how creativity in

retailing is used for sales 2 2


4703

To let them know about social viability of the

business and how to design a retail outlet to control

the business better and offer more in less space.

1 2 2

Relationship

Marketing

CO-

4801

Analysing relationship theory and relationship

economics from the point of view of the customer

and the organisation.

3 3 2 2

Relationship

Marketing

CO-

4802

Exploring an organisation's relational strategies

with different stakeholder groups. 2 2 1 2

Relationship

Marketing

CO-

4803

Knowledge to formulate and assess strategic,

operational and tactical CRM decisions as well. 2 2 1 2

Marketing of Services CO-

4901

Basic knowledge of marketing issues associated

with service gaps, perceived quality, customer

satisfaction and loyalty

3 2 2 1 2


4902

Apply relevant services marketing theory, research

and analysis skills to contemporary case studies and

communicate outcomes employing professional

discourse and formats.

3 2 2 1 2


4903

Conduct an investigation of service delivery

systems, collecting, analyzing data, and

synthesizing information to provide valid

conclusions.

2 2 2 2 2



Supply Chain

Management

CO-

5001

Ability to examine the design and performance of

supply networks and processes in different business

contexts.

3 1

Supply Chain

Management

CO-

5002

Develop capabilities in forecasting, coordination

for supply chain integration, inventory

management, procurement, JIT, product and

process design,

2 3 1

Supply Chain

Management

CO-

5003

Understanding of global supply chain management. 3 2


Marketing-II

CO-

5101

To make them understand the psychology of a

customer better in technicality and logically 3 2 1 1


Marketing-II

CO-

5102

To teach them the application of sustainable

marketing techniques in the favor of an

organisation

3 1 2


Marketing-II

CO-

5103

To acquaint the students with the understanding of

social factor impact on customer psychology 2 1 2


Attainment of Course Outcome based on Mid- term assessment and End term

assessment.

PO ATTAINMENT TABLE ( 2017-18), (2018-19) (Batch 2017-19) COURSES PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF

MANAGEMENT-MBA-101

78 NIL 68.9 58.7 88.0

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR-MBA-103 43 50.7 60.0 37.3 54.2

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS-MBA-105 79 78.7 70.2 70.2 52.4

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS-MBA 107 37 41.3 23.1 27.6 32.0

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT-MBA-109 72 71.6 46.0 92.0 71.6

SOFT SKILL DEVELOPMENT-MBA-111 41 NIL 40.9 37.3 35.6

BUSINESS STATISTICS-MBA-113 64 55.6 NIL NIL NIL

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN

MANAGEMENT-MBA-115

68 78.0 NIL NIL 56.0

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT-MBA 102 28 28.0 16.0 28.0 24.0

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT-

MBA-104

40 31.1 37.3 46.7 40.4

PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT-MBA-106

80 78.0 NIL NIL NIL

MARKETING MANAGEMENT-MBA-108 71 24.0 47.1 31.1 47.1

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT-MBA-

110

61 92.0 76.7 61.3 76.7

BUSINESS ETHICS-MBA-112 81 63.1 81.3 72.4 54.2

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY-MBA-114 60 66.0 NIL NIL NIL

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM-

MBA-116

67 81.3 NIL 96.0 66.0

Human Resource Management

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS-MBA-201 83 NIL 52.0 50.7 50.7

BUSINESS LAW AND CORPORATE

TAXATION-MBA-203

75 NIL 32.0 96.0 32.0

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT-

MBA-205

71 60.4 70.7 80.9 60.4

LABOUR LAW-MBA-211 68 58.3 68.1 87.5 87.5

ORGANISATIONAL CHANGE AND

DEVELOPMENT-MBA-221

73 87.5 72.9 58.3 87.5

MANAGEMENT TRAINING AND

DEVELOPMENT-MBA-231

68 68.1 48.6 77.8 87.5

COUNSELING SKILLS FOR MANAGERS-

MBA-241

71 62.5 61.1 70.8 81.9

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT-MBA-

251

73 87.5 68.1 72.9 72.9

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT-MBA-202 50.66 48 50.66 74.66 48

DIGITAL MARKETING & E-COMMERCE-

MBA-204

55.1 NIL 53.3 56 53.3


COURSES PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT:

STRATEGIES AND SYSTEMS-MBA-212

78 58.3 72.9 58.3 87.5

DYNAMICS OF INDUSTRIAL

RELATIONS-MBA-222

68 68.1 43.8 87.5 68.1

INTERPERSONAL AND GROUP

DYNAMICS-MBA-232

58 58.3 58.3 68.1 68.1

COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT-MBA-

242

58 58.3 NIL 77.8 58.3

CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT-

MBA-252

56 50.0 52.1 58.3 44.4

Financial Management



TAXATION-MBA-203

75 NIL 32.0 96.0 32.0


MBA-205

71 60.4 70.7 80.9 60.4

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION & MARKETS-

MBA-213

67 77.8 44.4 66.7 44.4

MERCHANT BANKING & FINANCIAL

SERVICES-MBA-223

78 77.8 44.4 77.8 55.6

SECURITY ANALYSIS & PORTFOLIO

MANAGEMENT-MBA-233

78 77.8 55.6 77.8 77.8

INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT-

MBA-243

89 55.6 44.4 66.7 77.8

PROJECT FINANCE-MBA-253 100 100.0 66.7 55.6 77.8



MBA-204

55.1 NIL 53.3 56 53.3

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT-MBA-214

100 100.0 88.9 77.8 77.8

WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT-

MBA-224

89 77.8 55.6 66.7 88.9

DERIVATIVES MANAGEMENT-MBA-234 56 66.7 44.4 77.8 66.7

MICROFINANCE-MBA-244 67 55.6 88.9 66.7 100.0

COMMERCIAL BANK MANAGEMENT-

MBA-254

67 66.7 33.3 44.4 66.7

Marketing Management



TAXATION-MBA-203

75 NIL 32.0 96.0 32.0


MBA-205

71 60.4 70.7 80.9 60.4

INTEGRATED MARKETING

COMMUNICATION-MBA-215

66.66 59.52 NIL 64.28 53.57

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

MANAGEMENT-MBA-225

57.14 50 57.14 57.14 45.23



PRODUCT AND BRAND MANAGEMENT-

MBA-235

72 NIL 57.1 52.4 41.7

CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR-MBA-245 76 34.1 51.6 50.8 60.3

EMERGING CONCEPTS IN MARKETING-

I-MBA-255

98 65.1 65.1 54.0 65.1



MBA-204

55.1 NIL 53.3 56 53.3

RETAIL MANAGEMENT-MBA-216 36.51 47.62 NIL 40.48 42.86

RELATIONSHIP MARKETING-MBA-226 72 NIL 72.2 41.3 61.9

MARKETING OF SERVICES-MBA-236 83 61.9 61.9 41.3 61.9

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT-MBA-246 89 66.7 NIL 66.7 33.3


II-MBA-256

23.02 NIL 19.05 8.73 14.29

AVERAGE 65.05 61.73 53.69 60.78 56.97



MANAGEMENT-MBA-101

79 NIL 69.7 59.6 89.4





SOFT SKILL DEVELOPMENT-MBA-111 24.82 NIL 25.77 14.18 21.28

BUSINESS STATISTICS-MBA-113 69.5 61.7 NIL NIL NIL


MANAGEMENT-MBA-115

38 44.7 NIL NIL 28.4



MBA-104

41 31.4 37.0 47.1 41.5


MANAGEMENT-MBA-106

48.9 40.4 NIL NIL NIL



110

62 93.6 77.0 62.4 77.0


RESEARCH METHODOLOGY-MBA-114 71.3 76.6 NIL NIL NIL


MBA-116

65.2 81.6 NIL 97.9 65.2






TAXATION-MBA-203

64 NIL 28.6 83.3 28.6


MBA-205

45 39.6 46.9 52.4 39.6

LABOUR LAW-MBA-211 47 38.9 47.2 61.1 61.1


DEVELOPMENT-MBA-221

76 75.0 76.4 57.4 91.7


DEVELOPMENT-MBA-231

71 71.3 50.9 81.5 91.7


MBA-241

56 47.2 48.1 56.5 63.9


251

50 58.3 46.3 50.0 47.2

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT-MBA-202 53 54.5 53 80.3 54.5


MBA-204

59.26 NIL 59.26 59.26 59.26



42 24.2 36.4 30.3 36.4

DYNAMICS OF INDUSTRIAL

RELATIONS-MBA-222

71 71.3 45.8 91.7 71.3


DYNAMICS-MBA-232

61 61.1 61.1 71.3 71.3


242

61 61.1 NIL 81.5 61.1


MBA-252

76 60.6 75.8 80.8 60.6




TAXATION-MBA-203

64 NIL 28.6 83.3 28.6


MBA-205

45 39.6 46.9 52.4 39.6


MBA-213

37 44.4 24.6 38.1 25.4


SERVICES-MBA-223

66 65.1 37.3 64.3 46.8


MANAGEMENT-MBA-233

52 49.2 33.3 49.2 49.2


MBA-243

89 55.6 44.4 66.7 77.8




MBA-204

59.26 NIL 59.26 59.26 59.26




MANAGEMENT-MBA-214

19 19.0 17.5 14.3 14.3


MBA-224

92.9 61.9 31.0 61.9 92.9




MBA-254

64 65.9 32.5 43.7 64.3




TAXATION-MBA-203

64 NIL 28.6 83.3 28.6


MBA-205

45 39.6 46.9 52.4 39.6



61.66 55 NIL 55 47.5


MANAGEMENT-MBA-225

50 25 25 50 20.83


MBA-235

78 NIL 60.0 53.3 43.3



I-MBA-255

100 66.7 66.7 55.6 66.7



MBA-204

59.26 NIL 59.26 59.26 59.26






II-MBA-256

73.54 NIL 57.14 27.51 45.50

AVERAGE 59.45 55.39 48.70 55.65 51.83




MANAGEMENT-MBA-101

79 NIL 67.9 58.6 87.9





SOFT SKILL DEVELOPMENT-MBA-111 47.73 NIL 48.74 27.27 40.91

BUSINESS STATISTICS-MBA-113 56.5 47.2 NIL NIL NIL


MANAGEMENT-MBA-115

65 75.6 NIL NIL 45.9



MBA-104

69 51.9 60.5 77.8 69.1


MANAGEMENT-MBA-106

40.0 40.0 NIL NIL NIL



110

61 91.1 75.9 60.7 75.9


RESEARCH METHODOLOGY-MBA-114 78.9 78.9 NIL NIL NIL


MBA-116

47.4 59.6 NIL 68.9 47.0




TAXATION-MBA-203

76 NIL 32.9 98.4 32.9


MBA-205

54 46.5 54.8 62.6 46.5

LABOUR LAW-MBA-211 67 57.1 66.7 85.7 85.7


DEVELOPMENT-MBA-221

83 100.0 83.3 66.7 100.0


DEVELOPMENT-MBA-231

67 66.7 47.6 76.2 85.7


MBA-241

67 57.1 57.1 66.7 76.2


251

72 75.0 63.0 72.2 61.1

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT-MBA-202 65.89 66.67 65.89 99.22 66.67


MBA-204

66.67 NIL 66.67 66.67 66.67



76 57.1 71.4 57.1 85.7

DYNAMICS OF INDUSTRIAL 67 66.7 42.9 85.7 66.7



RELATIONS-MBA-222


DYNAMICS-MBA-232

57 57.1 57.1 66.7 66.7


242

57 57.1 NIL 76.2 57.1


MBA-252

71 57.1 71.4 76.2 57.1




TAXATION-MBA-203

76 NIL 32.9 98.4 32.9


MBA-205

54 46.5 54.8 62.6 46.5


MBA-213

64 74.4 42.5 63.8 42.5


SERVICES-MBA-223

76 76.8 43.9 76.8 54.5


MANAGEMENT-MBA-233

58 59.9 43.5 58.9 59.9


MBA-243

84 51.7 41.5 63.3 72.9




MBA-204

66.67 NIL 66.67 66.67 66.67


MANAGEMENT-MBA-214

95 95.5 85.4 73.2 73.7


MBA-224

95.7 63.8 31.9 63.8 95.7




MBA-254

64 63.8 31.9 42.5 63.8




TAXATION-MBA-203

76 NIL 32.9 98.4 32.9


MBA-205

54 46.5 54.8 62.6 46.5



68.88 62.96 NIL 80 57.77


MANAGEMENT-MBA-225

86.66 86.66 80 86.66 68.88


MBA-235

89 NIL 66.7 66.7 50.0





I-MBA-255

100 66.7 66.7 55.6 66.7



MBA-204

66.67 NIL 66.67 66.67 66.67






II-MBA-256

88.89 NIL 66.67 33.33 55.56

AVERAGE 65.53 59.55 53.85 61.60 58.48

DIRECT AND INDIRECT ASSESSMENT

Batch PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

Direct 2017-19 67.37 63.03 54.62 63.26 58.43

2017-19 Batch PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

Alumni 2017-19 74.0 66.0 65.0 63.0 65.0

Employer 2017-19 72.0 68.0 62.0 68.0 65.0

Student 2017-19 76.0 61.0 66.0 65.0 68.0

Averages 74.0 65.0 64.3 65.3 66.0

Overall 69.36 63.62 57.53 63.88 60.70


Direct 2018-20 59.34 52.52 45.92 55.87 51.24


Alumni 2018-20 63.0 72.0 75.0 78.0 71.0

Employer 2018-20 73.0 66.0 77.0 74.0 73.0

Student 2018-20 68.0 68.0 68.0 75.0 70.0

Averages 68.0 68.7 73.3 75.7 71.3

Overall 61.94 57.36 54.14 61.81 57.27



Direct 2019-21 69.36 62.18 55.8 65.39 60.95


Alumni 2019-21 77.0 67.0 70.0 62.0 72.0

Employer 2019-21 70.0 75.0 63.0 76.0 68.0

Student 2019-21 75.0 76.0 76.0 64.0 65.0

Averages 74.0 72.7 69.7 67.3 68.3

Overall 70.75 65.33 59.96 65.97 63.17

FINAL POs ATTAINMENT


2017-19 67.73 62.71 56.88 62.14 59.68

2018-20 62.02 59.37 56.09 61.66 57.68

2019-21 68.07 63.48 58.60 63.32 61.43

3.2.1. Describe the assessment tools and processes used to gather the data upon which the

evaluation of Course Outcome is based (10)

The department has implemented complete Outcome Based Education (OBE). The assessment

of the course outcome is based on the various assessment techniques implemented in the

department. The faculties regularly monitor the attainment of each student and in case the

attainment of any course is less than the target attainment. Supplementary activities such as

assignments role plays, case studies, activities-based games, group discussion etc. are

conducted.

The attainment is calculated based on direct assessment, consisting of internal assessment and

External assessment. Internal assessment is mapped with Mid1, Mid2, Class Participation and

attendance. External assessment is mapped with End-term assessment. The internal assessment

and external assessment questions are mapped with multiple CO’s. The marks of every student

are tabulated and the final attainment is calculated.

The mid-term 1 is of 15 marks, Mid-term 2 is of 15 marks, Class Participation is of 10 marks,

Attendance is of 10 marks and external is of 50 marks.


3.2.2. Record the attainment of Course Outcomes of all courses with respect to set

attainment levels (40)

Program shall have set Course Outcome attainment levels for all courses. (The attainment

levels shall be set considering average performance levels in the university examination or any

higher value set as target for the assessment years. Attainment level is to be measured in terms

of student performance in internal assessments with respect to the Course Outcomes of a course

in addition to the performance in the University examination)

Subject Name & Code: Principles and Practices of Management MBA-101 Process used for revising/redefining the POs :

We have defined departmental vision, mission and program educational objectives. In

accordance with these and the Graduate Attributes prescribed by NBA, the program outcomes

are defined. The actual program results are compared with the program outcomes (POs) and

the reasons for the inconsistencies, if any, are assessed and considered while redefining POs.

The POs are redefined on the following bases:

1. Interaction with senior student/alumni.

2. Discussion with the senior staff members of the department regarding POs.

3. According to revision of syllabus by institute.

4. Interaction with industry experts on their expectation.

5. Training and placement data.

6. Policies for government sector.

Methodology to define course outcome attainment levels

Methodology to calculate CO, PO Attainment:

Define CO’s for a course and check their quality

Do mapping of CO with PO’s (On a scale of 1,2 & 3)

Align CO’s with questions of class tests, assignments and end semester exam

Prepare CO alignment sheet and decide Grade scale as follows:

Grade scale

Marks Score

≤ 50% 1

>50% and ≤ 60% 2

>60% 3

Prepare faculty course assessment record (FCAR) of each faculty.

Align or distribute result of CO attainment (in %) over PO’s as per already done CO-PO

mapping.

Prepare PO attainment sheet (in %) on the basis of weighted average of exit survey and

employer survey


Calculate the final PO attainment.

2.2.2 Pos attainment levels with observations (40)

POs Attainment

Step 1

There are 5 POs for the PG Program. Please mention which of the POs match with the course

taught by you. For example, if the subject is M661 and it justifies all POs except PO5, then

write the course no of the subject in all POs except PO5.

MBA 101

Table No 1

PO

s

Cour

se PO1

MBA 101

PO2

PO3 MBA 101

PO4 MBA 101

PO5 MBA 101

Step 2

Do mapping of all the COs of the course with the PO’s (On a scale of 1,2 & 3)

Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 2 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 3

CO3 2 3 2 3

Step 3


Course Cos

Course Outcomes

PRINCIPLES AND

PRACTICES OF

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 101)

CO1 Demonstrate the ability to extend the reflection about

basic management concepts and principles.

CO2 Enable the students to connect management theories to

the realistic business set-up.

CO3 To widen practical skills of judgment making and

leadership.


Table No 3

S.

No

Roll No Names CO1 CO2 CO3

MO MM % age Score Y/N MO MM % age Score Y/N MO MM % age Score Y/N

1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 25.6 31 82.58 3 Y 24.7 29 85.00 3 Y 25.8 30 85.83 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 25.7 31 83.01 3 Y 23.7 29 81.67 3 Y 23.6 30 78.61 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 27.1 31 87.31 3 Y 25.0 29 86.03 3 Y 25.0 30 83.28 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 19.7 31 63.66 3 Y 19.3 29 66.44 3 Y 20.0 30 66.67 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 28.9 31 93.12 3 Y 27.1 29 93.56 3 Y 28.0 30 93.33 3 Y

6 41810006 Shivam

Upadhyay

25.8 31 83.23 3 Y 24.4 29 84.02 3 Y 24.8 30 82.78 3 Y

7 41810007 Lakshika

Bansal

22.0 31 70.97 3 Y 21.3 29 73.39 3 Y 21.7 30 72.39 3 Y

8 41810008 Fazla Wahid

Ahmed

25.8 31 83.23 3 Y 24.3 29 83.79 3 Y 24.9 30 83.00 3 Y

9 41810009 Anjali 18.4 31 59.25 2 N 19.0 29 65.46 3 Y 20.7 30 68.83 3 Y

10 41810010 Udeshya

Kumar

23.5 31 75.70 3 Y 22.5 29 77.47 3 Y 24.1 30 80.22 3 Y

11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 18.7 31 60.32 3 Y 17.9 29 61.67 3 Y 18.4 30 61.39 3 Y

12 41810014 Shilpa Sharma 26.7 31 86.24 3 Y 24.9 29 85.98 3 Y 25.3 30 84.44 3 Y

13 41810015 Vani 23.1 31 74.41 3 Y 22.3 29 76.84 3 Y 22.7 30 75.50 3 Y

14 41810016 Aakash

Singhal

26.6 31 85.81 3 Y 25.0 29 86.09 3 Y 25.4 30 84.78 3 Y

15 41810017 Sonali Goel 24.0 31 77.31 3 Y 23.4 29 80.63 3 Y 24.7 30 82.17 3 Y

16 41810018 Chahat Pundir 27.8 31 89.57 3 Y 26.1 29 90.11 3 Y 27.1 30 90.33 3 Y


S.

No



17 41810019 Simran 22.9 31 73.87 3 Y 22.1 29 76.26 3 Y 23.0 30 76.61 3 Y

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 22.2 31 71.51 3 Y 21.8 29 75.17 3 Y 23.0 30 76.78 3 Y

19 41810021 Divam Jain 23.9 31 76.99 3 Y 22.8 29 78.68 3 Y 23.3 30 77.72 3 Y

20 41810022 Madhurima

Purohit

25.9 31 83.44 3 Y 24.4 29 84.08 3 Y 24.8 30 82.50 3 Y

21 41810023 Shubham

Singh

16.2 31 52.15 2 N 15.9 29 54.66 2 N 16.0 30 53.28 2 N

22 41810024 Radhika 26.2 31 84.41 3 Y 22.6 29 77.93 3 Y 21.2 30 70.78 3 Y

23 41810025 Abhishek

Gupta

16.8 31 54.09 2 N 17.1 29 58.85 2 N 18.2 30 60.56 3 Y

24 41810026 Nishith Khare 13.5 31 43.55 1 N 13.8 29 47.53 1 N 14.7 30 49.06 1 N

25 41810027 Siddharth

Kumar

19.9 31 64.19 3 Y 19.2 29 66.32 3 Y 19.9 30 66.22 3 Y

26 41810028 Ravish Garg 24.7 31 79.78 3 Y 22.8 29 78.51 3 Y 22.5 30 75.00 3 Y

27 41810029 Nishant Sethi 19.8 31 63.76 3 Y 18.7 29 64.37 3 Y 18.6 30 61.89 3 Y

28 41810030 Diksha Singh 20.8 31 67.10 3 Y 18.9 29 65.06 3 Y 18.3 30 61.11 3 Y

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 27.4 31 88.28 3 Y 25.5 29 87.93 3 Y 26.1 30 87.11 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 21.8 31 70.32 3 Y 19.3 29 66.61 3 Y 18.9 30 62.94 3 Y

31 41810033 Megha 16.7 31 53.98 2 N 15.5 29 53.51 2 N 14.8 30 49.17 1 N

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 21.6 31 69.68 3 Y 19.8 29 68.28 3 Y 19.6 30 65.33 3 Y

33 41810035 Manish Tiwari 19.7 31 63.44 3 Y 19.5 29 67.07 3 Y 20.9 30 69.61 3 Y


S.

No



34 41810036 Amit

Bhattacharjee

20.6 31 66.45 3 Y 18.9 29 65.11 3 Y 18.5 30 61.72 3 Y

35 41810037 Ajay 27.4 31 88.28 3 Y 25.5 29 87.93 3 Y 26.1 30 87.11 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 27.2 31 87.63 3 Y 25.5 29 87.99 3 Y 26.3 30 87.72 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 24.5 31 79.03 3 Y 22.1 29 76.03 3 Y 21.5 30 71.50 3 Y

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 20.1 31 64.95 3 Y 18.5 29 63.79 3 Y 18.4 30 61.22 3 Y

39 41810041 Meghav

Sharma

25.9 31 83.44 3 Y 24.7 29 85.00 3 Y 25.5 30 84.94 3 Y

40 41810042 Shaleen

Anand

24.8 31 80.00 3 Y 23.7 29 81.78 3 Y 24.5 30 81.61 3 Y

41 41810043 Karamveer

Singh

19.3 31 62.15 3 Y 17.2 29 59.37 2 N 16.5 30 55.06 2 N

42 41810044 Kumari Priya 22.6 31 72.90 3 Y 22.2 29 76.67 3 Y 23.2 30 77.22 3 Y

43 41810045 Priyanka

Mehta

26.5 31 85.38 3 Y 25.3 29 87.13 3 Y 26.3 30 87.56 3 Y

44 41810046 Abhinn

Sharma

25.0 31 80.65 3 Y 24.4 29 84.02 3 Y 25.6 30 85.44 3 Y

45 41810047 Archana Saini 22.9 31 73.87 3 Y 21.7 29 74.89 3 Y 22.4 30 74.61 3 Y

46 41810048 Mohit

Bhambhani

18.9 31 61.08 3 Y 18.6 29 64.14 3 Y 19.5 30 64.89 3 Y

47 41810049 Supriya Dogra 18.3 31 59.03 2 N 18.6 29 64.02 3 Y 20.1 30 67.11 3 Y

Average 2.85 2.87 2.87


Step 4

Mention the percentage of students who scored 3,2 and 1 points as per the COs of the course

Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the above

table) 3 (This is the percentage of

students who have scored

3 point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.85 87.23 10.64 2.13

CO2 2.87 89.36 8.51 2.13

CO3 2.87 91.49 4.26 4.26

Step 5

Distribute result of CO attainment (in % as mentioned in the above table) over PO’s as per

already done in the table no 2 of CO-PO mapping.

Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set

target level

of CO

Limit to

max value

of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.2 87.23 87.2 58.2 58.2 87.2

CO2 89.4 89.36 89.4 59.6 59.6 89.4

CO3 91.5 91.49 61.0 91.5 61.0 91.5 Avg 89 79 69.7 59.6 89.4

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5


target level

of CO

CO1 90.9 90.91 90.9 60.6 60.6 90.9

CO2 88.6 88.64 88.6 59.1 59.1 88.6

CO3 84.1 84.09 56.1 84.1 56.1 84.1

Avg 88 79 67.9 58.6 87.9

Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set

target level

of CO

Limit to

max value of

CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 97.9 97.92 97.9 65.3 65.3 97.9

CO2 97.9 97.92 97.9 65.3 65.3 97.9

CO3 95.8 95.83 63.9 95.8 63.9 95.8

Avg 97 87 75.5 64.8 97.2

Subject Name & Code: Organizational Behaviour MBA-103 Prepare faculty course assessment record (FCAR) of each faculty.

Align or distribute result of CO attainment (in %) over PO’s as per already done CO-PO mapping.

Prepare PO attainment sheet (in %) on the basis of weighted average of exit survey and employer

survey


Course Cos

Course Outcomes

ORGANIZATIONAL

BEHAVIOR

(MBA-103)

CO1 Basic knowledge of individual and group behaviour

as a distinct field in management with an emphasis

on practical application.

CO2 Enhancement in the students’ understanding of

one’s own behaviour and its impact on others will

enhance the personal & interpersonal skills of the

students.

CO3 Meaningful insight to diagnose and effectively deal

with human behaviour at the workplace.



POs Attainment

Step 1


taught by you. For example, if the subject is M661 and it justifies all POs except PO5, then write

the course no of the subject in all POs except PO5.

MBA 103

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-103

PO2 MBA-103

PO3 MBA-103

PO4 MBA-103

PO5 MBA-103

Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 3

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 23.4 31 75.48 3 Y 20.9 29 71.95 3 Y 20.2 30 67.44 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 19.5 31 63.01 3 Y 16.5 29 57.01 2 N 14.9 30 49.78 1 N

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 24.5 31 78.92 3 Y 23.5 29 81.15 3 Y 24.5 30 81.67 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 16.3 31 52.47 2 N 15.4 29 52.99 2 N 15.9 30 52.89 2 N

5 41810005 Himani 25.9 31 83.66 3 Y 25.1 29 86.55 3 Y 26.5 30 88.22 3 Y

6 41810006 Shivam Upadhyay 18.5 31 59.57 2 N 16.8 29 58.05 2 N 16.2 30 54.00 2 N

7 41810007 Lakshika Bansal 16.9 31 54.41 2 N 18.2 29 62.87 3 Y 20.4 30 68.00 3 Y

8 41810008 Fazla Wahid 20.1 31 64.73 3 Y 19.2 29 66.21 3 Y 19.7 30 65.78 3 Y

9 41810009 Anjali 17.0 31 54.73 2 N 15.8 29 54.48 2 N 15.7 30 52.44 2 N

10 41810010 Udeshya Kumar 18.4 31 59.35 2 N 16.2 29 55.86 2 N 15.4 30 51.33 2 N

11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 7.2 31 23.12 1 N 7.3 29 25.29 1 N 6.5 30 21.67 1 N


13 41810015 Vani 21.9 31 70.75 3 Y 19.8 29 68.28 3 Y 19.3 30 64.22 3 Y

14 41810016 Aakash Singhal 19.9 31 64.30 3 Y 18.3 29 62.99 3 Y 18.3 30 61.00 3 Y

15 41810017 Sonali Goel 20.3 31 65.48 3 Y 18.3 29 63.10 3 Y 17.9 30 59.67 2 N


17 41810019 Simran 19.6 31 63.33 3 Y 19.5 29 67.24 3 Y 20.9 30 69.56 3 Y

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 18.4 31 59.46 2 N 17.4 29 60.11 3 Y 17.6 30 58.78 2 N

19 41810021 Divam Jain 19.1 31 61.72 3 Y 18.5 29 63.68 3 Y 18.9 30 63.00 3 Y

20 41810022 Madhurima Purohit 12.9 31 41.51 1 N 12.1 29 41.72 1 N 11.5 30 38.44 1 N

21 41810023 Shubham Singh 19.8 31 63.98 3 Y 18.2 29 62.87 3 Y 18.9 30 63.11 3 Y

22 41810024 Radhika 17.5 31 56.45 2 N 17.6 29 60.80 3 Y 18.9 30 62.89 3 Y

23 41810025 Abhishek Gupta 14.1 31 45.48 1 N 13.9 29 48.05 1 N 15.0 30 49.89 1 N

24 41810026 11.4 31 36.88 1 N 11.1 29 38.39 1 N 11.4 30 38.11 1 N

25 41810027 Siddharth Kumar 16.0 31 51.72 2 N 14.7 29 50.57 2 N 14.3 30 47.67 1 N


S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

26 41810028 Ravish Garg 17.7 31 56.99 2 N 16.3 29 56.32 2 N 16.0 30 53.33 2 N


28 41810030 Diksha Singh 14.3 31 46.02 1 N 14.5 29 49.89 1 N 15.8 30 52.56 2 N

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 24.0 31 77.53 3 Y 22.2 29 76.55 3 Y 22.8 30 75.89 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 19.1 31 61.51 3 Y 16.4 29 56.67 2 N 15.5 30 51.67 2 N

31 41810033 Megha 7.5 31 24.09 1 N 7.4 29 25.63 1 N 6.6 30 22.00 1 N

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 16.0 31 51.61 2 N 14.2 29 48.97 1 N 13.8 30 46.00 1 N

33 41810035 Manish Tiwari 18.8 31 60.65 3 Y 17.6 29 60.69 3 Y 18.1 30 60.33 3 Y

34 41810036 Amit Bhattacharjee 16.5 31 53.33 2 N 14.9 29 51.26 2 N 14.6 30 48.67 1 N

35 41810037 Ajay 25.1 31 80.97 3 Y 22.5 29 77.70 3 Y 22.4 30 74.56 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 21.1 31 68.06 3 Y 19.9 29 68.62 3 Y 20.5 30 68.33 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 17.5 31 56.45 2 N 16.7 29 57.47 2 N 17.3 30 57.78 2 N

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 17.5 31 56.34 2 N 14.5 29 50.11 2 N 13.5 30 45.00 1 N

39 41810041 Meghav Sharma 19.3 31 62.15 3 Y 19.0 29 65.63 3 Y 20.2 30 67.33 3 Y

40 41810042 Shaleen Anand 21.0 31 67.74 3 Y 19.3 29 66.44 3 Y 19.2 30 64.11 3 Y

41 41810043 Karamveer Singh 12.8 31 41.29 1 N 11.4 29 39.20 1 N 10.3 30 34.44 1 N

41 41810044 Kumari Priya 20.2 31 65.16 3 Y 16.9 29 58.39 2 N 15.4 30 51.22 2 N

43 41810045 Priyanka Mehta 23.9 31 77.20 3 Y 22.5 29 77.70 3 Y 23.0 30 76.78 3 Y

44 41810046 Abhinn Sharma 20.2 31 65.16 3 Y 17.6 29 60.57 3 Y 16.2 30 54.11 2 N

45 41810047 Archana Saini 17.5 31 56.45 2 N 17.5 29 60.34 3 Y 19.0 30 63.33 3 Y

46 41810048 Mohit Bhambhani 16.8 31 54.19 2 N 14.8 29 51.03 2 N 14.4 30 48.00 1 N

47 41810049 Supriya Dogra 19.9 31 64.19 3 Y 19.4 29 67.01 3 Y 20.7 30 68.89 3 Y

Average 2.38 2.38 2.23


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON

SCALE OF

3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the

above

table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 1 point in

the COs)

CO1 2.38 53.19 31.91 14.89

CO2 2.38 55.32 27.66 17.02

CO3 2.23 48.94 25.53 25.53

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment wrt to set

target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 53.2 35.5 0.0 53.2 0.0 35.5

CO2 55.3 36.9 55.3 0.0 0.0 55.3

CO3 48.9 0.0 32.6 48.9 32.6 48.9

Avg. 52 36 44.0 51.1 32.6 46.6


Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO

attainment

wrt to set

target level

of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 33.3 22.2 0.0 33.3 0.0 22.2

CO2 24.4 16.3 24.4 0.0 0.0 24.4

CO3 24.4 0.0 16.3 24.4 16.3 24.4

Avg. 27 19 20.4 28.9 16.3 23.7

Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt to set

target level

of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 97.9 65.3 0.0 97.9 0.0 65.3

CO2 97.9 65.3 97.9 0.0 0.0 97.9

CO3 97.9 0.0 65.3 97.9 65.3 97.9

Avg. 98 65 81.6 97.9 65.3 87.0


Subject Name & Code: Managerial Economics MBA-105




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-105

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-105

PO2 MBA-105

PO3 MBA-105

PO4 MBA-105

PO5 MBA-105

Course Cos Course Outcomes

MANAGERIAL

ECONOMICS

(MBA-105)

CO1 Understand theories related to managerial economics

and role of manager in firms.

CO2 Design competition strategies, including costing,

pricing, product differentiation, and market

environment.

CO3 Analyze real business problems and able to take

business decisions judicially.


Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 3 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2

Step 3



Table No 3

S. No Roll No Names CO1 CO2 CO3

MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 31.4 33 78.99 3 Y 22.4 29 77.13 3 Y 21.1 28 75.24 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 30.3 33 78.79 3 Y 21.9 29 75.52 3 Y 20.1 28 71.79 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 31.6 33 80.30 3 Y 21.9 29 75.63 3 Y 20.1 28 71.67 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 21.5 33 77.37 3 Y 21.4 29 73.79 3 Y 19.1 28 68.10 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 33.5 33 87.58 3 Y 24.5 29 84.48 3 Y 22.6 28 80.71 3 Y

6 41810006 Shivam Upadhyay 26.5 33 77.78 3 Y 21.2 29 73.22 3 Y 19.1 28 68.21 3 Y

7 41810007 Lakshika Bansal 21.5 33 61.82 3 Y 17.7 29 61.03 3 Y 16.4 28 58.57 2 N

8 41810008 Fazla Wahid Ahmed 26.8 33 74.04 3 Y 20.9 29 72.07 3 Y 19.2 28 68.45 3 Y

9 41810009 Anjali 20.2 33 76.46 3 Y 22.0 29 75.86 3 Y 20.8 28 74.17 3 Y

10 41810010 Udeshya Kumar 21.0 33 74.04 3 Y 21.4 29 73.79 3 Y 20.2 28 72.02 3 Y

11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 16.6 33 62.83 3 Y 18.6 29 64.25 3 Y 17.1 28 61.19 3 Y


13 41810015 Vani 30.0 33 82.32 3 Y 22.9 29 79.08 3 Y 21.4 28 76.43 3 Y


15 41810017 Sonali Goel 25.8 33 80.00 3 Y 22.0 29 75.98 3 Y 20.1 28 71.67 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 24.3 33 62.83 3 Y 18.0 29 61.95 3 Y 16.3 28 58.21 2 N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 21.6 33 66.57 3 Y 19.2 29 66.21 3 Y 18.3 28 65.48 3 Y

19 41810021 Divam Jain 28.0 33 78.59 3 Y 21.9 29 75.63 3 Y 20.1 28 71.90 3 Y

20 41810022 Madhurima Purohit 19.1 33 62.63 3 Y 17.7 29 61.15 3 Y 16.1 28 57.50 2 N


22 41810024 Radhika 27.5 33 74.34 3 Y 21.1 29 72.87 3 Y 19.8 28 70.83 3 Y

23 41810025 Abhishek Gupta 16.9 33 65.56 3 Y 19.2 29 66.21 3 Y 19.2 28 68.45 3 Y




MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N


26 41810028 Ravish Garg 20.0 33 43.74 1 N 13.5 29 46.44 1 N 13.1 28 46.79 1 N


28 41810030 Diksha Singh 16.4 33 54.34 2 N 16.3 29 56.09 2 N 15.8 28 56.43 2 N

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 28.0 33 79.60 3 Y 22.1 29 76.21 3 Y 20.1 28 71.90 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 23.0 33 84.34 3 Y 24.2 29 83.45 3 Y 23.0 28 82.02 3 Y

31 41810033 Megha 5.8 33 44.85 1 N 14.7 29 50.57 2 N 16.0 28 57.26 2 N

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 20.9 33 48.48 1 N 15.1 29 51.95 2 N 14.9 28 53.33 2 N

33 41810035 Manish Kumar Tiwari 23.4 33 65.35 3 Y 18.6 29 64.02 3 Y 17.4 28 62.02 3 Y

34 41810036 Amit Bhattacharjee 23.0 33 58.99 2 N 17.9 29 61.84 3 Y 17.1 28 61.07 3 Y

35 41810037 Ajay 29.4 33 54.85 2 N 18.1 29 62.53 3 Y 20.8 28 74.17 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 29.7 33 75.15 3 Y 21.5 29 74.14 3 Y 20.2 28 72.14 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 20.7 33 70.91 3 Y 19.6 29 67.59 3 Y 18.0 28 64.29 3 Y

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 14.9 33 54.44 2 N 16.0 29 55.29 2 N 15.5 28 55.36 2 N




41 41810044 Kumari Priya 20.9 33 68.08 3 Y 19.3 29 66.67 3 Y 17.7 28 63.21 3 Y


44 41810046 Abhinn Sharma 19.5 33 70.10 3 Y 20.9 29 72.18 3 Y 20.4 28 72.98 3 Y



47 41810049 Supriya Dogra 27.6 33 62.73 3 Y 18.1 29 62.41 3 Y 16.2 28 57.86 2 N

Average 2.62 2.74 2.66


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from the

above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 3

point in the

COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.62 76.60 8.51 14.89

CO2 2.74 80.85 12.77 6.38

CO3 2.66 72.34 21.28 6.38

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 76.6 76.60 76.6 76.6 51.1 51.1 51.1

CO2 80.9 80.85 80.9 80.9 80.9 80.9 53.9

CO3 72.3 72.34 72.3 72.3 72.3 72.3 48.2 Avg 77 77 76.6 68.1 68.1 51.1

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 33.3 33.33 33.3 33.3 22.2 22.2 22.2

CO2 33.3 33.33 33.3 33.3 33.3 33.3 22.2

CO3 26.7 26.67 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 17.8 Avg 31 31 31.1 27.4 27.4 20.7


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 66.7 66.67 66.7 66.7 44.4 44.4 44.4

CO2 81.3 81.25 81.3 81.3 81.3 81.3 54.2

CO3 81.3 81.25 81.3 81.3 81.3 81.3 54.2 Avg 76 76 76.4 69.0 69.0 50.9

Subject Name & Code: Accounting for Managers MBA-107 Prepare faculty course assessment record (FCAR) of each faculty.



survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

ACCOUNTING

FOR MANAGERS

(MBA 107)

CO1 Identify the basic principles of accounting and ability

to read, interpret and analyse the financial statement

CO2 Predict the cost behaviours and their application in

short term, long-term decision-making, budgetary

planning and controlling.

CO3 Develop an awareness of the need to consider ethical,

social and other relevant issues, in addition to financial

information, in management decision-making process.


MBA 107

Table No 1

POs

Course

PO1 MBA 107

PO2 MBA 107

PO3 MBA 107

PO4 MBA 107

PO5 MBA 107

Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE OUTCOME PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 3 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 2

CO3 2 3 1 1 2

Step 3



Table No 3 S. No

Roll No Name CO1 CO2 CO3

MO MM MO MM %

age

Score Y/N %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 20.7 31 19.2 30 64.06 3 Y 65.86 3 Y 19.2 30 64.06 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 20.1 31 21.0 30 69.83 3 Y 68.97 3 Y 21.0 30 69.83 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 20.0 31 19.1 30 63.72 3 Y 65.06 3 Y 19.1 30 63.72 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 13.1 31 13.2 30 43.83 1 N 44.14 1 N 13.2 30 43.83 1 N

5 41810005 Himani 20.3 31 19.0 30 63.33 3 Y 64.60 3 Y 19.0 30 63.33 3 Y

6 41810006 Shivam

Upadhyay

16.6 31 17.1 30 57.11 3 Y 55.98 3 Y 17.1 30 57.11 3 Y

7 41810007 Lakshika

Bansal

14.3 31 15.3 30 51.11 2 N 49.43 2 N 15.3 30 51.11 2 N

8 41810008 Fazla Wahid 14.2 31 16.1 30 53.78 2 N 50.46 2 N 16.1 30 53.78 2 N

9 41810009 Anjali 12.4 31 11.2 30 37.39 1 N 39.43 1 N 11.2 30 37.39 1 N

10 41810010 Udeshya

Kumar

13.9 31 16.6 30 55.17 3 Y 50.34 2 N 16.6 30 55.17 3 Y

11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 6.1 31 5.8 30 19.33 1 N 21.15 1 N 5.8 30 19.33 1 N

12 41810014 Shilpa Sharma 14.5 31 14.5 30 48.22 2 N 48.39 2 N 14.5 30 48.22 2 N

13 41810015 Vani 13.3 31 14.1 30 47.00 2 N 45.17 2 N 14.1 30 47.00 2 N

14 41810016 Aakash

Singhal

17.6 31 18.1 30 60.39 3 Y 59.54 3 Y 18.1 30 60.39 3 Y

15 41810017 Sonali Goel 17.9 31 17.8 30 59.44 3 Y 59.54 3 Y 17.8 30 59.44 3 Y

16 41810018 Chahat Pundir 19.2 31 18.5 30 61.78 3 Y 62.99 3 Y 18.5 30 61.78 3 Y

17 41810019 Simran 12.3 31 13.1 30 43.67 1 N 43.45 1 N 13.1 30 43.67 1 N


S. No


MO MM MO MM %

age

Score Y/N %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 14.4 31 15.9 30 53.11 2 N 50.57 2 N 15.9 30 53.11 2 N

19 41810021 Divam Jain 19.8 31 21.4 30 71.39 3 Y 68.28 3 Y 21.4 30 71.39 3 Y


Purohit

16.2 31 17.6 30 58.50 3 Y 56.21 3 Y 17.6 30 58.50 3 Y

21 41810023 Shubham

Singh

16.8 31 16.9 30 56.28 3 Y 56.32 3 Y 16.9 30 56.28 3 Y

22 41810024 Radhika 13.6 31 15.4 30 51.39 2 N 48.28 2 N 15.4 30 51.39 2 N


Gupta

11.8 31 11.8 30 39.17 1 N 39.43 1 N 11.8 30 39.17 1 N


Kumar

12.9 31 11.4 30 37.83 1 N 40.57 1 N 11.4 30 37.83 1 N

25 41810028 Ravish Garg 11.7 31 9.2 30 30.56 1 N 34.94 1 N 9.2 30 30.56 1 N

26 41810029 Nishant Sethi 20.2 31 18.8 30 62.72 3 Y 65.63 3 Y 18.8 30 62.72 3 Y

27 41810030 Diksha Singh 11.4 31 12.2 30 40.67 1 N 39.31 1 N 12.2 30 40.67 1 N

28 41810031 Palak Gupta 10.1 31 12.1 30 40.33 1 N 37.24 1 N 12.1 30 40.33 1 N

29 41810032 Swati Arora 15.2 31 15.2 30 50.67 2 N 50.34 2 N 15.2 30 50.67 2 N

30 41810033 Megha 14.6 31 13.7 30 45.56 2 N 47.36 2 N 13.7 30 45.56 2 N

31 41810034 Anuj Kumar 11.4 31 12.2 30 40.67 1 N 39.31 1 N 12.2 30 40.67 1 N

32 41810035 Manish Tiwari 19.7 31 19.6 30 65.28 3 Y 64.71 3 Y 19.6 30 65.28 3 Y

33 41810036 Amit

Bhattacharjee

13.3 31 15.7 30 52.33 2 N 48.28 2 N 15.7 30 52.33 2 N

34 41810037 Ajay 11.3 31 13.7 30 45.67 2 N 41.49 1 N 13.7 30 45.67 2 N


S. No


MO MM MO MM %

age

Score Y/N %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

35 41810038 Shivani 21.4 31 21.2 30 70.61 3 Y 70.57 3 Y 21.2 30 70.61 3 Y

36 41810039 Bhawana 22.6 31 22.6 30 75.33 3 Y 75.29 3 Y 22.6 30 75.33 3 Y

37 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 13.9 31 14.4 30 48.06 2 N 47.36 2 N 14.4 30 48.06 2 N

38 41810041 Meghav

Sharma

11.7 31 12.6 30 42.11 1 N 40.23 1 N 12.6 30 42.11 1 N

39 41810042 Shaleen

Anand

18.1 31 17.5 30 58.44 3 Y 59.77 3 Y 17.5 30 58.44 3 Y


Singh

13.3 31 15.6 30 52.06 2 N 48.51 2 N 15.6 30 52.06 2 N

41 41810044 Kumari Priya 10.9 31 12.7 30 42.33 1 N 39.31 1 N 12.7 30 42.33 1 N


Mehta

12.1 31 12.9 30 43.00 1 N 41.49 1 N 12.9 30 43.00 1 N

43 41810046 Abhinn

Sharma

15.6 31 18.3 30 60.83 3 Y 55.75 3 Y 18.3 30 60.83 3 Y

44 41810047 Archana Saini 14.5 31 17.2 30 57.28 3 Y 52.76 2 N 17.2 30 57.28 3 Y

45 41810048 Mohit

Bhambhani

16.3 31 14.1 30 47.11 2 N 50.34 2 N 14.1 30 47.11 2 N

46 41810049 Supriya Dogra 16.4 31 15.9 30 53.06 2 N 54.14 2 N 15.9 30 53.06 2 N


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE OF

3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table) 3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in the

COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of students

who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 1.87 29.79 27.66 42.55

CO2 2.09 38.30 31.91 29.79

CO3 2.15 42.55 29.79 27.66

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 29.8 29.8 29.8 19.9 29.8 29.8

CO2 38.3 38.3 38.3 25.5 25.5 25.5

CO3 42.6 28.4 42.6 14.2 14.2 28.4

Avg. 36.9 32 36.9 19.9 23.2 27.9

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment wrt to

set target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 71.1 71.1 71.1 0.0 23.7 71.1

CO2 68.9 45.9 68.9 0.0 68.9 68.9

CO3 53.3 53.3 53.3 17.8 53.3 53.3

Avg. 64.43 57 64.4 17.8 48.6 64.4


Table No 5 (2020-21)



PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 95.8 95.8 95.8 0.0 31.9 95.8

CO2 97.9 65.3 97.9 0.0 97.9 97.9

CO3 91.7 91.7 91.7 30.6 91.7 91.7

Avg. 95.13 84 95.1 30.6 73.8 95.1

Subject Name & Code: Business Environment MBA-109




survey


2.2.2 Pos attainment levels with observations(40)

POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-109

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-109

PO2 MBA-109

PO3 MBA-109

PO4 MBA-109

PO5 MBA-109

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

BUSINESS

ENVIRONMENT

(MBA-109)

CO1 To understand and analyze global, economic, legal aspects of

business environment and the conception of business working.

CO2 The students are expected to understand the SWOT analysis of

business and about fiscal market functioning.

CO3 The learning about the economic and non-economic aspects

related to business will also be acquired by the students.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 2

CO3 2 2 1 3 3

Step 3



Table No. 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM % age Score Y/N

1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 31.4 38 82.63 3 Y 17.8 21 84.76 3 Y 25.8 31 83.23 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 30.3 38 79.74 3 Y 17.0 21 80.95 3 Y 24.7 31 79.68 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 31.6 38 83.07 3 Y 17.4 21 82.86 3 Y 26.0 31 83.98 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 21.5 38 56.58 2 N 11.6 21 55.24 2 N 18.9 31 60.97 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 33.5 38 88.25 3 Y 18.4 21 87.62 3 Y 28.1 31 90.54 3 Y


7 41810007 Lakshika Bansal 21.5 38 56.49 2 N 11.6 21 55.24 2 N 18.9 31 61.08 3 Y


9 41810009 Anjali 20.2 38 53.07 2 N 11.4 21 54.29 2 N 17.4 31 56.24 2 N

10 41810010 Udeshya Kumar 21.0 38 55.26 2 N 11.6 21 55.24 2 N 18.4 31 59.35 2 N

11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 16.6 38 43.60 1 N 9.6 21 45.71 1 N 13.8 31 44.62 1 N

12 41810014 Shilpa Sharma 22.7 38 59.74 2 N 10.9 21 52.06 2 N 22.4 31 72.15 3 Y

13 41810015 Vani 30.0 38 79.04 3 Y 16.5 21 78.41 3 Y 25.5 31 82.26 3 Y


15 41810017 Sonali Goel 25.8 38 67.81 3 Y 14.6 21 69.52 3 Y 21.6 31 69.78 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 24.3 38 63.86 3 Y 12.9 21 61.59 3 Y 20.8 31 67.10 3 Y

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 21.6 38 56.84 2 N 11.3 21 53.97 2 N 21.1 31 67.96 3 Y

19 41810021 Divam Jain 28.0 38 73.68 3 Y 15.5 21 73.97 3 Y 24.5 31 78.92 3 Y


21 41810023 Shubham Singh 23.4 38 61.67 3 Y 12.6 21 60.00 2 N 21.0 31 67.63 3 Y

22 41810024 Radhika 27.5 38 72.37 3 Y 14.4 21 68.57 3 Y 25.1 31 80.97 3 Y



S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age



25 41810027 Siddharth Kumar 21.4 38 56.40 2 N 11.6 21 55.24 2 N 19.0 31 61.18 3 Y

26 41810028 Ravish Garg 20.0 38 52.54 2 N 10.6 21 50.48 2 N 17.4 31 56.24 2 N


28 41810030 Diksha Singh 16.4 38 43.16 1 N 10.0 21 47.62 1 N 13.6 31 43.87 1 N

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 28.0 38 73.68 3 Y 15.5 21 73.97 3 Y 24.5 31 78.92 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 23.0 38 60.61 3 Y 11.3 21 53.97 2 N 22.6 31 73.01 3 Y

31 41810033 Megha 5.8 38 15.18 1 N 4.3 21 20.63 1 N 4.9 31 15.81 1 N

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 20.9 38 55.09 2 N 13.0 21 61.90 3 Y 15.1 31 48.60 1 N


34 41810036 Amit Bhattacharjee 23.0 38 60.61 3 Y 12.4 21 59.05 2 N 20.6 31 66.34 3 Y

35 41810037 Ajay 29.4 38 77.28 3 Y 16.3 21 77.78 3 Y 24.3 31 78.39 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 29.7 38 78.25 3 Y 17.2 21 81.90 3 Y 24.1 31 77.63 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 20.7 38 54.39 2 N 11.2 21 53.33 2 N 18.1 31 58.49 2 N

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 14.9 38 39.30 1 N 8.3 21 39.37 1 N 14.8 31 47.74 1 N




41 41810044 Kumari Priya 20.9 38 55.09 2 N 11.2 21 53.33 2 N 19.9 31 64.09 3 Y


44 41810046 Abhinn Sharma 19.5 38 51.40 2 N 10.5 21 50.16 2 N 18.9 31 61.08 3 Y

45 41810047 Archana Saini 23.0 38 60.53 3 Y 12.0 21 57.14 2 N 22.0 31 70.97 3 Y




S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


Average 2.38 2.32 2.55


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the

above table) 3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.13 40.43 31.91 27.66

CO2 2.04 40.43 23.40 36.17

CO3 2.40 59.57 21.28 19.15

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 40.43 40.4 27.0 27.0 40.4 27.0

CO2 40.43 27.0 40.4 0.0 40.4 27.0

CO3 59.57 39.7 39.7 19.9 59.6 59.6

Avg. 58 45 44.2 30.1 58.2 46.6


Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 62.22 62.2 41.5 41.5 62.2 41.5

CO2 62.22 41.5 62.2 0.0 62.2 41.5

CO3 62.22 41.5 41.5 20.7 62.2 62.2

Avg. 65 51 50.6 33.0 65.2 50.6

Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 93.75 93.8 62.5 62.5 93.8 62.5

CO2 97.92 65.3 97.9 0.0 97.9 65.3

CO3 93.75 62.5 62.5 31.3 93.8 93.8

Avg. 99 77 77.3 49.7 99.3 77.1

Subject Name & Code: Soft Skill Development MBA-111




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

SOFT SKILL

DEVELOPMENT

(MBA-111)

CO1 To provide the student the understanding of the power of a good

communication in today’s corporate world.

CO2 To empower the student with a strong and confident personality

that will help portray a strong character.

CO3 To shape careers of student in the long run and provide them with

the ethical conduct of communication.


MBA-111

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 111

PO2

PO3 MBA 111

PO4 MBA 111

PO5 MBA 111

Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 3 2

CO2 2 3 2 2

CO3 2 1 2 2

Step 3



Table No. 3



1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 19.8 31 63.98 3 Y 17.6 29 60.80 3 Y 17.5 30 58.44 2 N

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 19.7 31 63.55 3 Y 17.9 29 61.84 3 Y 18.4 30 61.22 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 19.1 31 61.72 3 Y 18.0 29 61.95 3 Y 17.9 30 59.67 2 N

4 41810004 Tista Lather 14.4 31 46.34 1 N 14.2 29 49.08 1 N 14.9 30 49.67 1 N

5 41810005 Himani 23.7 31 76.56 3 Y 21.9 29 75.40 3 Y 22.4 30 74.67 3 Y

6 41810006 Shivam Upadhyay 17.9 31 57.63 2 N 16.1 29 55.63 2 N 16.0 30 53.33 2 N

7 41810007 Lakshika Bansal 15.4 31 49.78 1 N 14.5 29 50.11 2 N 15.0 30 50.11 2 N

8 41810008 Fazla Wahid Ahmed 16.4 31 52.80 2 N 15.5 29 53.45 2 N 16.1 30 53.78 2 N

9 41810009 Anjali 15.3 31 49.35 1 N 15.1 29 51.95 2 N 16.1 30 53.78 2 N


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 14.4 31 46.34 1 N 12.5 29 42.99 1 N 11.2 30 37.22 1 N

12 41810014 Shilpa Sharma 18.2 31 58.60 2 N 17.9 29 61.61 3 Y 19.0 30 63.22 3 Y

13 41810015 Vani 19.2 31 61.94 3 Y 18.2 29 62.76 3 Y 18.6 30 62.00 3 Y

14 41810016 Aakash Singhal 18.5 31 59.68 2 N 18.0 29 62.18 3 Y 19.5 30 64.89 3 Y

15 41810017 Sonali Goel 18.7 31 60.32 3 Y 18.2 29 62.76 3 Y 19.1 30 63.67 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 15.0 31 48.49 1 N 15.4 29 52.99 2 N 16.6 30 55.33 2 N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 13.8 31 44.52 1 N 13.5 29 46.67 1 N 14.7 30 48.89 1 N

19 41810021 Divam Jain 17.2 31 55.48 2 N 15.9 29 54.83 2 N 15.9 30 53.00 2 N


21 41810023 Shubham Singh 16.8 31 54.19 2 N 16.0 29 55.29 2 N 16.7 30 55.56 2 N

22 41810024 Radhika 17.9 31 57.63 2 N 16.0 29 55.29 2 N 15.6 30 52.00 2 N




26 41810028 Ravish Garg 12.8 31 41.40 1 N 13.3 29 45.75 1 N 13.9 30 46.33 1 N

27 41810029 Nishant Sethi 15.3 31 49.35 1 N 14.1 29 48.51 1 N 14.1 30 47.11 1 N

28 41810030 Diksha Singh 14.6 31 47.20 1 N 13.7 29 47.24 1 N 14.2 30 47.22 1 N

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 20.5 31 66.24 3 Y 19.6 29 67.47 3 Y 20.4 30 68.00 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 17.2 31 55.48 2 N 16.6 29 57.13 2 N 17.2 30 57.44 2 N

31 41810033 Megha 16.8 31 54.09 2 N 15.1 29 52.18 2 N 15.1 30 50.33 2 N

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 17.8 31 57.53 2 N 15.1 29 52.18 2 N 14.0 30 46.78 1 N




33 41810035 Manish Tiwari 12.8 31 41.29 1 N 11.8 29 40.69 1 N 11.4 30 38.00 1 N


35 41810037 Ajay 19.0 31 61.40 3 Y 18.0 29 62.18 3 Y 18.9 30 63.11 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 19.0 31 61.40 3 Y 18.0 29 62.18 3 Y 18.9 30 63.11 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 15.6 31 50.32 2 N 15.4 29 52.99 2 N 16.0 30 53.44 2 N

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 15.3 31 49.46 1 N 14.7 29 50.80 2 N 15.4 30 51.44 2 N

39 41810041 Meghav Sharma 15.5 31 49.89 1 N 15.0 29 51.72 2 N 15.5 30 51.78 2 N

40 41810042 Shaleen Anand 19.1 31 61.61 3 Y 17.7 29 61.15 3 Y 17.7 30 58.89 2 N


41 41810044 Kumari Priya 15.6 31 50.22 2 N 14.8 29 51.03 2 N 15.1 30 50.44 2 N


44 41810046 Abhinn Sharma 17.3 31 55.81 2 N 15.7 29 54.14 2 N 15.5 30 51.67 2 N


46 41810048 Mohit Bhambhani 19.5 31 63.01 3 Y 17.8 29 61.38 3 Y 17.7 30 58.89 2 N

47 41810049 Supriya Dogra 17.2 31 55.38 2 N 16.0 29 55.17 2 N 16.3 30 54.44 2 N

Average 2.02 2.15 2.04


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from the


percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.02 31.91 38.30 29.79

CO2 2.15 36.17 42.55 21.28

CO3 2.04 27.66 48.94 23.40

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment wrt


Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO

2

PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 31.91 31.91 31.91 31.9

1

0.00 21.2

8

CO2 36.17 36.17 24.11 36.1

7

24.1

1

24.1

1

CO3 27.66 27.66 18.44 9.22 18.4

4

18.4

4

Avg 31.91 24.82 25.7

7

14.1

8

21.2

8


Table No 5 (2019-20)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 61.36 61.36 61.36 61.36 40.91

CO2 65.91 65.91 43.94 65.91 43.94 43.94

CO3 56.82 56.82 37.88 18.94 37.88 37.88

Avg 61.36 47.73 48.74 27.27 40.91

Table No 5 (2020-21)

C

O

CO attainment wrt

set target level of

CO

Limit to max value of CO

attainment

PO

1

P

O

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

C

O1

58.33 58.33 58.

33

58.

33

0.0

0

38.

89

C

O2

66.67 66.67 44.

44

66.

67

44.

44

44.

44

C

O3

50.00 50.00 33.

33

16.

67

33.

33

33.

33

Avg 58.33 45.

37

47.

22

25.

93

38.

89

Subject Name & Code: Business Statistics MBA-113




survey


Course Cos

Course Outcomes

BUSINESS

STATISTICS

(MBA-113)

CO1 Identify statistical tools needed to solve various

business problems.

CO2 Apply various probability distributions to various

business problems.

CO3 Develop Analytical and critical thinking abilities for

data-based decision making


2.2.2 POs attainment levels with observations (40)

POs Attainment

Step 1




BS 113

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 BS 113

PO2 BS 113

PO3

PO4

PO5

Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 2

CO2 3 2

CO3 2 3

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No



1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 32.3 33 97.98 3 Y 28.7 29 98.85 3 Y 28.0 28 100.00 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 30.2 33 91.52 3 Y 25.9 29 89.31 3 Y 23.9 28 85.36 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 30.3 33 91.92 3 Y 27.7 29 95.40 3 Y 28.0 28 100.00 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 19.4 33 58.89 2 N 18.5 29 63.68 3 Y 20.1 28 71.79 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 30.0 33 91.01 3 Y 25.8 29 88.85 3 Y 24.7 28 88.21 3 Y


7 41810007 Lakshika Bansal 28.6 33 86.67 3 Y 22.7 29 78.28 3 Y 19.2 28 68.57 3 Y


Ahmed

26.0 33 78.89 3 Y 23.8 29 81.95 3 Y 24.7 28 88.21 3 Y

9 41810009 Anjali 11.7 33 35.45 1 N 12.0 29 41.38 1 N 13.3 28 47.50 1 N


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 13.5 33 40.91 1 N 14.5 29 50.00 1 N 17.0 28 60.71 3 Y


13 41810015 Vani 31.0 33 93.94 3 Y 26.5 29 91.38 3 Y 24.5 28 87.50 3 Y


15 41810017 Sonali Goel 26.6 33 80.61 3 Y 21.7 29 74.83 3 Y 19.2 28 68.57 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 20.4 33 61.82 3 Y 16.7 29 57.59 2 N 15.4 28 55.00 2 N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 19.4 33 58.79 2 N 14.6 29 50.34 2 N 12.0 28 42.86 1 N

19 41810021 Divam Jain 23.4 33 70.81 3 Y 19.9 29 68.74 3 Y 18.2 28 65.00 3 Y

20 41810022 Madhurima Purohit 31.0 33 93.94 3 Y 27.0 29 93.10 3 Y 26.0 28 92.86 3 Y


22 41810024 Radhika 24.8 33 75.05 3 Y 23.1 29 79.77 3 Y 25.1 28 89.64 3 Y



25 41810027 Siddharth Kumar 25.9 33 78.59 3 Y 23.4 29 80.57 3 Y 22.7 28 81.07 3 Y

26 41810028 Ravish Garg 27.0 33 81.82 3 Y 23.0 29 79.31 3 Y 21.5 28 76.79 3 Y



S.

No



28 41810030 Diksha Singh 23.0 33 69.60 3 Y 19.4 29 67.01 3 Y 19.6 28 70.00 3 Y

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 29.0 33 87.88 3 Y 26.0 29 89.66 3 Y 26.0 28 92.86 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 26.7 33 80.91 3 Y 23.6 29 81.38 3 Y 23.7 28 84.64 3 Y

31 41810033 Megha 23.3 33 70.51 3 Y 20.5 29 70.80 3 Y 19.2 28 68.57 3 Y

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 32.2 33 97.58 3 Y 27.4 29 94.48 3 Y 25.4 28 90.71 3 Y

33 41810035 Manish Kumar

Tiwari

31.4 33 95.15 3 Y 25.3 29 87.24 3 Y 21.8 28 77.86 3 Y


35 41810037 Ajay 29.7 33 89.90 3 Y 26.8 29 92.53 3 Y 26.5 28 94.64 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 32.3 33 97.98 3 Y 26.7 29 91.95 3 Y 24.0 28 85.71 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 25.2 33 76.46 3 Y 22.7 29 78.16 3 Y 22.1 28 78.93 3 Y

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 14.6 33 44.24 1 N 14.0 29 48.28 1 N 15.4 28 55.00 2 N


40 41810042 Shaleen Anand 19.5 33 59.19 2 N 19.6 29 67.47 3 Y 20.9 28 74.64 3 Y

41 41810043 Karamveer Singh 17.2 33 52.12 2 N 16.6 29 57.24 2 N 18.2 28 65.00 3 Y

41 41810044 Kumari Priya 16.4 33 49.80 1 N 14.8 29 51.03 2 N 14.3 28 50.95 2 N


44 41810046 Abhinn Sharma 18.3 33 55.45 2 N 15.7 29 54.14 2 N 14.5 28 51.79 2 N


46 41810048 Mohit Bhambhani 20.1 33 60.81 3 Y 17.8 29 61.38 3 Y 17.1 28 61.19 3 Y


Average 2.66 2.72 2.79


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.66 74.47 17.02 8.51

CO2 2.72 78.72 14.89 6.38

CO3 2.79 82.98 12.77 4.26

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set

target level

of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 74.5 74.47 74.5 49.6

CO2 78.7 78.72 78.7 52.5

CO3 83.0 82.98 55.3 83.0

Avg 79 69.5 61.7

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 68.9 68.89 68.9 45.9

CO2 66.7 66.67 66.7 44.4

CO3 51.1 51.11 34.1 51.1

Avg 62 56.5 47.2


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 91.7 91.67 91.7 61.1

CO2 91.7 91.67 91.7 61.1

CO3 95.8 95.83 63.9 95.8

Avg 93 82.4 72.7

Subject Name & Code: Computer Applications in Management MBA-115




survey


Course Cos

Course Outcomes

Computer

Applications in

Management

(CAM115)

CO1 Will have a better understanding of various statistical

packages and their usage

CO2 Ability to understand the data and its analysis aiding

to decision making

CO3 Ability to work on the practical office problems


POs Attainment

Step 1




CAM 115

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 CAM 115

PO2 CAM 115

PO3

PO4

PO5 CAM 115


Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3

CO2 3

CO3 2 3 2

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 32.4 36 90.00 3 Y 25.7 28 91.79 3 Y 23.9 26 91.92 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 27.4 36 76.11 3 Y 20.9 28 74.52 3 Y 18.7 26 72.05 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 27.1 36 75.19 3 Y 20.0 28 71.55 3 Y 17.9 26 68.85 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 27.9 36 77.50 3 Y 21.5 28 76.61 3 Y 19.7 26 75.58 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 26.8 36 74.54 3 Y 20.8 28 74.40 3 Y 19.3 26 74.36 3 Y


7 41810007 Lakshika Bansal 20.8 36 57.87 2 N 15.5 28 55.36 2 N 13.7 26 52.56 2 N


9 41810009 Anjali 17.2 36 47.69 1 N 12.4 28 44.35 1 N 11.4 26 43.91 1 N


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 12.3 36 34.26 1 N 9.0 28 32.14 1 N 7.7 26 29.49 1 N

12 41810014 Shilpa Sharma 22.7 36 62.96 3 Y 16.1 28 57.44 2 N 14.3 26 54.81 2 N

13 41810015 Vani 18.8 36 52.31 2 N 13.8 28 49.40 1 N 12.3 26 47.44 1 N

14 41810016 Aakash Singhal 21.0 36 58.24 2 N 15.8 28 56.49 2 N 14.2 26 54.68 2 N

15 41810017 Sonali Goel 20.5 36 56.94 2 N 15.3 28 54.76 2 N 14.2 26 54.49 2 N


17 41810019 Simran 21.7 36 60.19 3 Y 16.9 28 60.42 3 Y 15.4 26 59.29 2 N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 13.7 36 37.96 1 N 10.7 28 38.10 1 N 9.7 26 37.18 1 N

19 41810021 Divam Jain 24.1 36 67.04 3 Y 18.7 28 66.90 3 Y 17.1 26 65.90 3 Y



22 41810024 Radhika 26.1 36 72.59 3 Y 19.4 28 69.29 3 Y 17.5 26 67.18 3 Y




S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N


26 41810028 Ravish Garg 21.3 36 59.26 2 N 17.4 28 62.20 3 Y 16.3 26 62.50 3 Y

27 41810029 Nishant Sethi 22.8 36 63.33 3 Y 17.1 28 60.95 3 Y 15.1 26 58.21 2 N

28 41810030 Diksha Singh 15.3 36 42.41 1 N 12.0 28 42.74 1 N 10.8 26 41.41 1 N

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 24.6 36 68.43 3 Y 18.7 28 66.61 3 Y 16.7 26 64.29 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 23.1 36 64.07 3 Y 18.7 28 66.79 3 Y 17.2 26 66.28 3 Y

31 41810033 Megha 21.0 36 58.24 2 N 15.5 28 55.30 2 N 13.6 26 52.12 2 N

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 18.2 36 50.56 2 N 14.9 28 53.33 2 N 13.9 26 53.33 2 N


Tiwari

16.5 36 45.83 1 N 14.0 28 50.00 1 N 12.5 26 48.08 1 N

34 41810036 Amit Bhattacharjee 23.7 36 65.74 3 Y 17.9 28 63.99 3 Y 16.4 26 63.14 3 Y

35 41810037 Ajay 16.5 36 45.83 1 N 14.0 28 50.00 1 N 12.5 26 48.08 1 N

36 41810038 Shivani 28.2 36 78.43 3 Y 21.0 28 74.82 3 Y 18.8 26 72.37 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 20.4 36 56.67 2 N 16.7 28 59.64 2 N 14.9 26 57.31 2 N

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 17.3 36 47.96 1 N 13.3 28 47.50 1 N 12.4 26 47.82 1 N

39 41810041 Meghav Sharma 17.0 36 47.22 1 N 13.7 28 48.81 1 N 12.3 26 47.44 1 N

40 41810042 Shaleen Anand 21.5 36 59.72 2 N 16.8 28 60.12 3 Y 15.7 26 60.26 3 Y


41 41810044 Kumari Priya 19.6 36 54.44 2 N 14.5 28 51.67 2 N 12.9 26 49.74 1 N

43 41810045 Priyanka Mehta 20.8 36 57.87 2 N 16.2 28 57.74 2 N 15.0 26 57.69 2 N

44 41810046 Abhinn Sharma 22.1 36 61.48 3 Y 16.7 28 59.76 2 N 15.1 26 58.21 2 N




Average 2.23 2.19 2.13


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from


percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 1 point in

the COs)

CO1 2.23 46.81 29.79 23.40

CO2 2.19 46.81 25.53 27.66

CO3 2.13 42.55 27.66 29.79

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 46.8 46.81

46.8

CO2 46.8 46.81 46.8

CO3 42.6 42.55 28.4 42.6 28.4 Avg 45 38 44.7 28.4

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 82.2 82.22 0.0 82.2 0.0

CO2 84.4 84.44 84.4 0.0 0.0

CO3 68.9 68.89 45.9 68.9 45.9 Avg 79 65 75.6 45.9


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 58.3 58.33 0.0 58.3 0.0

CO2 62.5 62.50 62.5 0.0 0.0

CO3 50.0 50.00 33.3 50.0 33.3 Avg 57 48 54.2 33.3

Subject Name & Code: Financial Management MBA-102

Process used for revising/redefining the POs :

We have defined departmental vision, mission and program educational objectives. In accordance

with these and the Graduate Attributes prescribed by NBA, the program outcomes are defined.

The actual program results are compared with the program outcomes (POs) and the reasons for the

inconsistencies, if any, are assessed and considered while redefining POs. The POs are redefined

on the following bases:













Grade scale

Marks Score

≤ 50% 1

>50% and ≤ 60% 2

>60% 3




survey




POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 102

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 102

PO2 MBA 102

PO3 MBA 102

PO4 MBA 102

PO5 MBA 102

Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 1 3 2

CO3 3 3 2 3 3


FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 102)

CO1 Demonstrate an understanding of the overall role and

importance of the finance function.

CO2 To understand the various short/long term sources of fund

and their financing management.

CO3 Identify relevant cash flows, time value and appraisal

techniques of the capital budgeting projects.


Step 3



Table No 3

S. No Roll No Name CO1 CO2 CO3

MO MM MO MM %

age

Score Y/N %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 19.6 31 20.9 30 69.56 3 Y 67.24 3 Y 20.9 30 69.56 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 22.3 31 23.7 30 78.89 3 Y 75.98 3 Y 23.7 30 78.89 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 16.2 31 19.5 30 64.89 3 Y 59.89 3 Y 19.5 30 64.89 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 15.2 31 13.8 30 45.89 2 N 48.51 2 N 13.8 30 45.89 2 N

5 41810005 Himani 20.4 31 20.7 30 68.89 3 Y 68.62 3 Y 20.7 30 68.89 3 Y

6 41810006 Shivam

Upadhyay

15.5 31 16.1 30 53.56 3 Y 53.33 3 Y 16.1 30 53.56 3 Y

7 41810007 Lakshika

Bansal

15.0 31 15.3 30 50.89 3 Y 50.69 3 Y 15.3 30 50.89 3 Y

8 41810008 Fazla Wahid 14.9 31 15.3 30 50.89 3 Y 51.03 3 Y 15.3 30 50.89 3 Y

9 41810009 Anjali 13.6 31 14.7 30 49.00 2 N 47.36 2 N 14.7 30 49.00 2 N

10 41810010 Udeshya

Kumar

13.8 31 16.4 30 54.56 3 Y 51.03 3 Y 16.4 30 54.56 3 Y

11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 12.6 31 12.9 30 43.11 2 N 42.87 2 N 12.9 30 43.11 2 N

12 41810014 Shilpa Sharma 15.6 31 17.5 30 58.44 3 Y 54.83 3 Y 17.5 30 58.44 3 Y

13 41810015 Vani 14.5 31 16.3 30 54.33 3 Y 52.30 3 Y 16.3 30 54.33 3 Y

14 41810016 Aakash

Singhal

18.7 31 19.0 30 63.22 3 Y 63.22 3 Y 19.0 30 63.22 3 Y

15 41810017 Sonali Goel 15.0 31 18.6 30 62.00 3 Y 56.44 3 Y 18.6 30 62.00 3 Y

16 41810018 Chahat Pundir 19.1 31 21.6 30 71.89 3 Y 66.78 3 Y 21.6 30 71.89 3 Y

17 41810019 Simran 12.6 31 13.6 30 45.33 2 N 44.02 2 N 13.6 30 45.33 2 N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 13.4 31 12.9 30 42.89 2 N 43.79 2 N 12.9 30 42.89 2 N

19 41810021 Divam Jain 22.3 31 23.7 30 79.00 3 Y 75.98 3 Y 23.7 30 79.00 3 Y


Purohit

15.0 31 15.9 30 53.11 3 Y 51.84 3 Y 15.9 30 53.11 3 Y

21 41810023 Shubham

Singh

14.6 31 15.8 30 52.56 3 Y 50.34 3 Y 15.8 30 52.56 3 Y

22 41810024 Radhika 16.6 31 15.8 30 52.67 3 Y 53.68 3 Y 15.8 30 52.67 3 Y


Gupta

13.6 31 16.0 30 53.44 3 Y 49.66 2 N 16.0 30 53.44 3 Y


Kumar

0.0 31 0.0 30 0.00 1 N 0.00 1 N 0.0 30 0.00 1 N



MO MM MO MM %

age

Score Y/N %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

25 41810028 Ravish Garg 14.5 31 11.8 30 39.33 1 N 43.79 2 N 11.8 30 39.33 1 N

26 41810029 Nishant Sethi 15.2 31 12.9 30 43.11 2 N 47.82 2 N 12.9 30 43.11 2 N

27 41810030 Diksha Singh 14.9 31 14.6 30 48.78 2 N 49.89 2 N 14.6 30 48.78 2 N

28 41810031 Palak Gupta 12.1 31 12.8 30 42.67 2 N 41.72 2 N 12.8 30 42.67 2 N

29 41810032 Swati Arora 15.8 31 18.0 30 60.00 3 Y 55.75 3 Y 18.0 30 60.00 3 Y

30 41810033 Megha 19.7 31 19.4 30 64.67 3 Y 65.06 3 Y 19.4 30 64.67 3 Y

31 41810034 Anuj Kumar 10.1 31 12.8 30 42.56 2 N 38.39 1 N 12.8 30 42.56 2 N

32 41810035 Manish Tiwari 20.0 31 17.7 30 59.00 3 Y 62.99 3 Y 17.7 30 59.00 3 Y

33 41810036 Amit

Bhattacharjee

13.3 31 14.9 30 49.67 2 N 47.59 2 N 14.9 30 49.67 2 N

34 41810037 Ajay 15.9 31 16.4 30 54.56 3 Y 54.37 3 Y 16.4 30 54.56 3 Y

35 41810038 Shivani 12.4 31 14.6 30 48.56 2 N 44.94 2 N 14.6 30 48.56 2 N

36 41810039 Bhawana 23.0 31 23.0 30 76.56 3 Y 76.09 3 Y 23.0 30 76.56 3 Y

37 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 19.5 31 18.9 30 63.11 3 Y 64.14 3 Y 18.9 30 63.11 3 Y

38 41810041 Meghav

Sharma

11.7 31 12.5 30 41.67 2 N 40.69 2 N 12.5 30 41.67 2 N

39 41810042 Shaleen

Anand

16.4 31 17.8 30 59.44 3 Y 57.82 3 Y 17.8 30 59.44 3 Y


Singh

16.1 31 15.7 30 52.22 3 Y 52.53 3 Y 15.7 30 52.22 3 Y

41 41810044 Kumari Priya 13.8 31 9.7 30 32.33 1 N 39.54 1 N 9.7 30 32.33 1 N


Mehta

14.4 31 14.6 30 48.78 2 N 48.28 2 N 14.6 30 48.78 2 N

43 41810046 Abhinn

Sharma

14.8 31 16.3 30 54.22 3 Y 51.61 3 Y 16.3 30 54.22 3 Y

44 41810047 Archana Saini 19.6 31 18.9 30 63.00 3 Y 63.79 3 Y 18.9 30 63.00 3 Y

45 41810048 Mohit

Bhambhani

13.7 31 14.5 30 48.44 2 N 47.47 2 N 14.5 30 48.44 2 N

46 41810049 Supriya Dogra 12.5 31 13.8 30 45.89 2 N 43.91 2 N 13.8 30 45.89 2 N

Average 2.17

2.67 2.17


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the

above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 2.30

40.43 48.94 10.64

CO2 2.53

59.57 34.04 6.38

CO3 2.55

61.70 31.91 6.38

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 40.4 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5

CO2 59.6 59.6 59.6 19.9 59.6 39.7

CO3 61.7 61.7 61.7 41.1 61.7 61.7

Avg. 53.9 45 44.9 24.8 44.9 38.3

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 93.3 31.1 31.1 31.1 31.1 31.1

CO2 93.3 93.3 93.3 31.1 93.3 62.2

CO3 93.3 93.3 93.3 62.2 93.3 93.3

Avg. 93.3 73 72.6 41.5 72.6 62.2


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt to set target

level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.5 29.2 29.2 29.2 29.2 29.2

CO2 97.9 97.9 97.9 32.6 97.9 65.3

CO3 97.9 97.9 97.9 65.3 97.9 97.9

Avg. 94.43 75 75.0 42.4 75.0 64.1

Subject Name & Code: Human Resource Management MBA-104




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-104

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-104

PO2 MBA-104

PO3 MBA-104

PO4 MBA-104

PO5 MBA-104


HUMAN

RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT

(MBA-104)

CO1 Develop a comprehensive knowledge of issues affecting the

employer-employee relationship.

CO2 Able to understand appropriate organizational HRM practices

and be familiar with each element’s key concepts and

terminology.

CO3 Capable to apply the principles and techniques of human

resource management gained through this course to the

discussion of major personnel issues


Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 2 3 3 2

CO3 3 2 2 3 3

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 31.4 33 71.52 3 Y 18.6 29 64.14 3 Y 15.8 28 56.43 2 N

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 30.3 33 72.53 3 Y 21.4 29 73.68 3 Y 20.7 28 73.93 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 31.6 33 67.88 3 Y 19.4 29 66.78 3 Y 18.2 28 65.12 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 21.5 33 64.24 3 Y 18.8 29 64.83 3 Y 18.0 28 64.29 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 33.5 33 81.21 3 Y 24.1 29 83.10 3 Y 23.6 28 84.29 3 Y




9 41810009 Anjali 20.2 33 57.98 2 N 16.0 29 55.17 2 N 14.4 28 51.31 2 N


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 16.6 33 54.95 2 N 16.2 29 55.75 2 N 15.7 28 56.07 2 N


13 41810015 Vani 30.0 33 63.43 3 Y 18.4 29 63.56 3 Y 17.6 28 62.98 3 Y

14 41810016 Aakash Singhal 26.8 33 49.70 1 N 14.0 29 48.39 1 N 12.6 28 44.88 1 N

15 41810017 Sonali Goel 25.8 33 66.67 3 Y 18.7 29 64.60 3 Y 17.3 28 61.67 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 24.3 33 55.15 2 N 16.0 29 55.06 2 N 15.3 28 54.76 2 N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 21.6 33 51.31 2 N 14.3 29 49.20 1 N 12.8 28 45.71 1 N

19 41810021 Divam Jain 28.0 33 56.16 2 N 16.0 29 55.06 2 N 14.5 28 51.79 2 N


21 41810023 Shubham Singh 23.4 33 57.78 2 N 16.2 29 55.86 2 N 14.7 28 52.62 2 N

22 41810024 Radhika 27.5 33 58.48 2 N 16.4 29 56.44 2 N 15.3 28 54.76 2 N




S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


25 41810028 Ravish Garg 20.0 33 39.60 1 N 12.5 29 43.22 1 N 12.4 28 44.29 1 N


27 41810030 Diksha Singh 16.4 33 44.34 1 N 13.3 29 45.86 1 N 12.6 28 44.88 1 N

28 41810031 Palak Gupta 28.0 33 64.65 3 Y 19.7 29 68.05 3 Y 19.9 28 71.19 3 Y

29 41810032 Swati Arora 23.0 33 71.72 3 Y 21.5 29 74.14 3 Y 20.8 28 74.40 3 Y

30 41810033 Megha 5.8 33 59.60 2 N 15.7 29 54.25 2 N 13.1 28 46.79 1 N

31 41810034 Anuj Kumar 20.9 33 46.46 1 N 15.1 29 51.95 2 N 15.6 28 55.71 2 N

32 41810035 Manish Kumar Tiwari 23.4 33 54.75 2 N 14.9 29 51.26 2 N 12.6 28 44.88 1 N


34 41810037 Ajay 29.4 33 68.69 3 Y 19.7 29 68.05 3 Y 18.6 28 66.43 3 Y

35 41810038 Shivani 29.7 33 68.08 3 Y 18.8 29 64.94 3 Y 17.2 28 61.43 3 Y

36 41810039 Bhawana 20.7 33 53.74 2 N 15.4 29 52.99 2 N 13.9 28 49.64 1 N

37 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 14.9 33 52.93 2 N 14.0 29 48.28 1 N 11.5 28 41.19 1 N

38 41810041 Meghav Sharma 27.1 33 63.43 3 Y 18.2 29 62.76 3 Y 16.4 28 58.45 2 N

39 41810042 Shaleen Anand 27.4 33 65.86 3 Y 17.8 29 61.38 3 Y 15.0 28 53.45 2 N


41 41810044 Kumari Priya 20.9 33 52.32 2 N 13.9 29 48.05 1 N 11.3 28 40.36 1 N



44 41810047 Archana Saini 23.0 33 54.95 2 N 15.3 29 52.87 2 N 13.5 28 48.33 1 N

45 41810048 Mohit Bhambhani 19.0 33 60.61 3 Y 16.2 29 55.98 2 N 13.8 28 49.17 1 N


Average 2.39 2.33 2.09


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.39 52.17 34.78 13.04

CO2 2.33 50.00 32.61 17.39

CO3 2.09 39.13 30.43 30.43

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 52.2 52.17 34.8 34.8 34.8 52.2 52.2

CO2 50.0 50.00 50.0 33.3 50.0 50.0 33.3

CO3 39.1 39.13 39.1 26.1 26.1 39.1 39.1 Avg 47 41 31.4 37.0 47.1 41.5

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 77.8 77.78 51.9 51.9 51.9 77.8 77.8

CO2 77.8 77.78 77.8 51.9 77.8 77.8 51.9

CO3 77.8 77.78 77.8 51.9 51.9 77.8 77.8 Avg 78 69 51.9 60.5 77.8 69.1


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 91.7 91.67 61.1 61.1 61.1 91.7 91.7

CO2 95.8 95.83 95.8 63.9 95.8 95.8 63.9

CO3 89.6 89.58 89.6 59.7 59.7 89.6 89.6 Avg 92 82 61.6 72.2 92.4 81.7

Subject Name & Code: Production & Operations Management MBA 106




survey



PRODUCTION AND

OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT

(POM106)

CO1 Understand the elements of operations management and

various transformation processes to enhance productivity

and competitiveness

CO2 Be able to understand the characteristics of different types

of decision-making environments and the appropriate

decision making approaches

CO3 Be able to build and solve Linear Programming Problems,

Transportation Models and Assignment Models.


POs Attainment

Step 1




POM 106

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 POM 106

PO2 POM 106

PO3

PO4

PO5


Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3

CO2 3

CO3 3

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41810001 VipinTyagi 28.9 33 87.68 3 Y 24.8 29 85.40 3 Y 23.3 28 83.21 3 Y

2 41810002 VibhuSagar 26.1 33 79.19 3 Y 23.5 29 81.03 3 Y 23.4 28 83.45 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 27.2 33 82.42 3 Y 24.1 29 83.22 3 Y 23.7 28 84.52 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 28.6 33 86.67 3 Y 25.5 29 88.05 3 Y 24.9 28 88.81 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 31.9 33 96.77 3 Y 28.0 29 96.67 3 Y 27.0 28 96.55 3 Y

6 41810006 ShivamUpadhyay 25.1 33 75.96 3 Y 22.9 29 78.85 3 Y 23.1 28 82.38 3 Y



Ahmed

26.3 33 79.60 3 Y 23.4 29 80.80 3 Y 23.3 28 83.21 3 Y

9 41810009 Anjali 28.0 33 84.95 3 Y 24.8 29 85.40 3 Y 24.2 28 86.43 3 Y


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 25.6 33 77.58 3 Y 22.6 29 77.93 3 Y 21.8 28 77.86 3 Y


13 41810015 Vani 27.8 33 84.14 3 Y 24.2 29 83.56 3 Y 23.0 28 82.14 3 Y

14 41810016 AakashSinghal 29.9 33 90.71 3 Y 26.5 29 91.49 3 Y 25.5 28 91.19 3 Y

15 41810017 SonaliGoel 27.8 33 84.24 3 Y 24.9 29 85.98 3 Y 24.3 28 86.67 3 Y

16 41810018 ChahatPundir 29.0 33 87.78 3 Y 25.5 29 87.82 3 Y 24.6 28 87.74 3 Y

17 41810019 Simran 22.8 33 69.09 3 Y 21.5 29 74.14 3 Y 22.7 28 81.07 3 Y

18 41810020 YuktiKaul 23.5 33 71.11 3 Y 21.8 29 75.29 3 Y 22.7 28 81.07 3 Y

19 41810021 Divam Jain 27.5 33 83.23 3 Y 23.8 29 82.18 3 Y 22.7 28 81.07 3 Y

20 41810022 MadhurimaPurohit 29.4 33 88.99 3 Y 25.8 29 88.85 3 Y 24.9 28 88.81 3 Y


22 41810024 Radhika 27.6 33 83.74 3 Y 24.0 29 82.64 3 Y 22.4 28 80.00 3 Y


24 41810026 NishithKhare 0.0 33 0.00 1 N 0.0 29 0.00 1 N 0.0 28 0.00 1 N


S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

25 41810027 SiddharthKumar 28.7 33 86.87 3 Y 24.7 29 85.29 3 Y 23.6 28 84.29 3 Y

26 41810028 Ravish Garg 24.0 33 72.63 3 Y 22.2 29 76.55 3 Y 22.8 28 81.55 3 Y

27 41810029 NishantSethi 28.3 33 85.76 3 Y 25.1 29 86.67 3 Y 24.6 28 87.74 3 Y

28 41810030 Diksha Singh 23.2 33 70.30 3 Y 21.8 29 75.17 3 Y 23.0 28 82.14 3 Y

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 26.0 33 78.89 3 Y 23.6 29 81.38 3 Y 23.4 28 83.45 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 26.5 33 80.40 3 Y 23.5 29 80.92 3 Y 23.0 28 82.14 3 Y

31 41810033 Megha 29.6 33 89.80 3 Y 25.1 29 86.67 3 Y 23.2 28 82.98 3 Y

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 23.9 33 72.32 3 Y 22.3 29 76.90 3 Y 22.8 28 81.55 3 Y


Tiwari

22.7 33 68.69 3 Y 20.9 29 72.07 3 Y 21.4 28 76.55 3 Y

34 41810036 Amit

Bhattacharjee

25.7 33 77.98 3 Y 23.2 29 80.00 3 Y 23.1 28 82.38 3 Y

35 41810037 Ajay 29.6 33 89.80 3 Y 25.8 29 88.97 3 Y 24.6 28 87.74 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 28.7 33 86.97 3 Y 25.4 29 87.70 3 Y 24.9 28 88.81 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 26.1 33 79.19 3 Y 23.5 29 81.03 3 Y 23.4 28 83.45 3 Y

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 24.7 33 74.85 3 Y 22.3 29 76.78 3 Y 22.0 28 78.69 3 Y


40 41810042 ShaleenAnand 26.8 33 81.31 3 Y 24.2 29 83.45 3 Y 24.0 28 85.60 3 Y

41 41810043 Karamveer Singh 26.4 33 80.10 3 Y 23.1 29 79.54 3 Y 21.5 28 76.79 3 Y

41 41810044 KumariPriya 26.7 33 80.81 3 Y 23.7 29 81.84 3 Y 23.6 28 84.29 3 Y




46 41810048 MohitBhambhani 25.7 33 77.98 3 Y 23.2 29 80.00 3 Y 23.1 28 82.38 3 Y


Average 2.96 2.96 2.96


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from



who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.96 97.87 0.00 2.13

CO2 2.96 97.87 0.00 2.13

CO3 2.96 97.87 0.00 2.13

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 48.9 48.94 48.9 0.0

CO2 40.4 40.43 0.0 40.4

CO3 40.4 40.43 0.0 40.4 Avg 43 48.9 40.4

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 40.0 40.00 40.0 0.0

CO2 40.0 40.00 0.0 40.0

CO3 40.0 40.00 0.0 40.0 Avg 40 40.0 40.0


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set

target

level of

CO

Limit to

max value

of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.4 85.42 85.4 0.0

CO2 93.8 93.75 0.0 93.8

CO3 91.7 91.67 0.0 91.7 Avg 90 85.4 92.7

Subject Name & Code: Marketing Management MBA-108



mapping.


employer survey



POs Attainment

Step 1





MARKETING

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 108)

CO1 Comprehensive and practical introduction to marketing

management.

CO2 Improved ability to make effective marketing decisions,

including assessing marketing opportunities and developing

marketing strategies and implementation plans.

CO3 Students gain significant experience in communicating and

defending their marketing recommendations.


MBA 108

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 108

PO2 MBA 108

PO3 MBA 108

PO4 MBA 108

PO5 MBA 108

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 1 2

CO2 3 1 2 1 2

CO3 3 2 2 2

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 22.3 31 71.94 3 Y 21.0 29 72.53 3 Y 21.7 30 72.22 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 22.0 31 71.08 3 Y 21.8 29 75.17 3 Y 23.7 30 78.89 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 23.1 31 74.52 3 Y 22.5 29 77.47 3 Y 23.9 30 79.78 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 18.1 31 58.49 2 N 16.4 29 56.67 2 N 15.9 30 53.11 2 N

5 41810005 Himani 25.1 31 81.08 3 Y 24.3 29 83.68 3 Y 25.6 30 85.33 3 Y




9 41810009 Anjali 18.9 31 60.97 3 Y 16.9 29 58.28 2 N 16.7 30 55.67 2 N


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 17.7 31 57.10 2 N 15.3 29 52.64 2 N 14.5 30 48.44 1 N


13 41810015 Vani 22.0 31 70.97 3 Y 21.4 29 73.79 3 Y 23.1 30 77.00 3 Y


15 41810017 Sonali Goel 21.2 31 68.49 3 Y 20.6 29 71.03 3 Y 21.7 30 72.22 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 12.8 31 41.18 1 N 13.5 29 46.44 1 N 14.8 30 49.22 1 N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 19.3 31 62.26 3 Y 15.7 29 54.14 2 N 14.0 30 46.67 1 N

19 41810021 Divam Jain 21.2 31 68.39 3 Y 19.9 29 68.62 3 Y 20.9 30 69.67 3 Y



22 41810024 Radhika 20.6 31 66.56 3 Y 19.7 29 68.05 3 Y 21.1 30 70.44 3 Y




S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


25 41810028 Ravish Garg 16.8 31 54.09 2 N 14.4 29 49.66 1 N 13.8 30 46.11 1 N

26 41810029 Nishant Sethi 18.8 31 60.65 3 Y 17.1 29 58.97 2 N 17.1 30 57.00 2 N

27 41810030 Diksha Singh 19.3 31 62.26 3 Y 16.3 29 56.21 2 N 15.4 30 51.33 2 N

28 41810031 Palak Gupta 18.8 31 60.54 3 Y 16.9 29 58.16 2 N 16.9 30 56.22 2 N

29 41810032 Swati Arora 20.3 31 65.48 3 Y 20.4 29 70.34 3 Y 22.3 30 74.33 3 Y

30 41810033 Megha 19.4 31 62.58 3 Y 15.9 29 54.71 2 N 14.7 30 49.11 1 N

31 41810034 Anuj Kumar 21.6 31 69.57 3 Y 19.4 29 67.01 3 Y 19.5 30 65.00 3 Y

32 41810035 Manish Tiwari 15.9 31 51.18 2 N 16.6 29 57.36 2 N 18.5 30 61.67 3 Y


34 41810037 Ajay 23.7 31 76.45 3 Y 22.0 29 75.98 3 Y 22.8 30 75.89 3 Y

35 41810038 Shivani 19.9 31 64.09 3 Y 18.7 29 64.37 3 Y 19.0 30 63.22 3 Y

36 41810039 Bhawana 17.8 31 57.53 2 N 16.5 29 56.90 2 N 17.2 30 57.22 2 N

37 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 20.7 31 66.67 3 Y 19.1 29 65.75 3 Y 19.8 30 65.89 3 Y


39 41810042 Shaleen Anand 17.5 31 56.34 2 N 16.5 29 56.90 2 N 17.0 30 56.78 2 N


41 41810044 Kumari Priya 20.7 31 66.67 3 Y 19.3 29 66.55 3 Y 20.0 30 66.78 3 Y



44 41810047 Archana Saini 17.6 31 56.77 2 N 16.2 29 55.86 2 N 16.2 30 54.00 2 N

45 41810048 Mohit Bhambhani 20.3 31 65.38 3 Y 17.8 29 61.49 3 Y 17.4 30 58.00 2 N


Average 2.80 2.65 2.59


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from the



who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.80 82.61 15.22 2.17

CO2 2.65 69.57 26.09 4.35

CO3 2.59 69.57 19.57 10.87

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 82.6 82.61 82.6 0.0 55.1 27.5 55.1

CO2 69.6 69.57 69.6 23.2 46.4 23.2 46.4

CO3 69.6 69.57 69.6 0.0 46.4 46.4 46.4 Avg 74 74 23.2 49.3 32.4 49.3

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 65.9 65.91 65.9 0.0 43.9 22.0 43.9

CO2 63.6 63.64 63.6 21.2 42.4 21.2 42.4

CO3 59.1 59.09 59.1 0.0 39.4 39.4 39.4 Avg 63 63 21.2 41.9 27.5 41.9


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 97.9 97.92 97.9 0.0 65.3 32.6 65.3

CO2 97.9 97.92 97.9 32.6 65.3 32.6 65.3

CO3 89.6 89.58 89.6 0.0 59.7 59.7 59.7 Avg 95 95 32.6 63.4 41.7 63.4

Subject Name & Code: Total Quality Management MBA-110




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 110

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-110

PO2 MBA-110

PO3 MBA-110

PO4 MBA-110

PO5 MBA-110


TOTAL QUALITY

MANAGEMENT

(MBA-110)

CO1 Understand the essential principles of Total Quality

Management and select suitable statistical techniques for

getting better processes

CO2 Help students to write reports to management telling

processes and advocating ways to look up them.

CO3 Ability to operate the methodologies, methods and tools of

Lean Manufacturing.


Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 2 3 2 2 2

CO2 3 2

CO3 2 3 3

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 27.1 31 87.53 3 Y 25.6 29 88.16 3 Y 26.3 30 87.67 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 24.1 31 77.63 3 Y 23.4 29 80.69 3 Y 24.5 30 81.78 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 25.5 31 82.26 3 Y 24.2 29 83.56 3 Y 25.3 30 84.22 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 23.8 31 76.77 3 Y 23.1 29 79.77 3 Y 24.1 30 80.22 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 27.5 31 88.82 3 Y 26.2 29 90.34 3 Y 27.3 30 90.89 3 Y



8 41810008 Fazla Wahid 26.2 31 84.52 3 Y 25.3 29 87.13 3 Y 26.5 30 88.44 3 Y

9 41810009 Anjali 21.7 31 69.89 3 Y 21.3 29 73.33 3 Y 22.1 30 73.56 3 Y


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 17.3 31 55.81 2 N 15.9 29 54.94 2 N 15.8 30 52.56 2 N


13 41810015 Vani 27.2 31 87.85 3 Y 25.5 29 87.82 3 Y 26.3 30 87.67 3 Y


15 41810017 Sonali Goel 23.2 31 74.84 3 Y 21.7 29 74.71 3 Y 22.1 30 73.78 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 20.0 31 64.62 3 Y 20.3 29 69.89 3 Y 21.7 30 72.33 3 Y

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 21.4 31 69.14 3 Y 20.0 29 68.85 3 Y 20.6 30 68.67 3 Y

19 41810021 Divam Jain 25.8 31 83.23 3 Y 24.3 29 83.79 3 Y 24.9 30 83.00 3 Y



22 41810024 Radhika 24.2 31 78.17 3 Y 22.7 29 78.39 3 Y 24.0 30 80.11 3 Y


24 41810026 3.2 31 10.32 1 N 2.0 29 6.90 1 N 0.8 30 2.67 1 N

25 41810027 Siddharth Kumar 19.7 31 63.55 3 Y 17.6 29 60.69 3 Y 17.7 30 59.00 2 N

26 41810028 Ravish Garg 18.9 31 61.08 3 Y 15.8 29 54.48 2 N 14.3 30 47.56 1 N


28 41810030 Diksha Singh 21.2 31 68.39 3 Y 21.0 29 72.53 3 Y 22.8 30 75.89 3 Y

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 22.8 31 73.66 3 Y 22.2 29 76.44 3 Y 23.0 30 76.67 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 23.2 31 74.84 3 Y 22.3 29 77.01 3 Y 23.5 30 78.22 3 Y


S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


31 41810033 Megha 23.8 31 76.77 3 Y 21.5 29 74.02 3 Y 20.7 30 69.11 3 Y

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 22.7 31 73.12 3 Y 21.3 29 73.56 3 Y 22.0 30 73.33 3 Y

33 41810035 Manish Tiwari 18.1 31 58.28 2 N 18.1 29 62.41 3 Y 18.8 30 62.78 3 Y


35 41810037 Ajay 24.3 31 78.39 3 Y 23.0 29 79.31 3 Y 23.7 30 79.00 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 21.8 31 70.32 3 Y 21.3 29 73.45 3 Y 21.9 30 73.00 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 22.1 31 71.29 3 Y 21.3 29 73.56 3 Y 22.6 30 75.22 3 Y

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 24.2 31 77.96 3 Y 21.6 29 74.60 3 Y 21.2 30 70.67 3 Y




41 41810044 Kumari Priya 22.2 31 71.72 3 Y 21.2 29 73.22 3 Y 22.5 30 75.11 3 Y







Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.91 93.62 4.26 2.13

CO2 2.91 93.62 4.26 2.13

CO3 2.87 91.49 4.26 4.26

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 93.6 62.4 93.6 62.4 62.4 62.4

CO2 93.6 0.0 93.6 0.0 62.4 0.0

CO3 91.5 61.0 0.0 91.5 0.0 91.5

Avg. 93

62 93.6 77.0 62.4 77.0

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 91.1 60.7 91.1 60.7 60.7 60.7

CO2 91.1 0.0 91.1 0.0 60.7 0.0

CO3 91.1 60.7 0.0 91.1 0.0 91.1

Avg. 91 61 91.1 75.9 60.7 75.9


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt to set target

level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 66.7 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7

CO2 100.0 0.0 100.0 0.0 66.7 0.0

CO3 100.0 66.7 0.0 100.0 0.0 100.0

Avg. 100.0 67 100.0 83.3 66.7 83.3

Subject Name & Code: Business Ethics MBA-112




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-112

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-112

PO2 MBA-112

PO3 MBA-112

PO4 MBA-112

PO5 MBA-112


BUSINESS ETHICS

(MBA-112)

CO-1401 Define, explain and illustrate the theoretical foundations of

business ethics.

CO-1402 Re-examine their knowledge of business and economic

concepts from an ethical perspective.

CO-1403 Apply and illustrate ethical and moral issues in business

decision making process.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 3 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 2 2

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 31.4 33 78.99 3 Y 22.4 29 77.13 3 Y 21.1 28 75.24 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 30.3 33 78.79 3 Y 21.9 29 75.52 3 Y 20.1 28 71.79 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 31.6 33 80.30 3 Y 21.9 29 75.63 3 Y 20.1 28 71.67 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 21.5 33 77.37 3 Y 21.4 29 73.79 3 Y 19.1 28 68.10 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 33.5 33 87.58 3 Y 24.5 29 84.48 3 Y 22.6 28 80.71 3 Y




9 41810009 Anjali 20.2 33 76.46 3 Y 22.0 29 75.86 3 Y 20.8 28 74.17 3 Y


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 16.6 33 62.83 3 Y 18.6 29 64.25 3 Y 17.1 28 61.19 3 Y


13 41810015 Vani 30.0 33 82.32 3 Y 22.9 29 79.08 3 Y 21.4 28 76.43 3 Y


15 41810017 Sonali Goel 25.8 33 80.00 3 Y 22.0 29 75.98 3 Y 20.1 28 71.67 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 24.3 33 62.83 3 Y 18.0 29 61.95 3 Y 16.3 28 58.21 2 N

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 21.6 33 66.57 3 Y 19.2 29 66.21 3 Y 18.3 28 65.48 3 Y

19 41810021 Divam Jain 28.0 33 78.59 3 Y 21.9 29 75.63 3 Y 20.1 28 71.90 3 Y



22 41810024 Radhika 27.5 33 74.34 3 Y 21.1 29 72.87 3 Y 19.8 28 70.83 3 Y




26 41810028 Ravish Garg 20.0 33 43.74 1 N 13.5 29 46.44 1 N 13.1 28 46.79 1 N


28 41810030 Diksha Singh 16.4 33 54.34 2 N 16.3 29 56.09 2 N 15.8 28 56.43 2 N

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 28.0 33 79.60 3 Y 22.1 29 76.21 3 Y 20.1 28 71.90 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 23.0 33 84.34 3 Y 24.2 29 83.45 3 Y 23.0 28 82.02 3 Y

31 41810033 Megha 5.8 33 44.85 1 N 14.7 29 50.57 2 N 16.0 28 57.26 2 N


S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 20.9 33 48.48 1 N 15.1 29 51.95 2 N 14.9 28 53.33 2 N



35 41810037 Ajay 29.4 33 54.85 2 N 18.1 29 62.53 3 Y 20.8 28 74.17 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 29.7 33 75.15 3 Y 21.5 29 74.14 3 Y 20.2 28 72.14 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 20.7 33 70.91 3 Y 19.6 29 67.59 3 Y 18.0 28 64.29 3 Y

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 14.9 33 54.44 2 N 16.0 29 55.29 2 N 15.5 28 55.36 2 N




41 41810044 Kumari Priya 20.9 33 68.08 3 Y 19.3 29 66.67 3 Y 17.7 28 63.21 3 Y





47 41810049 Supriya Dogra 27.6 33 62.73 3 Y 18.1 29 62.41 3 Y 16.2 28 57.86 2 N

Average 2.62 2.74 2.66


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from



who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.62 76.60 8.51 14.89

CO2 2.74 80.85 12.77 6.38

CO3 2.66 72.34 21.28 6.38

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment wrt set

target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 76.6 76.60 76.6 51.1 76.6 76.6 51.1

CO2 80.9 80.85 80.9 53.9 80.9 80.9 53.9

CO3 72.3 72.34 72.3 72.3 72.3 48.2 48.2 Avg 77 77 59.1 76.6 68.6 51.1

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 88.9 88.89 88.9 59.3 88.9 88.9 59.3

CO2 88.9 88.89 88.9 59.3 88.9 88.9 59.3

CO3 88.9 88.89 88.9 88.9 88.9 59.3 59.3 Avg 89 89 69.1 88.9 79.0 59.3


Table No 5 (2020-21)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 81.3 81.25 81.3 54.2 81.3 81.3 54.2

CO2 97.9 97.92 97.9 65.3 97.9 97.9 65.3

CO3 97.9 97.92 97.9 97.9 97.9 65.3 65.3 Avg 92 92 72.5 92.4 81.5 61.6

Subject Name & Code: Research Methodology MBA-114




survey



RESEARCH

METHODOLOGY

(MBA-114)

CO1 Develop understanding on research process, various kinds

of research and research designs

CO2 Basic understanding of data analysis and hypothesis testing

procedures

CO3 Adequate knowledge on measurement & scaling

techniques as well as the quantitative data analysis


POs Attainment

Step 1




RM 114

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 RM 114

PO2 RM 114

PO3

PO4

PO5


Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3

CO2 3

CO3 3 3

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No

Roll No Names CO1 CO2

CO3

MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 21.5 33 65.25 3 Y 19.7 29 68.05 3 Y 18.7 28 66.90 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 22.1 33 66.87 3 Y 20.5 29 70.57 3 Y 20.5 28 73.10 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 24.1 33 72.93 3 Y 21.8 29 75.17 3 Y 21.1 28 75.48 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 19.3 33 58.38 2 N 18.0 29 62.18 3 Y 17.7 28 63.21 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 28.9 33 87.47 3 Y 24.9 29 85.86 3 Y 23.2 28 82.98 3 Y




9 41810009 Anjali 19.6 33 59.39 2 N 18.4 29 63.56 3 Y 19.0 28 67.74 3 Y


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 18.8 33 56.97 2 N 17.5 29 60.34 3 Y 17.7 28 63.21 3 Y


13 41810015 Vani 25.9 33 78.59 3 Y 22.7 29 78.28 3 Y 21.4 28 76.31 3 Y

14 41810016 Aakash Singhal 19.8 33 60.00 2 N 18.9 29 65.29 3 Y 19.3 28 68.81 3 Y

15 41810017 Sonali Goel 22.5 33 68.08 3 Y 19.6 29 67.47 3 Y 19.0 28 67.74 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 20.2 33 61.21 3 Y 19.2 29 66.32 3 Y 19.6 28 69.88 3 Y

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 16.4 33 49.70 1 N 16.2 29 55.86 2 N 17.4 28 62.14 3 Y

19 41810021 Divam Jain 23.7 33 71.72 3 Y 21.2 29 72.99 3 Y 20.2 28 72.02 3 Y



22 41810024 Radhika 22.9 33 69.29 3 Y 21.1 29 72.64 3 Y 21.1 28 75.24 3 Y



25 41810027 Siddharth Kumar 18.2 33 55.15 2 N 17.4 29 60.00 2 N 17.4 28 62.14 3 Y

26 41810028 Ravish Garg 13.0 33 39.39 1 N 13.0 29 44.83 1 N 13.0 28 46.43 1 N


28 41810030 Diksha Singh 15.3 33 46.46 1 N 15.2 29 52.53 2 N 16.4 28 58.69 2 N

29 41810031 Palak Gupta 26.6 33 80.61 3 Y 23.0 29 79.43 3 Y 21.4 28 76.31 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 22.5 33 68.08 3 Y 20.8 29 71.61 3 Y 20.8 28 74.17 3 Y


S.

No

Roll No Names CO1 CO2

CO3

MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age


31 41810033 Megha 15.6 33 47.27 1 N 11.4 29 39.31 1 N 9.0 28 32.14 1 N

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 14.7 33 44.65 1 N 15.1 29 52.18 2 N 16.1 28 57.62 2 N


Tiwari

18.4 33 55.76 2 N 17.2 29 59.31 2 N 17.4 28 62.14 3 Y


35 41810037 Ajay 19.6 33 59.49 2 N 13.1 29 45.06 1 N 9.3 28 33.21 1 N

36 41810038 Shivani 25.8 33 78.18 3 Y 22.1 29 76.21 3 Y 20.1 28 71.79 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 20.2 33 61.21 3 Y 18.6 29 64.02 3 Y 18.2 28 65.12 3 Y

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 19.6 33 59.39 2 N 17.8 29 61.26 3 Y 17.6 28 62.98 3 Y




41 41810044 Kumari Priya 20.3 33 61.41 3 Y 18.4 29 63.56 3 Y 18.3 28 65.36 3 Y




46 41810048 Mohit Bhambhani 16.6 33 50.30 2 N 16.4 29 56.44 2 N 17.0 28 60.83 3 Y


Average 2.45 2.64 2.72


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 1 point in

the COs)

CO1 2.45 61.70 21.28 17.02

CO2 2.64 72.34 19.15 8.51

CO3 2.72 80.85 10.64 8.51

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 61.7 61.70 61.7 0.0

CO2 72.3 72.34 0.0 72.3

CO3 80.9 80.85 80.9 80.9

Avg 72 71.3 76.6

Table No 5 (2019-20)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 80.0 80.00 80.0 0.0

CO2 80.0 80.00 0.0 80.0

CO3 77.8 77.78 77.8 77.8

Avg 79 78.9 78.9


Table No 5 (2020-21)



Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 95.8 95.83 95.8

CO2 95.8 95.83 0.0 95.8

CO3 95.8 95.83 95.8 95.8

Avg 96 95.8 95.8

Subject Name & Code: Management Information System MBA 116




survey



MANAGEMENT

INFORMATION

SYSTEM (MIS-

116)

CO1 Understand the leadership role of Management Information Systems

in achieving business competitive advantage through informed

decision making.

CO2 Analyze and synthesize business information and systems to facilitate

evaluation of strategic alternatives.

CO3 Ability to design Information Systems for various functional areas of

management


POs Attainment

Step 1





MIS-116

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MIS 116

PO2 MIS 116

PO3

PO4 MIS 116

PO5 MIS 116

Step 2


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 2 3

CO2 2

CO3 3 3 1

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM % age Score Y/N MO MM %

age


1 41810001 Vipin Tyagi 28.9 33 87.68 3 Y 24.8 29 85.40 3 Y 23.3 28 83.21 3 Y

2 41810002 Vibhu Sagar 26.1 33 79.19 3 Y 23.5 29 81.03 3 Y 23.4 28 83.45 3 Y

3 41810003 Varun Bajaj 27.2 33 82.42 3 Y 24.1 29 83.22 3 Y 23.7 28 84.52 3 Y

4 41810004 Tista Lather 28.6 33 86.67 3 Y 25.5 29 88.05 3 Y 24.9 28 88.81 3 Y

5 41810005 Himani 31.9 33 96.77 3 Y 28.0 29 96.67 3 Y 27.0 28 96.55 3 Y

6 41810006 Shivam

Upadhyay

25.1 33 75.96 3 Y 22.9 29 78.85 3 Y 23.1 28 82.38 3 Y



Ahmed

26.3 33 79.60 3 Y 23.4 29 80.80 3 Y 23.3 28 83.21 3 Y

9 41810009 Anjali 28.0 33 84.95 3 Y 24.8 29 85.40 3 Y 24.2 28 86.43 3 Y


11 41810012 Sunny Goyat 25.6 33 77.58 3 Y 22.6 29 77.93 3 Y 21.8 28 77.86 3 Y


13 41810015 Vani 27.8 33 84.14 3 Y 24.2 29 83.56 3 Y 23.0 28 82.14 3 Y


15 41810017 Sonali Goel 27.8 33 84.24 3 Y 24.9 29 85.98 3 Y 24.3 28 86.67 3 Y


17 41810019 Simran 22.8 33 69.09 3 Y 21.5 29 74.14 3 Y 22.7 28 81.07 3 Y

18 41810020 Yukti Kaul 23.5 33 71.11 3 Y 21.8 29 75.29 3 Y 22.7 28 81.07 3 Y

19 41810021 Divam Jain 27.5 33 83.23 3 Y 23.8 29 82.18 3 Y 22.7 28 81.07 3 Y


Purohit

29.4 33 88.99 3 Y 25.8 29 88.85 3 Y 24.9 28 88.81 3 Y


22 41810024 Radhika 27.6 33 83.74 3 Y 24.0 29 82.64 3 Y 22.4 28 80.00 3 Y




26 41810028 Ravish Garg 24.0 33 72.63 3 Y 22.2 29 76.55 3 Y 22.8 28 81.55 3 Y


28 41810030 Diksha Singh 23.2 33 70.30 3 Y 21.8 29 75.17 3 Y 23.0 28 82.14 3 Y


S.

No



age


29 41810031 Palak Gupta 26.0 33 78.89 3 Y 23.6 29 81.38 3 Y 23.4 28 83.45 3 Y

30 41810032 Swati Arora 26.5 33 80.40 3 Y 23.5 29 80.92 3 Y 23.0 28 82.14 3 Y

31 41810033 Megha 29.6 33 89.80 3 Y 25.1 29 86.67 3 Y 23.2 28 82.98 3 Y

32 41810034 Anuj Kumar 23.9 33 72.32 3 Y 22.3 29 76.90 3 Y 22.8 28 81.55 3 Y


Tiwari

22.7 33 68.69 3 Y 20.9 29 72.07 3 Y 21.4 28 76.55 3 Y

34 41810036 Amit

Bhattacharjee

25.7 33 77.98 3 Y 23.2 29 80.00 3 Y 23.1 28 82.38 3 Y

35 41810037 Ajay 29.6 33 89.80 3 Y 25.8 29 88.97 3 Y 24.6 28 87.74 3 Y

36 41810038 Shivani 28.7 33 86.97 3 Y 25.4 29 87.70 3 Y 24.9 28 88.81 3 Y

37 41810039 Bhawana 26.1 33 79.19 3 Y 23.5 29 81.03 3 Y 23.4 28 83.45 3 Y

38 41810040 Jayesh Vyas 24.7 33 74.85 3 Y 22.3 29 76.78 3 Y 22.0 28 78.69 3 Y




41 41810044 Kumari Priya 26.7 33 80.81 3 Y 23.7 29 81.84 3 Y 23.6 28 84.29 3 Y






Average 2.96 2.96 2.96


Step 4

Mention the percentage of students who scored 3, 2 and 1 points as per the COs of the course

Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE OF

3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 2.96 97.87 0.00 2.13

CO2 2.96 97.87 0.00 2.13

CO3 2.96 97.87 0.00 2.13

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 97.9 97.87 65.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 97.9

CO2 97.9 97.87 0.0 65.2 0.0 0.0 0.0

CO3 97.9 97.87 0.0 97.9 0.0 97.9 32.6

Avg 98 65.2 81.6 0.0 97.9 65.2

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 71.1 71.11 47.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 71.1

CO2 75.6 75.56 0.0 50.4 0.0 0.0 0.0

CO3 68.9 68.89 0.0 68.9 0.0 68.9 23.0

Avg 72 47.4 59.6 0.0 68.9 47.0


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.4 85.42 56.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 85.4

CO2 87.5 87.50 0.0 58.3 0.0 0.0 0.0

CO3 85.4 85.42 0.0 85.4 0.0 85.4 28.5

Avg 86 56.9 71.9 0.0 85.4 56.9

Subject Name & Code: International Business MBA-201



















Grade scale

Marks Score

≤ 50% 1

>50% and ≤ 60% 2

>60% 3




survey




POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 201

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 201

PO2

PO3 MBA 201

PO4 MBA 201

PO5 MBA 201

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 2 1

CO2 3 2 1 2

CO3 2 1 2 2

Step 3



INTERNATIONAL

BUSINESS

(MBA 201)

CO1 Learning and understanding of how business is

conducted in the international arena.

CO2 Gaining managerial skills that are used to meet the

challenges faced in the global workplace.

CO3 In depth understanding of economic institution and

economic integration


Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 25.1 31 81.08 3 Y 23.1 29 79.54 3 Y 22.8 30 76.00 3 Y

2 41710004 Sanchit Gupta 19.9 31 64.30 3 Y 18.2 29 62.87 3 Y 17.8 30 59.44 2 N

3 41710007 Yogesh Kumar Bajpai 22.6 31 72.90 3 Y 21.9 29 75.52 3 Y 22.5 30 75.00 3 Y

4 41710009 Imran Rafiq 27.1 31 87.53 3 Y 25.2 29 87.01 3 Y 25.6 30 85.44 3 Y

5 41710026 Sushobhan 21.6 31 69.68 3 Y 19.3 29 66.67 3 Y 19.1 30 63.56 3 Y

6 41710027 Ashish Aggarwal 22.0 31 70.97 3 Y 20.2 29 69.77 3 Y 20.8 30 69.22 3 Y

7 41710028 Pooja Aggarwal 24.2 31 77.96 3 Y 21.8 29 75.17 3 Y 21.5 30 71.78 3 Y

8 41710029 Vipul Sen 23.9 31 77.10 3 Y 21.1 29 72.87 3 Y 20.5 30 68.22 3 Y

9 41710030 Shubham Kumar 21.5 31 69.35 3 Y 19.9 29 68.74 3 Y 20.1 30 66.89 3 Y

10 41710031 Priya Chauhan 24.1 31 77.63 3 Y 21.6 29 74.60 3 Y 20.8 30 69.33 3 Y

11 41710034 Shivi Jaiswal 23.9 31 77.10 3 Y 21.9 29 75.52 3 Y 22.2 30 74.00 3 Y

12 41710051 Aadi Singhal 21.1 31 67.96 3 Y 19.3 29 66.44 3 Y 19.7 30 65.56 3 Y

13 41710052 Mehak Juneja 23.0 31 74.19 3 Y 21.2 29 72.99 3 Y 21.3 30 71.11 3 Y

14 41710053 Ekta Dogra 23.5 31 75.91 3 Y 20.8 29 71.84 3 Y 20.1 30 67.11 3 Y

15 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 24.4 31 78.82 3 Y 21.1 29 72.87 3 Y 19.9 30 66.44 3 Y

16 41710055 Ankur 23.5 31 75.81 3 Y 21.8 29 75.29 3 Y 22.2 30 73.89 3 Y

17 41710057 Viresh Khorwal 19.4 31 62.47 3 Y 17.7 29 60.92 3 Y 17.5 30 58.22 2 N

18 41710058 Nishu 23.8 31 76.67 3 Y 21.7 29 74.71 3 Y 21.6 30 71.89 3 Y

19 41710076 Samridh Kumar Pandey 20.6 31 66.34 3 Y 19.5 29 67.36 3 Y 19.9 30 66.33 3 Y

20 41710077 Ayush Jha 23.9 31 77.10 3 Y 21.9 29 75.63 3 Y 21.7 30 72.22 3 Y

21 41710078 Shalini Singh 25.1 31 80.97 3 Y 23.0 29 79.43 3 Y 23.4 30 77.89 3 Y

22 41710079 Mansi 26.7 31 86.13 3 Y 24.0 29 82.87 3 Y 23.8 30 79.22 3 Y

23 41710081 Monika Singh 22.4 31 72.26 3 Y 18.4 29 63.45 3 Y 16.2 30 54.00 2 N

24 41710082 Eeshan Rituaweik 19.3 31 62.15 3 Y 18.9 29 65.06 3 Y 20.4 30 67.89 3 Y

25 41710083 Rohit Kataria 17.2 31 55.38 2 N 15.0 29 51.84 2 N 14.8 30 49.33 1 N

Average 2.96 2.96 2.80


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.96 96.00 4.00 0.00

CO2 2.96 96.00 4.00 0.00

CO3 2.80 84.00 12.00 4.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 96.0 96.00 96.0 64.0 64.0 32.0

CO2 96.0 96.00 96.0 64.0 32.0 64.0

CO3 84.0 84.00 56.0 28.0 56.0 56.0 Avg 92 83 52.0 50.7 50.7

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 78.3 78.26 78.3 52.2 52.2 26.1

CO2 73.9 73.91 73.9 49.3 24.6 49.3

CO3 67.4 67.39 44.9 22.5 44.9 44.9 Avg 73 66 41.3 40.6 40.1


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 93.0 93.02 93.0 62.0 62.0 31.0

CO2 97.7 97.67 97.7 65.1 32.6 65.1

CO3 97.7 97.67 65.1 32.6 65.1 65.1 Avg 96 85 53.2 53.2 53.7

Subject Name & Code: Business Law and Corporate Taxation MBA-203




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-203

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 203

PO2

PO3 MBA 203

PO4 MBA 203

PO5 MBA 203

Course COs Course Outcomes

BUSINESS LAW

AND

CORPORATE

TAXATION

(MBA 203)

CO1 Demonstrate an understanding of the Legal

Environment of Business.

CO2 To understand various aspects and dynamics of

legislation that affects any business.

CO3 To understand the role of case law in statutory and

regulatory interpretation in the business law area.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 3

CO2 2 1 3 1

CO3 2 1 3 1

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No

Roll No Names CO1

CO2

CO3

MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 25.1 31 81.08 3 Y 22.7 29 78.39 3 Y 22.1 30 73.78 3 Y

2 41710004 Sanchit Gupta 21.5 31 69.46 3 Y 20.6 29 70.92 3 Y 20.9 30 69.67 3 Y


4 41710009 Imran Rafiq 24.1 31 77.63 3 Y 23.1 29 79.54 3 Y 23.9 30 79.56 3 Y

5 41710026 Sushobhan 20.6 31 66.45 3 Y 19.6 29 67.59 3 Y 19.8 30 66.00 3 Y



8 41710029 Vipul Sen 22.5 31 72.47 3 Y 21.9 29 75.40 3 Y 22.7 30 75.56 3 Y




12 41710051 Aadi Singhal 21.3 31 68.60 3 Y 19.2 29 66.09 3 Y 18.6 30 61.89 3 Y

13 41710052 Mehak Juneja 24.3 31 78.49 3 Y 22.7 29 78.16 3 Y 23.0 30 76.67 3 Y

14 41710053 Ekta Dogra 26.3 31 84.95 3 Y 25.0 29 86.09 3 Y 25.7 30 85.67 3 Y

15 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 25.4 31 81.94 3 Y 23.7 29 81.61 3 Y 23.9 30 79.78 3 Y

16 41710055 Ankur 24.2 31 78.06 3 Y 23.1 29 79.66 3 Y 23.7 30 79.00 3 Y

17 41710057 Viresh Khorwal 21.1 31 68.17 3 Y 20.3 29 69.89 3 Y 20.6 30 68.67 3 Y

18 41710058 Nishu 25.5 31 82.37 3 Y 23.7 29 81.72 3 Y 23.8 30 79.22 3 Y

19 41710076 Samridh Kumar Pandey 16.6 31 53.55 2 N 16.1 29 55.63 2 N 16.3 30 54.22 2 N

20 41710077 Ayush Jha 22.7 31 73.33 3 Y 20.5 29 70.57 3 Y 19.8 30 66.00 3 Y


22 41710079 Mansi 25.4 31 81.94 3 Y 24.3 29 83.91 3 Y 25.3 30 84.22 3 Y

23 41710081 Monika Singh 22.6 31 72.90 3 Y 21.8 29 75.06 3 Y 22.6 30 75.44 3 Y


25 41710083 Rohit Kataria 20.9 31 67.31 3 Y 19.5 29 67.36 3 Y 19.6 30 65.33 3 Y

Average 2.96 2.96 2.96


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the

above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.96 96.00 4.00 0.00

CO2 2.96 96.00 4.00 0.00

CO3 2.96 96.00 4.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 96.0 96.00 96.0 0.0 96.0 0.0

CO2 96.0 96.00 64.0 32.0 96.0 32.0

CO3 96.0 96.00 64.0 32.0 96.0 32.0 Avg 96 75 32.0 96.0 32.0

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 78.3 78.26 78.3

78.3

CO2 87.0 86.96 58.0 29.0 87.0 29.0

CO3 84.8 84.78 56.5 28.3 84.8 28.3 Avg 83 64 28.6 83.3 28.6


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 97.7 97.67 97.7 0.0 97.7 0.0

CO2 97.7 97.67 65.1 32.6 97.7 32.6

CO3 100.0 100.00 66.7 33.3 100.0 33.3 Avg 98 76 32.9 98.4 32.9

Subject Name & Code: Entrepreneurship Development MBA-205


Align or distribute result of CO attainment (in %) over PO’s as per already done CO-PO mapping.0


survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-205

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-205

PO2 MBA-205

PO3 MBA-205

PO4 MBA-205

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

DEVELOPMENT

(MBA-205)

CO-

1901

Define, identify and apply the principles related to

entrepreneurial theories.

CO-

1902

Able to understand for preparing a startup business

plan emphasizing role of various financing agencies,

marketing, and technology development.

CO-

1903

Inculcate entrepreneurial spirit to start new business

plan.


PO5 MBA-205

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 3 3 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 2

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 28.9 33 87.47 3 Y 24.9 29 85.86 3 Y 23.2 28 82.98 3 Y



4 41710009 Imran Rafiq 28.6 33 86.67 3 Y 25.4 29 87.47 3 Y 24.5 28 87.62 3 Y

5 41710026 Sushobhan 22.4 33 67.88 3 Y 20.0 29 69.08 3 Y 19.6 28 69.88 3 Y



8 41710029 Vipul Sen 22.9 33 69.29 3 Y 20.7 29 71.49 3 Y 19.9 28 71.07 3 Y




12 41710051 Aadi Singhal 24.6 33 74.44 3 Y 21.3 29 73.56 3 Y 20.1 28 71.79 3 Y

13 41710052 Mehak Juneja 24.4 33 73.94 3 Y 20.4 29 70.23 3 Y 18.2 28 65.12 3 Y

14 41710053 Ekta Dogra 27.8 33 84.14 3 Y 24.6 29 84.71 3 Y 23.7 28 84.52 3 Y

15 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 26.7 33 80.91 3 Y 23.3 29 80.23 3 Y 22.0 28 78.69 3 Y

16 41710055 Ankur 27.5 33 83.43 3 Y 24.6 29 84.71 3 Y 23.9 28 85.36 3 Y


18 41710058 Nishu 28.2 33 85.35 3 Y 24.7 29 85.17 3 Y 23.6 28 84.40 3 Y


20 41710077 Ayush Jha 25.1 33 76.16 3 Y 21.8 29 75.06 3 Y 20.1 28 71.79 3 Y


22 41710079 Mansi 28.5 33 86.36 3 Y 24.7 29 85.17 3 Y 23.3 28 83.21 3 Y

23 41710081 Monika Singh 23.8 33 72.22 3 Y 21.5 29 74.25 3 Y 21.1 28 75.48 3 Y

24 41710082 Eeshan Rituaweik 22.7 33 68.79 3 Y 18.7 29 64.37 3 Y 16.6 28 59.40 2 N


Average 2.88 2.88 2.84


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 1 point in

the COs)

CO1 2.88 92.00 4.00 4.00

CO2 2.88 92.00 4.00 4.00

CO3 2.84 88.00 8.00 4.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set

target level

of CO

Limit to

max value

of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 92.0 92.00 92.0 61.3 61.3 92.0 61.3

CO2 92.0 92.00 61.3 61.3 92.0 92.0 61.3

CO3 88.0 88.00 58.7 58.7 58.7 58.7 58.7 Avg 91 71 60.4 70.7 80.9 60.4

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 50.0 50.00 50.0 33.3 33.3 50.0 33.3

CO2 65.2 65.22 43.5 43.5 65.2 65.2 43.5

CO3 63.0 63.04 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 Avg 59 45 39.6 46.9 52.4 39.6


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 70.5 70.45 70.5 47.0 47.0 70.5 47.0

CO2 75.0 75.00 50.0 50.0 75.0 75.0 50.0

CO3 63.6 63.64 42.4 42.4 42.4 42.4 42.4 Avg 70 54 46.5 54.8 62.6 46.5

Subject Name & Code: Labour Law MBA-211




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

LABOUR

LAW

(MBA-211)

CO1 Students will be aware of the employer’s obligations under the statutes

and employee/workers rights under the Acts.

CO2 To students will know the powers of the government/authorities under

the Act and the consequences of non-compliance of the statutes.

CO3 Develop understanding of the fundamental principles and how they

apply to certain legal problems will certainly enable students in

avoiding conflict with labour.


MBA-211

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-211

PO2 MBA-211

PO3 MBA-211

PO4 MBA-211

PO5 MBA-211

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 1 2 3 3

Step 3



S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N



3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 22.7 30 75.53 3 Y 23.0 30 76.71 3 Y 23.3 30 77.76 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 25.3 30 84.29 3 Y 24.9 30 83.09 3 Y 24.3 30 80.96 3 Y

5 41710058 Nishu 19.3 30 64.47 2 N 20.0 30 66.62 3 Y 20.7 30 68.91 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 23.0 30 76.56 3 Y 23.4 30 78.00 3 Y 23.6 30 78.78 3 Y



Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the percentage

of students who have


COs)

CO1 2.63 75.00 12.50 12.50

CO2 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO3 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 75.00 50.0 50.0 50.0 75.0 75.0

CO2 87.50 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5

CO3 87.50 58.3 29.2 58.3 87.5 87.5

Avg. 88 68 58.3 68.1 87.5 87.5

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 50.00 33.3 33.3 33.3 50.0 50.0

CO2 50.00 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

CO3 58.33 38.9 19.4 38.9 58.3 58.3

Avg. 61 47 38.9 47.2 61.1 61.1


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.71 57.1 57.1 57.1 85.7 85.7

CO2 85.71 85.7 85.7 85.7 85.7 85.7

CO3 85.71 57.1 28.6 57.1 85.7 85.7

Avg. 86 67 57.1 66.7 85.7 85.7

Subject Name & Code: Organisational Change and DevelopmentMBA-221




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1





ORGANISATIONAL

CHANGE AND

DEVELOPMENT

(MBA-221)

CO1 To explain organizational change processes and learn

approaches and strategies for managing organizational

change.

CO2 To recognize an improvement in their ability to

synthesize, articulate, and disseminate information

CO3 To impart knowledge concerning organizational change

to others through dialogue and critique.


MBA221

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-221

PO2 MBA-221

PO3 MBA-221

PO4 MBA-221

PO5 MBA-221

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 2 3

CO3 3 2

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N



3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 23.3 31 75.27 3 Y 20.1 29 69.43 3 Y 19.0 30 63.44 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 25.6 31 82.69 3 Y 23.0 29 79.43 3 Y 22.8 30 76.11 3 Y

5 41710059 Nishu 24.4 31 78.71 3 Y 23.2 29 79.89 3 Y 24.4 30 81.44 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 23.6 31 76.24 3 Y 22.2 29 76.67 3 Y 23.1 30 77.11 3 Y


Average 2.75 2.75 2.75


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO2 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO3 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.5 58.3 0.0 58.3 58.3 87.5

CO2 87.5 87.5 0.0 87.5 58.3 87.5

CO3 87.5 0.0 87.5 0.0 58.3 0.0

Avg. 88

73 87.5 72.9 58.3 87.5

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 91.7 61.1 0.0 61.1 61.1 91.7

CO2 91.7 91.7 0.0 91.7 61.1 91.7

CO3 75.0 0.0 75.0 0.0 50.0 0.0

Avg. 86 76 75.0 76.4 57.4 91.7


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 66.7 0.0 66.7 66.7 100.0

CO2 100.0 100.0 0.0 100.0 66.7 100.0

CO3 100.0 0.0 100.0 0.0 66.7 0.0

Avg. 100.0 83 100.0 83.3 66.7 100.0

Subject Name & Code: Management Training and Development MBA-231




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-231

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-231

PO2 MBA-231

PO3 MBA-231

PO4 MBA-231

PO5 MBA-231

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

MANAGEMENT

TRAINING AND

DEVELOPMENT

(MBA-231)

CO-

2401

Students will be able to understand the importance of

training and development for organization as well as for

employees.

CO-

2402

To understand the need, importance of evaluation of

training and management development.

CO-

2403

The students will also be aware about the contemporary

approaches and issues in training and development.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 2 2 3

CO2 2 3 1 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 3 3

Step 3



S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age




3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 20.3 31 65.38 3 Y 17.4 26 66.92 3 Y 23.3 33 70.71 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 24.7 31 79.68 3 Y 21.1 26 81.03 3 Y 29.2 33 88.59 3 Y

5 41710058 Nishu 23.7 31 76.56 3 Y 20.2 26 77.82 3 Y 28.5 33 86.46 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 22.2 31 71.51 3 Y 19.6 26 75.38 3 Y 27.2 33 82.53 3 Y



Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the



who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the


who have scored 2

point in the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO2 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO3 2.88 87.50 12.50 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO

CO attainment

wrt to set

target level of

CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.5 87.5 58.3 58.3 58.3 87.5

CO2 87.5 58.3 87.5 29.2 87.5 87.5

CO3 87.5 58.3 58.3 58.3 87.5 87.5

Avg. 88 68 68.1 48.6 77.8 87.5

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 66.67 66.7 44.4 44.4 44.4 66.7

CO2 66.67 44.4 66.7 22.2 66.7 66.7

CO3 75.00 50.0 50.0 50.0 75.0 75.0

Avg. 92 71 71.3 50.9 81.5 91.7


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.71 85.7 57.1 57.1 57.1 85.7

CO2 85.71 57.1 85.7 28.6 85.7 85.7

CO3 85.71 57.1 57.1 57.1 85.7 85.7

Avg. 86 67 66.7 47.6 76.2 85.7

Subject Name & Code: Counseling Skills for Managers MBA-241




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-241

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-241

PO2 MBA-241

PO3 MBA-241

PO4 MBA-241

PO5 MBA-241

Course Cos

Course Outcomes


Managers

(MBA-241)

CO-

2501

The students will be conversant with counseling concept,

goals and its process.

CO-

2502

The students will be able to understand and apply

counseling skill and advanced counseling skills to solve the

business problems.

CO-

2503

The students will be well versed with the performance

counseling and different counseling therapies.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 0 1 3 2

CO2 2 2 3 2 3

CO3 2 2 2 2 3

Step 3



S.

No





3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 22.8 33 69.09 3 Y 18.1 24 75.28 3 Y 28.1 33 85.25 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 25.6 33 77.58 3 Y 20.0 24 83.19 3 Y 29.9 33 90.71 3 Y

5 41710058 Nishu 23.9 33 72.42 3 Y 18.9 24 78.61 3 Y 29.2 33 88.59 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 23.6 33 71.62 3 Y 18.7 24 78.06 3 Y 27.6 33 83.74 3 Y

8 41710083 Rohit Kataria 15.6 33 47.17 1 N 13.5 24 56.39 2 N 22.9 33 69.39 3 Y


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)



scored 1 point in the COs)

CO1 2.75 87.5 0 12.5

CO2 2.88 87.5 12.5 0

CO3 3.00 100 0 0

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.50 87.5 0.0 29.2 87.5 58.3

CO2 87.50 58.3 58.3 87.5 58.3 87.5

CO3 100.00 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7 100.0

Avg. 92 71 62.5 61.1 70.8 81.9

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 66.67 66.7 0.0 22.2 66.7 44.4

CO2 66.67 44.4 44.4 66.7 44.4 66.7

CO3 58.33 38.9 38.9 38.9 38.9 58.3

Avg. 72 56 47.2 48.1 56.5 63.9


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.71 85.7 0.0 28.6 85.7 57.1

CO2 85.71 57.1 57.1 85.7 57.1 85.7

CO3 71.43 47.6 47.6 47.6 47.6 71.4

Avg. 86 67 57.1 57.1 66.7 76.2

Subject Name & Code: Performance Management MBA-251




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

PERFORMANCE

MANAGEMENT(MBA-

251)

CO1 Design an organization’s performance management

process that is compliant with law and supports

organizational mission and strategy.

CO2 To evaluate and distinguish a variety of organizational

performance management programs and most excellent

practices

CO3 Employ job-related performance standards and

performance indicators that reflect the employee’s range

of responsibilities


MBA251

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-251

PO2 MBA-251

PO3 MBA-251

PO4 MBA-251

PO5 MBA-251

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 3

CO2 3 2 2

CO3 2 3 3 2 3

Step 3



Table No 3 S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N



3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 19.3 31 62.15 3 Y 20.2 29 69.54 3 Y 22.1 30 73.56 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 23.5 31 75.91 3 Y 22.7 29 78.16 3 Y 23.8 30 79.33 3 Y

5 41710059 Nishu 27.0 31 87.10 3 Y 25.2 29 86.90 3 Y 25.8 30 86.00 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 21.1 31 67.96 3 Y 21.5 29 73.97 3 Y 23.5 30 78.28 3 Y


Average 2.75 2.75 2.75


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO2 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO3 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.5 87.5 0.0 58.3 87.5 0.0

CO2 87.5 0.0 87.5 58.3 0.0 58.3

CO3 87.5 58.3 87.5 87.5 58.3 87.5

Avg. 88 73 87.5 68.1 72.9 72.9

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt to set target

level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 66.7 66.7 0.0 44.4 66.7 0.0

CO2 66.7 0.0 66.7 44.4 0.0 44.4

CO3 50.0 33.3 50.0 50.0 33.3 50.0

Avg. 61 50 58.3 46.3 50.0 47.2


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt to set

target level of

CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.0 0.0 66.7 100.0 0.0

CO2 83.3 0.0 83.3 55.6 0.0 55.6

CO3 66.7 44.4 66.7 66.7 44.4 66.7

Avg. 83 72 75.0 63.0 72.2 61.1

Subject Name & Code: Financial Institution & Markets MBA-213




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

FINANCIAL

INSTITUTION &

MARKETS(MBA

213)

CO1 Demonstrate an understanding of the overall functions

of financial markets and intermediary institutions.

CO2 Evaluate the economic environment and the impact of

governmental economic policies on consumers and

financial institutions.

CO3 Describe the impact that non-banking financial

institutions and mutual fund has had on the structure of

the financial firms/industry.


MBA 213

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 213

PO2 MBA 213

PO3 MBA 213

PO4 MBA 213

PO5 MBA 213

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 1 2 1 2 1

CO2 3 3 1 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 1

Step 3



Table No 3


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710009 Imran Rafiq 25.4 31 81.83 3 Y 23.2 29 80.00 3 Y 21.1 30 70.44 3 Y

2 41710030 Shubham

Kumar

26.0 31 83.98 3 Y 23.2 29 80.11 3 Y 22.4 30 74.67 3 Y

3 41710055 Ankur 27.4 31 88.39 3 Y 25.5 29 87.93 3 Y 24.7 30 82.22 3 Y

Average 3

3 3


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 33.3 66.7 33.3 66.7 33.3

CO2 100.0 100.0 100.0 33.3 66.7 66.7

CO3 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7 33.3

Avg. 67 77.8 44.4 66.7 44.4

Table No 5 (2019-20)


to set target level

of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 64.3 21.4 42.9 21.4 42.9 21.4

CO2 57.1 57.1 57.1 19.0 38.1 38.1

CO3 50.0 33.3 33.3 33.3 33.3 16.7

Avg. 64.3 37 44.4 24.6 38.1 25.4


Table No 5 (2020-21)


to set target level

of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 95.7 31.9 63.8 31.9 63.8 31.9

CO2 95.7 95.7 95.7 31.9 63.8 63.8

CO3 95.7 63.8 63.8 63.8 63.8 31.9

Avg. 95.7 64 74.4 42.5 63.8 42.5

Subject Name & Code: Merchant Banking and Financial Services MBA-223



mapping.


employer survey


Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-223

PO2 MBA-223

PO3 MBA-223

PO4 MBA-223

PO5 MBA-223

Table No 2


CO1 3 2 1 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 2

CO3 1 2 1 3 1

Course COs Course Outcomes

MERCHANT

BANKING &

FINANCIAL

SERVICES

(MBA-223)

CO1 Demonstrate the financial system and the legal &

regulatory framework.

CO2 Understand the functioning of Merchant Bankers related

to Issue Management Process, Merger & Acquisitions

and Business Valuations.

CO3 Understand the various financial services and their

suitability in attaining the organization objective.


Table No 3 S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710009 Imran Rafiq 22.9 31 73.76 3 Y 21.8 29 75.29 3 Y 22.3 30 74.33 3 Y


3 41710055 Ankur 26.1 31 84.09 3 Y 24.6 29 84.71 3 Y 25.4 30 84.56 3 Y

Average 3 3 3


Table no. 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the


who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 1 point in

the COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Table no. 5 (2018-19)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 33.3 66.7 66.7

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7

CO3 100.0 100.00 33.3 66.7 33.3 100.0 33.3

Avg 100 78 77.8 44.4 77.8 55.6

Table no. 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.7 85.71 85.7 57.1 28.6 57.1 57.1

CO2 85.7 85.71 85.7 85.7 57.1 57.1 57.1

CO3 78.6 78.57 26.2 52.4 26.2 78.6 26.2

Avg 83 66 65.1 37.3 64.3 46.8


Table no. 5 (2020-21)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 95.5 95.45 95.5 63.6 31.8 63.6 63.6

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7

CO3 100.0 100.00 33.3 66.7 33.3 100.0 33.3

Avg 98 76 76.8 43.9 76.8 54.5

Subject Name & Code: Security Analysis & Portfolio MBA-233




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 233

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 233

PO2 MBA 233

PO3 MBA 233

PO4 MBA 233

PO5 MBA 233


SECURITY

ANALYSIS &

PORTFOLIO

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 233)

CO1 Understanding of Investments, impacting factors and their

evaluation including empirical applications of asset pricing

models.

CO2 Analyse and evaluate the financial securities using the

fundamental and technical analysis.

CO3 Build a diversified portfolio and assess portfolio

performance.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 1 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 3

CO3 1 2 2 2 2

Step 3



Table No 3



age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710009 Imran Rafiq 26.8 31 86.56 3 Y 24.8 29 85.63 3 Y 25.3 30 84.44 3 Y

2 41710030 Shubham

Kumar

24.0 31 77.53 3 Y 22.6 29 77.93 3 Y 23.4 30 77.89 3 Y

3 41710055 Ankur 29.0 31 93.44 3 Y 26.0 29 89.77 3 Y 26.0 30 86.67 3 Y

Average 3 Average 3 Average 3


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.0 66.7 33.3 100.0 66.7

CO2 100.0 100.0 100.0 66.7 66.7 100.0

CO3 100.0 33.3 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7

Avg. 78 77.8 55.6 77.8 77.8

Table No 5 (2019-20)


to set target level of

CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 71.4 71.4 47.6 23.8 71.4 47.6

CO2 71.4 71.4 71.4 47.6 47.6 71.4

CO3 42.9 14.3 28.6 28.6 28.6 28.6

Avg.

52 49.2 33.3 49.2 49.2


Table No 5 (2020-21)



PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 69.6 69.6 46.4 23.2 69.6 46.4

CO2 78.3 78.3 78.3 52.2 52.2 78.3

CO3 82.6 27.5 55.1 55.1 55.1 55.1

Avg.

58 59.9 43.5 58.9 59.9

Subject Name & code: Insurance and Risk Management MBA-243




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

INSURANCE AND

RISK

MANAGEMENT

(MBA-243)

CO1 Demonstrate the risk management needs and insurance

contract features

CO2 Demonstrate knowledge of insurance contracts and provisions,

and the features of personal & commercial insurance, life and

health insurance, and various general insurance plans

CO3 Develop the analytical skills necessary to make optimal

decisions relatively to insurance products and alternative

strategies and also to Demonstrate knowledge of the operation

and management of insurance entities


MBA252

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-243

PO2 MBA-243

PO3 MBA-243

PO4 MBA-243

PO5 MBA-243

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 1 1 2 2

CO2 3 1 1 3 2

CO3 2 3 2 1 3

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

N

o

Roll No Names

CO1 CO2 CO3

MO M

M

%

ag

e

Scor

e

Y/

N MO

M

M

%

ag

e

Scor

e

Y/

N MO

M

M

%

ag

e

Scor

e

Y/

N

1 41710009 Imran Rafiq 25 31 80 3 Y 23 29 78 3 Y 23 30 75 3 Y

2 41710030 Shubham

Kumar 24 31 76 3 Y 22 29 76 3 Y 22 30 75 3 Y

3 41710055 Ankur 25 31 81 3 Y 23 29 79 3 Y 23 30 77 3 Y

Average 3 3 3


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.0 33.3 33.3 66.7 66.7

CO2 100.0 100.0 33.3 33.3 100.0 66.7

CO3 100.0 66.7 100.0 66.7 33.3 100.0

Avg. 100 89 55.6 44.4 66.7 77.8

Table No 5 (2019-20)


to set target level

of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.0 33.3 33.3 66.7 66.7

CO2 100.0 100.0 33.3 33.3 100.0 66.7

CO3 100.0 66.7 100.0 66.7 33.3 100.0

Avg. 100 89 55.6 44.4 66.7 77.8


Table No 5 (2020-21)



CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 95.65 95.7 31.9 31.9 63.8 63.8

CO2 95.65 95.7 31.9 31.9 95.7 63.8

CO3 91.30 60.9 91.3 60.9 30.4 91.3

Avg. 94 84 51.7 41.5 63.3 72.9

Subject Name & code: Project Finance MBA-253




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course MBA -

253 Cos

Course Outcomes

PROJECT

FINANCE

(MBA 253)

CO1 Develop an understanding of project management and related factors

including decision making.

CO2 Evaluate economic and financial cash flows models to analyze

project risk.

CO3 Develop the appropriate financial structure for a project and

determine a project finance arrangement that meets organization

needs.


MBA-253

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA - 253

PO2 MBA - 253

PO3 MBA - 253

PO4 MBA - 253

PO5 MBA - 253

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 3 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3

CO3 3 3 1 1 1

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Scor

e

Y/N MO MM %

age

Scor

e

Y/N MO MM %

age

Scor

e

Y/N

1 41710009 Imran

Rafiq

26.3 33 79.70 3 Y 23.0 29 79.20 3 Y 21.7 28 77.62 3 Y

2 41710030 Shubham

Kumar

23.4 33 70.81 3 Y 21.4 29 73.91 3 Y 21.2 28 75.71 3 Y

3 41710055 Ankur 26.7 33 81.01 3 Y 24.0 29 82.64 3 Y 23.3 28 83.21 3 Y

Average

3.00 3.00 3.00


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)



Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 66.7 66.7 100.0

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 100.0 66.7 100.0

CO3 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 33.3 33.3 33.3 Avg 100 100 100.0 66.7 55.6 77.8

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 78.6 78.57 78.6 78.6 52.4 52.4 78.6

CO2 78.6 78.57 78.6 78.6 78.6 52.4 78.6

CO3 71.4 71.43 71.4 71.4 23.8 23.8 23.8 Avg 76 76 76.2 51.6 42.9 60.3


Table No 5 (2020-21)



Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 66.7 66.7 100.0

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 100.0 66.7 100.0

CO3 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 33.3 33.3 33.3 Avg 100 100 100.0 66.7 55.6 77.8

Subject Name & Code: Integrated Marketing Communication MBA-215




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

INTEGRATED

MARKETING

COMMUNICATION

(MBA 215)

CO1 To teach the art of ad making for an analysed business

product and situations, so that they can reach a creative

and logical solution.

CO2 To provide them with the ethical and social values

related to advertising as it is a weapon of mass

influence.

CO3 To make the student evaluate advertisement

effectiveness and take the budgetory decisions


MBA 215

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 215

PO2

PO3 MBA 215

PO4 MBA 215

PO5 MBA 215

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3

CO2 3 3 3 1

CO3 2 2 2

CO4 3


Step 3


Table No. 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul

Majid

22.8 31 73.66 3 Y 20.8 29 71.72 3 Y 20.9 30 69.56 3 Y

2 41710004 Sanchit

Gupta

18 31 58.06 2 N 16.2 29 55.75 2 N 15.8 30 52.78 2 N

3 41710007 Yogesh

Kumar

Bajpai

19.2 31 61.94 3 Y 18.4 29 63.45 3 Y 19.4 30 64.67 3 Y

4 41710026 Sushobhan 19.1 31 61.51 3 Y 16.3 29 56.09 2 N 15.2 30 50.56 2 N

5 41710027 Ashish

Aggarwal

19.2 31 61.94 3 Y 18.7 29 64.6 3 Y 20.1 30 66.89 3 Y

6 41710029 Vipul Sen 21.5 31 69.25 3 Y 19.3 29 66.55 3 Y 19.2 30 64.11 3 Y

7 41710034 Shivi

Jaiswal

23.7 31 76.56 3 Y 21.2 29 73.1 3 Y 21.1 30 70.22 3 Y

8 41710051 Aadi

Singhal

20.4 31 65.81 3 Y 18.9 29 65.06 3 Y 19.2 30 64.11 3 Y

9 41710054 Manvi

Kapoor

21.9 31 70.54 3 Y 19.3 29 66.44 3 Y 18.9 30 62.89 3 Y

10 41710057 Viresh

Khorwal

18 31 58.17 2 N 16.6 29 57.36 2 N 16.3 30 54.44 2 N

11 41710076 Samridh

Kumar

Pandey

17.9 31 57.74 2 N 16.9 29 58.39 2 N 17.2 30 57.22 2 N

12 41710077 Ayush Jha 19.8 31 63.76 3 Y 18.3 29 63.1 3 Y 18.4 30 61.44 3 Y

13 41710079 Mansi 24.5 31 79.03 3 Y 21.2 29 73.22 3 Y 20.8 30 69.22 3 Y


14 41710082 Eeshan

Rituaweik

13.2 31 42.69 1 N 12.5 29 43.22 1 N 13.2 30 44.11 1 N

Average 2.64

2.57 2.57


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the above

table)




COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 2.64 71.43 21.43 7.14

CO2 2.57 64.29 28.57 7.14

CO3 2.57 64.29 28.57 7.14

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 71.42857 71.42857 71.42857 0 0

CO2 64.28571 64.28571 64.28571 64.28571 64.28571

CO3 64.28571 64.28571 42.85714 0 42.85714

Avg.

66.66 59.52 64.28 53.57

Table No 5 (2019-20)



CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 70 70 70 0 0 0

CO2 55 55 55 0 55 55

CO3 60 60 40 0 0 40 Avg 61.66 55 0 55 47.5


Table No 5 (2020-21)



PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 73.33 73.33 73.33 0 0 0

CO2 80 80 80 0 80 80

CO3 53.33 53.33 35.55 0 0 35.55 Avg 68.88 62.96 0 80 57.77

Subject Name & code: Sales and Distribution Management MBA-225




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 225

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 225

PO2 MBA 225

PO3 MBA 225

PO4 MBA 225

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

SALES AND

DISTRIBUTION

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 225)

CO1 To make the students adapt the art of selling an ethical

product in a competitive market.

CO2 To develop a sales team and motivate them to achieve

organizational goal

CO3 To make them to learn the managerial skill of

implementation of quota and territory designing as well

as channel distribution decisions


PO5 MBA 225

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 0 0 3 0

CO2 0 0 3 0 3

CO3 0 3 0 0 2

CO4 3 0 0 3 0

Step 3



Table no. 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 22.8 31 73.66 3 Y 21.0 29 72.53 3 Y 21.1 30 70.44 3 Y

2 41710004 Sanchit Gupta 17.6 31 56.77 2 N 16.5 29 57.01 2 N 16.9 30 56.22 2 N

3 41710007 Yogesh Kumar Bajpai 19.4 31 62.47 3 Y 17.9 29 61.72 3 Y 17.7 30 59.11 2 N

4 41710026 Sushobhan 16.9 31 54.62 2 N 15.8 29 54.60 2 N 16.2 30 54.11 2 N

5 41710027 Ashish Aggarwal 17.6 31 56.77 2 N 16.9 29 58.16 2 N 17.5 30 58.44 2 N

6 41710029 Vipul Sen 18.8 31 60.65 3 Y 18.1 29 62.41 3 Y 19.1 30 63.67 3 Y


8 41710051 Aadi Singhal 19.6 31 63.12 3 Y 18.0 29 62.18 3 Y 18.4 30 61.33 3 Y

9 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 24.2 31 77.96 3 Y 21.3 29 73.45 3 Y 20.5 30 68.44 3 Y

10 41710057 Viresh Khorwal 16.3 31 52.47 2 N 15.1 29 51.95 2 N 14.7 30 48.89 1 N


12 41710077 Ayush Jha 19.9 31 64.19 3 Y 18.3 29 63.22 3 Y 18.3 30 60.89 3 Y

13 41710079 Mansi 24.1 31 77.85 3 Y 22.2 29 76.44 3 Y 22.7 30 75.67 3 Y

14 41710082 Eeshan Rituaweik 14.9 31 47.96 1 N 14.3 29 49.43 1 N 14.8 30 49.33 1 N

Average 2.43 2.43 2.29


Step 4


CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)




COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.43 57.14 28.57 14.29

CO2 2.43 57.14 28.57 14.29

CO3 2.29 50.00 28.57 21.43

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 57.14286 57.14

57.14

CO2 57.14286 57.14 57.14

57.14

CO3 50 50

50 33.33

Avg 54.76 57.14 50 57.14 57.14 45.23

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 50 50 50

50

CO2 25 25 25 25

CO3 25 25 25

16.66

Avg 33.33 50 25 25 50 20.83


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

Limit to max value of

CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 86.66 86.66 86.66

86.66

CO2 80 80 80

80

CO3 86.66 86.66 86.66 57.77

Avg 84.44 86.66 86.66 80 86.66 68.88

Subject Name & code: Product and Brand Management MBA-235




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 235

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 235

PO2

PO3 MBA 235

PO4 MBA 235

PO5 MBA 235

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

PRODUCT AND

BRAND

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 235)

CO1 Aims to synchronize product and brand management

processes.

CO2 Better understanding of building and maintaining strong

and powerful brands, one of the most valuable assets a

company can have today.

CO3 Understanding of relevant skills and abilities needed to

have competitive advantage within the corporate world.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3

CO2 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 1

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 25.5 31 82.37 3 Y 23.2 29 80.00 3 Y 22.8 30 75.89 3 Y



4 41710026 Sushobhan 22.1 31 71.40 3 Y 19.8 29 68.39 3 Y 19.5 30 65.11 3 Y


6 41710029 Vipul Sen 20.7 31 66.77 3 Y 18.9 29 65.06 3 Y 18.9 30 63.11 3 Y


8 41710051 Aadi Singhal 20.7 31 66.67 3 Y 18.4 29 63.33 3 Y 18.0 30 59.89 2 N

9 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 23.4 31 75.38 3 Y 22.0 29 75.75 3 Y 22.7 30 75.56 3 Y


11 41710076 Samridh Kumar Pandey 18.6 31 60.00 2 N 17.8 29 61.38 3 Y 18.1 30 60.33 3 Y

12 41710077 Ayush Jha 21.1 31 68.06 3 Y 19.1 29 65.75 3 Y 18.8 30 62.78 3 Y

13 41710079 Mansi 24.6 31 79.25 3 Y 22.5 29 77.70 3 Y 22.9 30 76.33 3 Y


Average 2.71 2.79 2.71


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the


who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.71 78.57 14.29 7.14

CO2 2.79 85.71 7.14 7.14

CO3 2.71 78.57 14.29 7.14

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 78.6 78.57 78.6

CO2 85.7 85.71 85.7 57.1

57.1

CO3 78.6 78.57 52.4

52.4 26.2 Avg 81 72 57.1 52.4 41.7

Table No 5 (2019-20)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 90.0 90.00 90.0

CO2 90.0 90.00 90.0 60.0 60.0

CO3 80.0 80.00 53.3

53.3 26.7 Avg 87 78 60.0 53.3 43.3


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target level

of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7

66.7

CO3 100.0 100.00 66.7

66.7 33.3 Avg 100 89 66.7 66.7 50.0

Subject Name & code: Consumer Behavior MBA-245




survey



Pos Attainment

Step 1




MBA-245

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA245

PO2 MBA 245

PO3 MBA 245

PO4 MBA 245

PO5 MBA 245

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

CONSUMER

BEHAVIOUR

(MBA-245)

CO1 Understanding of the behavior of the buyer in the

marketplace.

CO2 Gaining holistic view of the buyer, which will help in

achieving knowledge of various models

CO3 Framework in understanding buyer’s behavior and align

the knowledge with formulation of appropriate

marketing strategies.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 1 1 2 1

CO2 3 1 2 2 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 3

CO4 3 1 1 2 1

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul

Majid

23.1 31 74.62 3 Y 22.7 29 78.28 3 Y 24.2 30 80.56 3 Y

2 41710004 Sanchit

Gupta

20.3 31 65.38 3 Y 19.4 29 66.90 3 Y 20.3 30 67.78 3 Y

3 41710007 Yogesh

Kumar

Bajpai

21.6 31 69.78 3 Y 20.3 29 70.00 3 Y 20.6 30 68.56 3 Y

4 41710026 Sushobhan 22.7 31 73.12 3 Y 22.0 29 75.98 3 Y 23.8 30 79.33 3 Y

5 41710027 Ashish

Aggrwal

19.9 31 64.09 2 N 19.9 29 68.74 3 Y 21.7 30 72.33 3 Y

6 41710029 Vipul Sen 21.5 31 69.25 3 Y 20.7 29 71.38 3 Y 21.8 30 72.78 3 Y

7 41710034 Shivi

Jaisawal

22.7 31 73.23 3 Y 21.7 29 74.71 3 Y 22.6 30 75.44 3 Y

8 41710051 Adi

Singhal

18.3 31 58.92 2 N 16.7 29 57.70 2 N 16.5 30 55.00 1 N

9 41710054 Manvi

Kapoor

23.1 31 74.52 3 Y 22.1 29 76.32 3 Y 23.3 30 77.56 3 Y

10 41710057 Viresh

Khorwal

20.8 31 67.10 3 Y 19.4 29 66.90 3 Y 19.8 30 66.00 3 Y

11 41710076 Samridh

Kumar

Pandey

14.7 31 47.42 1 N 15.4 29 52.99 1 N 16.4 30 54.78 1 N

12 41710077 Ayush Jha 19.9 31 64.19 2 N 18.4 29 63.56 2 N 18.7 30 62.22 2 N

13 41710079 Mansi 24.4 31 78.82 3 Y 23.4 29 80.69 3 Y 24.7 30 82.22 3 Y

14 41710082 Eeshan

Rituaweik

21.0 31 67.74 3 Y 19.8 29 68.16 3 Y 20.7 30 69.11 3 Y

Average 2.17

2.67 2.17


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 3

point in the

COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 2.64 71.43 21.43 7.14

CO2 2.71 78.57 14.29 7.14

CO3 2.64 78.57 7.14 14.29

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 71.4 71.4 23.8 23.8 47.6 23.8

CO2 78.6 78.6 26.2 52.4 52.4 78.6

CO3 78.6 78.6 52.4 78.6 52.4 78.6

Avg.

76 34.1 51.6 50.8 60.3

Table No 5 (2019-20)



CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 70.0 70.0 23.3 23.3 46.7 23.3

CO2 90.0 90.0 30.0 60.0 60.0 90.0

CO3 55.0 55.0 36.7 55.0 36.7 55.0

Avg.

72 30.0 46.1 47.8 56.1


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt to set target

level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 88.9 88.9 29.6 29.6 59.3 29.6

CO2 93.3 93.3 31.1 62.2 62.2 93.3

CO3 93.3 93.3 62.2 93.3 62.2 93.3

Avg.

92 41.0 61.7 61.2 72.1

Subject Name & code: Emerging Concepts in Marketing-I MBA-255




survey


EMERGING

CONCEPTS IN

MARKETING-I

(MBA-255)

CO1 Enable students to gain knowledge on rural marketing, challenges

and prospects for improving rural marketing environment.

CO2 Understand how marketing ties into political initiatives as

expressed by citizens, advertisers, and politicians.

CO3 Help students to learn industrial marketing and contemporary

marketing techniques.


POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-255

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA255

PO2 MBA255

PO3 MBA255

PO4 MBA255

PO5 MBA255


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2

CO3 3 2 2 1 2

CO4 3 2 2 2 2


S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 22.2 31 71.61 3 Y 21.0 29 72.30 3 Y 21.3 30 71.11 3 Y



4 41710026 Sushobhan 20.4 31 65.81 3 Y 19.2 29 66.21 3 Y 19.9 30 66.33 3 Y


6 41710029 Vipul Sen 20.5 31 66.24 3 Y 19.9 29 68.62 3 Y 21.1 30 70.22 3 Y


8 41710051 Aadi Singhal 21.1 31 67.96 3 Y 19.3 29 66.67 3 Y 19.6 30 65.33 3 Y

9 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 22.2 31 71.51 3 Y 21.2 29 73.22 3 Y 22.1 30 73.67 3 Y



12 41710077 Ayush Jha 20.5 31 66.24 3 Y 19.9 29 68.62 3 Y 21.1 30 70.22 3 Y

13 41710079 Mansi 25.5 31 82.37 3 Y 24.3 29 83.79 3 Y 25.2 30 83.89 3 Y


Average 2.93 3.00 3.00


Table No. 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from the

above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.64 64.29 35.71 0.00

CO2 2.79 78.57 21.43 0.00

CO3 2.86 85.71 14.29 0.00

Table -5 (2018-19)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 92.9 92.86 92.9 61.9 61.9 61.9 61.9

CO2 100 100 100 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7

CO3 100 100 100 66.7 66.7 33.3 66.7

Avg 98 98 65.1 65.1 54 65.1

Table -5 (2019-20)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7

CO3 100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 66.7 33.3 66.7 Avg 100 100 66.7 66.7 55.6 66.7


Table -5 (2020-21)

CO attainment wrt

set target level of

CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7

100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7

100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 66.7 33.3 66.7

Avg 100 100 66.7 66.7 55.6 66.7

Subject Name & code: Strategic Management MBA-202



















Grade scale

Marks Score

≤ 50% 1

>50% and ≤ 60% 2

>60% 3





survey



Pos Attainment

Step 1




MBA 202

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 202

PO2 MBA 202

PO3 MBA 202

PO4 MBA 202

PO5 MBA 202

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 2 3

CO2 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 3

CO4 2 2 3

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

STRATEGIC

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 202)

CO1 The students will effectively communicate the change

management strategies in various forums to an array of

audiences with accuracy, clarity, specificity and

professionalism

CO2 To provide the students the understanding of the facts for

advertising on digital media

CO3 To teach the different aspects and approaches of various digital

media vehicles and social media platforms


Step 3


S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 22.7 31 73.12 3 Y 21.4 29 73.79 3 Y 21.9 30 73.11 3 Y



4 41710009 Imran Rafiq 23.3 31 75.27 3 Y 21.7 29 74.83 3 Y 22.0 30 73.22 3 Y

5 41710026 Sushobhan 19.2 31 61.94 2 N 18.1 29 62.30 2 N 18.7 30 62.44 2 N



8 41710029 Vipul Sen 23.9 31 76.99 3 Y 21.9 29 75.52 3 Y 22.2 30 74.11 3 Y




12 41710051 Aadi Singhal 22.2 31 71.61 3 Y 20.9 29 72.07 3 Y 21.4 30 71.33 3 Y

13 41710052 Mehak Juneja 23.1 31 74.52 3 Y 21.4 29 73.91 3 Y 21.5 30 71.56 3 Y

14 41710053 Ekta Dogra 23.9 31 77.15 3 Y 21.4 29 73.91 3 Y 20.7 30 68.83 3 Y

15 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 24.4 31 78.76 3 Y 22.8 29 78.62 3 Y 23.3 30 77.61 3 Y

16 41710055 Ankur 22.3 31 71.83 3 Y 21.0 29 72.30 3 Y 21.8 30 72.56 3 Y

17 41710057 Viresh Khorwal 20.9 31 67.53 3 Y 18.4 29 63.56 2 N 17.6 30 58.78 2 N

18 41710058 Nishu 22.5 31 72.63 3 Y 21.6 29 74.37 3 Y 22.9 30 76.39 3 Y


20 41710077 Ayush Jha 20.8 31 67.10 3 Y 18.6 29 64.25 2 N 18.1 30 60.22 2 N


22 41710079 Mansi 26.8 31 86.45 3 Y 25.0 29 86.32 3 Y 26.2 30 87.22 3 Y

23 41710081 Monika Singh 24.4 31 78.71 3 Y 22.4 29 77.24 3 Y 22.7 30 75.67 3 Y



Average 2.76 2.68 2.68


Step 4


CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)




COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 2.76 80.00 16.00 4.00

CO2 2.68 72.00 24.00 4.00

CO3 2.68 72.00 24.00 4.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 80 80 53.33

53.33 80

CO2 72 72

48

72 48

CO3 72 72 48 0 48 72

Avg

74.66 50.66 48 50.66 74.66 48

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 81.8 81.8 54.5

54.5 81.8

CO2 81.8 81.8

54.5

81.8 54.5

CO3 77.2 77.2 51.5

51.5 77.2

Avg 80.3 53 54.5 53 80.3 54.5


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set

target

level of

CO

Limit to

max value

of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 97.67 97.67 65.12

65.12 97.67

CO2 100.00 100.00

66.67

100.00 66.67

CO3 100.00 100.00 66.67

66.67 100.00

Avg 99.22 65.89 66.67 65.89 99.22 66.67

Subject Name & code: Digital Marketing & E-Commerce MBA-204




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

Digital Marketing &

E-Commerce

(MBA 204)

CO1 To provide the students the understanding of the facts for

advertising on digital media

CO2 To teach the different aspects and approaches of various

digital media vehicles and social media platforms

CO3 To empower them with the future of business in digital

world and the eminence presence of it which is growing

rapidly and they will be able to match up to the speed.


MBA 204

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 204

PO2

PO3 MBA 204

PO4 MBA 204

PO5 MBA 204

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2

CO2 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2

CO4 2


Step 3


S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 19.5 31 62.90 3 Y 19.1 29 65.98 3 Y 20.4 30 67.89 3 Y

2 41710004 Sanchit Gupta 20.0 31 64.62 3 Y 18.0 29 61.95 3 Y 17.5 30 58.33 2 N


4 41710009 Imran Rafiq 20.4 31 65.91 3 Y 18.9 29 65.29 3 Y 19.1 30 63.78 3 Y

5 41710026 Sushobhan 15.6 31 50.32 2 N 14.9 29 51.38 2 N 15.5 30 51.67 2 N

6 41710027 Ashish Aggarwal 19.5 31 62.90 3 Y 18.0 29 62.18 3 Y 18.0 30 59.89 2 N


8 41710029 Vipul Sen 21.5 31 69.35 3 Y 20.4 29 70.46 3 Y 21.1 30 70.22 3 Y




12 41710051 Aadi Singhal 21.2 31 68.49 3 Y 19.9 29 68.51 3 Y 20.4 30 68.00 3 Y

13 41710052 Mehak Juneja 20.3 31 65.38 3 Y 18.7 29 64.60 3 Y 19.0 30 63.33 3 Y

14 41710053 Ekta Dogra 21.1 31 67.96 3 Y 19.1 29 65.75 3 Y 18.9 30 62.89 3 Y

15 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 24.2 31 77.96 3 Y 22.3 29 76.90 3 Y 22.5 30 75.11 3 Y

16 41710055 Ankur 20.2 31 65.05 3 Y 19.5 29 67.36 3 Y 20.8 30 69.33 3 Y


18 41710058 Nishu 18.3 31 59.03 2 N 18.2 29 62.87 3 Y 19.5 30 64.89 3 Y


20 41710077 Ayush Jha 20.0 31 64.52 3 Y 18.3 29 63.22 3 Y 18.7 30 62.22 3 Y


22 41710079 Mansi 25.5 31 82.15 3 Y 23.4 29 80.80 3 Y 24.1 30 80.33 3 Y

23 41710081 Monika Singh 22.1 31 71.40 3 Y 20.8 29 71.84 3 Y 21.5 30 71.78 3 Y



Average 2.76 2.84 2.76


Step 4


CO Alignment

CO

GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 3

point in the

COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.76 80 16 4

CO2 2.84 88 8 4

CO3 2.76 80 16 4

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to

max value

of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 80 80 53.3

CO2 88 88 58.6 58.6

CO3 80 80 53.3 53.3 53.3 53.3

Avg 82.7 55.1 53.3 56 53.3

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 88.89 88.89 59.26

CO2 88.89 88.89 59.26 59.26

CO3 88.89 88.89 59.26 59.26 59.26 59.26

Avg 88.89 59.26 59.26 59.26 59.26


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt set

target

level of

CO

Limit to

max value

of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 100.00 100.00 66.67

CO2 100.00 100.00 66.67 66.67

CO3 100.00 100.00 66.67 66.67 66.67 66.67

Avg 100.00 66.67 66.67 66.67 66.67

Subject Name & code: Human Resource Development: Strategies and Systems MBA-212




survey



Pos Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

HUMAN

RESOURCE

DEVELOPMENT:

STRATEGIES AND

SYSTEMS (MBA-

212)

CO1 To give the understanding and professional competence

in the areas, like facts for the assumption and practice

of HR knowledge and skills

CO2 To significantly appraise existing paradigms and

practice in HRD

CO3 To examine current HRD programmes and their

theoretical underpinnings


MBA212

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-212

PO2 MBA-212

PO3 MBA-212

PO4 MBA-212

PO5 MBA-212

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 3 2 3

CO2 3

CO3 2 2 2

Step 3



Table No 3





3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 20.8 31 67.20 3 Y 19.7 29 68.05 3 Y 20.4 30 68.11 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 24.5 31 79.03 3 Y 22.1 29 76.32 3 Y 22.4 30 74.56 3 Y

5 41710058 Nishu 25.0 31 80.75 3 Y 21.8 29 75.17 3 Y 21.2 30 70.56 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 23.7 31 76.45 3 Y 21.5 29 74.25 3 Y 21.8 30 72.56 3 Y


Average 2.88 2.88 2.88


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the

above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 2.88 87.50 12.50

CO2 2.88 87.50 12.50

CO3 2.88 87.50 12.50

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.5 87.5 58.3 87.5 58.3 87.5

CO2 87.5 87.5

CO3 87.5 58.3 58.3 58.3

Avg. 88

78 58.3 72.9 58.3 87.5

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 36.4 36.4 24.2 36.4 24.2 36.4

CO2 54.5 54.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

CO3 54.5 36.4 0.0 36.4 36.4 0.0

Avg. 48 42 24.2 36.4 30.3 36.4


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.7 85.7 57.1 85.7 57.1 85.7

CO2 85.7 85.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

CO3 85.7 57.1 0.0 57.1 57.1 0.0

Avg. 86 76 57.1 71.4 57.1 85.7

Subject Name & code: Dynamics of Industrial Relations MBA-222




survey



Pos Attainment

Step 1




MBA-222

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-222

PO2 MBA-222

PO3 MBA-222

PO4 MBA-222

PO5 MBA-222


DYNAMICS

OF

INDUSTRIAL

RELATIONS

(MBA-222)

CO1 The students will be familiar with concept, evaluation and scope of

Industrial relation.

CO2 The students will be able to get knowledge about collective

bargaining, settlement machinery and ways of grievance handling

as well as industrial peace.

CO3 The students will know about recent trends in trade union movement

in India and workers’ participation in management also.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 0 3 2

CO3 2 2 1 3 3

Step 3



S.

No





3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 24.7 33 74.81 3 Y 26.0 34 76.51 3 Y 18.3 23 79.57 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 27.3 33 82.67 3 Y 28.3 34 83.29 3 Y 19.4 23 84.35 3 Y

5 41710058 Nishu 27.2 33 82.34 3 Y 28.6 34 84.20 3 Y 20.2 23 87.83 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 25.7 33 78.00 3 Y 26.4 34 77.53 3 Y 17.9 23 77.83 3 Y


Average 2.88 2.88 2.88


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)



scored 1 point in the COs)

CO1 2.88 87.50 12.50 0.00

CO2 2.88 87.50 12.50 0.00

CO3 2.88 87.50 12.50 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.50 87.5 58.3 58.3 87.5 58.3

CO2 87.50 58.3 87.5 0.0 87.5 58.3

CO3 87.50 58.3 58.3 29.2 87.5 87.5

Avg. 88 68 68.1 43.8 87.5 68.1

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 91.67 91.7 61.1 61.1 91.7 61.1

CO2 91.67 61.1 91.7 0.0 91.7 61.1

CO3 91.67 61.1 61.1 30.6 91.7 91.7

Avg. 92 71 71.3 45.8 91.7 71.3


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.71 85.7 57.1 57.1 85.7 57.1

CO2 85.71 57.1 85.7 0.0 85.7 57.1

CO3 85.71 57.1 57.1 28.6 85.7 85.7

Avg. 86 67 66.7 42.9 85.7 66.7

Subject Name & code: Interpersonal and Group Dynamics MBA-232




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-232

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-232

PO2 MBA-232

PO3 MBA-232

PO4 MBA-232

PO5 MBA-232


INTERPERSONAL

AND GROUP

DYNAMICS

(MBA-232)

CO1 To have the conceptual as well a practical knowledge of group

dynamics.

CO2 This paper will help the students to improve their interpersonal

behavior and help them to practice the techniques of group

decision-making.

CO3 Students will know how to develop a group, group socialization

process and issue related to group conflict.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 0 0 3 3

CO2 2 2 2 2 2

CO3 2 0 0 2 2

Step 3



S.

No





3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 18.9 25 75.71 3 Y 30.9 41 75.38 3 Y 18.2 24 75.69 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 21.7 25 86.64 3 Y 34.8 41 84.89 3 Y 19.5 24 81.39 3 Y

5 41710058 Nishu 22.2 25 88.83 3 Y 35.4 41 86.41 3 Y 19.4 24 80.69 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 19.7 25 78.96 3 Y 31.6 41 77.14 3 Y 17.6 24 73.47 3 Y



Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the



who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO2 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

CO3 2.75 87.50 0.00 12.50

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.50 58.3 0.0 0.0 87.5 87.5

CO2 87.50 58.3 58.3 58.3 58.3 58.3

CO3 87.50 58.3 0.0 0.0 58.3 58.3

Avg. 88 58 58.3 58.3 68.1 68.1

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 91.67 61.1 0.0 0.0 91.7 91.7

CO2 91.67 61.1 61.1 61.1 61.1 61.1

CO3 91.67 61.1 0.0 0.0 61.1 61.1

Avg. 92 61 61.1 61.1 71.3 71.3


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.71 57.1 0.0 0.0 85.7 85.7

CO2 85.71 57.1 57.1 57.1 57.1 57.1

CO3 85.71 57.1 0.0 0.0 57.1 57.1

Avg. 86 57 57.1 57.1 66.7 66.7

Subject Name & code: Compensation Management MBA-242




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-242

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-242

PO2 MBA-242

PO3

PO4 MBA-242

PO5 MBA-242


COMPENSATION

MANAGEMENT

(MBA-242)

CO1 The students will be able to demonstrate knowledge in various

components of total compensation, the methods and aims of

different forms of payment systems.

CO2 Students will develop an understanding of the issues in

designing the reward systems and establishing different pay

rates.

CO3 They will come to know about the employers’ obligations

under labor statutes governing wage and salary administration.

Learn some of the implications for strategic compensation and

possible employer approaches to managing legally required

benefits.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 0 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 0

CO3 2 0 3 2

Step 3



S.

No





3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 19.8 29 68.39 3 Y 26.6 38 70.09 3 Y 15.5 23 67.54 3 Y

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 23.5 29 81.15 3 Y 31.9 38 83.86 3 Y 19.6 23 85.22 3 Y

5 41710058 Nishu 24.8 29 85.52 3 Y 33.0 38 86.75 3 Y 20.2 23 87.97 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 20.4 29 70.23 3 Y 28.6 38 75.18 3 Y 17.1 23 74.20 3 Y


Average 2.75 2.88 2.88


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from


percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.75 87.50

12.50

CO2 2.88 87.50 12.50

CO3 2.88 87.50 12.50

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 87.50 58.3 87.5 58.3

CO2 87.50 58.3 58.3 58.3

CO3 87.50 58.3 87.5 58.3

Avg. 88 58 58.3

77.8 58.3

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 91.67 61.1 0.0 91.7 61.1

CO2 91.67 61.1 61.1 61.1 0.0

CO3 91.67 61.1 0.0 91.7 61.1

Avg. 92 61 61.1

81.5 61.1


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.71 57.1 85.7 57.1

CO2 85.71 57.1 57.1 57.1

CO3 85.71 57.1 85.7 57.1

Avg. 86 57 57.1

76.2 57.1

Subject Name & code: Cross Cultural Management MBA-252




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course Cos

Course Outcomes

CROSS

CULTURAL

MANAGEMENT

(MBA-252)

CO1 Identify and analyse human resource concerns for making

successful results in the contemporary business situation

CO2 To think tactically and recognize the fundamentals of business and

organizations in order to administer change more efficiently in the

global business environment.

CO3 Learn the relevant core features of human resource management in

an worldwide context and to expand capability to outline

explanations to multifaceted business problems.


MBA 252

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-252

PO2 MBA-252

PO3 MBA-252

PO4 MBA-252

PO5 MBA-252

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 2

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N


2 41710031 Priya Chauhan 20.2 31 65.27 3 Y 18.5 29 63.91 2 N 18.2 30 60.78 2 N

3 41710052 Mehak Juneja 19.5 31 62.90 2 N 18.3 29 62.99 2 N 18.2 30 60.78 2 N

4 41710053 Ekta Dogra 24.5 31 79.03 3 Y 21.8 29 75.17 3 Y 21.7 30 72.33 3 Y

5 41710058 Nishu 22.9 31 73.87 3 Y 20.3 29 69.89 3 Y 19.8 30 66.11 3 Y


7 41710081 Monika Singh 22.9 31 73.87 3 Y 21.1 29 72.87 3 Y 22.0 30 73.22 3 Y


Average 2.63 2.50 2.50


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 2.63 75.00 12.50 12.50

CO2 2.50 62.50 25.00 12.50

CO3 2.50 62.50 25.00 12.50

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 75.0 50.0 50.0 0.0 50.0 50.0

CO2 62.5 62.5 0.0 41.7 62.5 41.7

CO3 62.5 0.0 0.0 62.5 62.5 41.7

Avg. 67 56 50.0 52.1 58.3 44.4

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 90.9 60.6 60.6 0.0 60.6 60.6

CO2 90.9 90.9 0.0 60.6 90.9 60.6

CO3 90.9 0.0 0.0 90.9 90.9 60.6

Avg. 91 76 60.6 75.8 80.8 60.6


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.7 57.1 57.1 0.0 57.1 57.1

CO2 85.7 85.7 0.0 57.1 85.7 57.1

CO3 85.7 0.0 0.0 85.7 85.7 57.1

Avg. 86 71 57.1 71.4 76.2 57.1

Subject Name & code: International Financial Management MBA-214




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-214

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 214

PO2 MBA 214

PO3 MBA 214

PO4 MBA 214

PO5 MBA 214

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

International

Financial

Management (MBA-

214)

CO1 Understand international capital and foreign exchange

market, identify risk relating to exchange rate fluctuations

and develop hedging strategies to deal with them.

CO2 Identify and appraise investment opportunities in the

international environment and the management of

international taxation.

CO3 Manage the multinational firm’s cash & receivables

management and their short term financing avenues.


Table No 2

COURSE

OUTCOME

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 3 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 1 2

Avg 3.00 3.00 2.67 2.33 2.33


Table No 3

S. No Roll No Names CO1 CO2 CO3 MO MM % age Score Y/N MO M

M

% age Score Y/N MO M

M

% age Scor

e

Y/

N

1 41710009 Imran Rafiq 26.33 31 84.94 3 Y 24.63 29 84.94 3 Y 25.03 30 83.44 3 Y

2 41710030 Shubham

Kumar

25.53 31 82.36 3 Y 23.7 29 81.72 3 Y 23.76 30 79.22 3 Y

3 41710055 Ankur 26.6 31 85.80 3 Y 24.56 29 84.71 3 Y 24.83 30 82.77 3 Y

Average 3 3 3


Table no. 4 is missing

Table 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 66.7 100.0 100.0

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 66.7

CO3 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 100.0 33.3 66.7

Avg 100 100 100.0 88.9 77.8 77.8

Table 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 14.3 14.29 14.3 14.3 9.5 14.3 14.3

CO2 21.4 21.43 21.4 21.4 21.4 21.4 14.3

CO3 21.4 21.43 21.4 21.4 21.4 7.1 14.3

Avg 19 19 19.0 17.5 14.3 14.3

Table 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 90.9 90.91 90.9 90.9 60.6 90.9 90.9

CO2 95.5 95.45 95.5 95.5 95.5 95.5 63.6

CO3 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 100.0 33.3 66.7

Avg 95 95 95.5 85.4 73.2 73.7


Subject Name & code: Working Capital Management MBA-224




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 224

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 224

PO2 MBA 224

PO3 MBA 224

PO4 MBA 224

PO5 MBA 224

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 1 2 3

CO2 3 3 2 1 3

CO3 2 2 2 3 2

Course Cos

Course Outcomes

WORKING

CAPITAL

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 224)

CO1 Evaluate the comparative working capital management policies

and their impact on the firm's profitability and liquidity.

CO2 Evaluate the effective receivables, inventory and cash

management and its role in meeting the firm's strategic

objectives.

CO3 Evaluate short term sources of working capital and manage the

payables of the company


Step 3


Table No 3



1 41710009 Imran

Rafiq

22.8 31 73.66 3 Y 21.0 29 72.53 3 Y 21.1 30 70.44 3 Y

2 41710030 Shubham

Kumar

23.6 31 76.24 3 Y 22.0 29 75.75 3 Y 22.4 30 74.67 3 Y

3 41710055 Ankur 26.8 31 86.56 3 Y 24.5 29 84.48 3 Y 24.7 30 82.22 3 Y

Average 3 Average 3 3

31806105

APARNA MISHRA

6

15

40.00

1

N

15

25

60.00

3

Y


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from


percentage of

students who

have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.0 66.7 33.3 66.7 100.0

CO2 100.0 100.0 100.0 66.7 33.3 100.0

CO3 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7 100.0 66.7

Avg. 89 77.8 55.6 66.7 88.9

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO

attainment

wrt to set

target level of

CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 92.9 92.9 61.9 31.0 61.9 92.9

CO2 92.9 92.9 92.9 61.9 31.0 92.9

CO3 85.7 57.1 57.1 57.1 85.7 57.1

CO4 92.9 81 70.6 50.0 59.5 81.0

Avg.

92.9 61.9 31.0 61.9 92.9


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt to set target

level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 95.7 95.7 63.8 31.9 63.8 95.7

CO2 95.7 95.7 95.7 63.8 31.9 95.7

CO3 95.7 63.8 63.8 63.8 95.7 63.8

CO4 95.7 85 74.4 53.1 63.8 85.0

Avg.

95.7 63.8 31.9 63.8 95.7

Subject Name & code: Derivatives Management MBA-234




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1





DERIVATIVES

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 234)

CO1 Provide a detailed explanation of hedging financial

instruments such as options, futures, swaps and other

derivative securities and describe the economic

environment in which such instruments operate

CO2 Develop and employ theoretical valuation methods to

price these hedging financial instruments.

CO3 Apply these instruments in managing the risk of

investing and hedging activity at the individual and the

corporate level.


MBA 234

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 234

PO2 MBA 234

PO3 MBA 234

PO4 MBA 234

PO5 MBA 234

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 1 2 2

CO3 1 2 1 2 2

Step 3



Table No 3


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710009 Imran Rafiq 25.1 31 80.97 3 Y 23.3 29 80.23 3 Y 23.6 30 78.78 3 Y 2 41710030 Shubham

Kumar

24.3 31 78.39 3 Y 23.3 29 80.46 3 Y 24.4 30 81.22 3 Y

3 41710055 Ankur 24.8 31 80.11 3 Y 23.2 29 80.00 3 Y 24.0 30 79.89 3 Y

Average 3 Average 3 2.17


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from


percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7 100.0 66.7

CO2 100.0 66.7 66.7 33.3 66.7 66.7

CO3 100.0 33.3 66.7 33.3 66.7 66.7

Avg. 56 66.7 44.4 77.8 66.7

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO

attainment

wrt to set

target level of

CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 66.7 66.7 66.7 100.0 66.7

CO2 92.9 61.9 61.9 31.0 61.9 61.9

CO3 100.0 33.3 66.7 33.3 66.7 66.7

Avg.

54 65.1 43.7 76.2 65.1


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO

attainment

wrt to set

target level of

CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 90.9 60.6 60.6 60.6 90.9 60.6

CO2 95.5 63.6 63.6 31.8 63.6 63.6

CO3 90.9 30.3 60.6 30.3 60.6 60.6

Avg.

52 61.6 40.9 71.7 61.6

Subject Name & code: Microfinance MBA-244




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Course MBA -

244 Cos

Course Outcomes

MICROFINANCE

(MBA 244) CO1

Understand the concept of microfinance, models and their

applications in national and international context.

CO2 Providing knowledge of major initiatives taken by the

government in the area of microfinance

CO3 Developing the understanding of the legal and regulatory

framework of the microfinance industry and their performance

measuring models.


MBA-244

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA - 244

PO2 MBA - 244

PO3 MBA - 244

PO4 MBA - 244

PO5 MBA - 244

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 1 3 2 3

CO2 3 1 2 1 3

CO3 1 3 3 3 3

Step 3 Align CO’s with questions of class tests, assignments and end semester exam


Table No 3

S.

No


MO M

M

%

age

Scor

e

Y/

N

MO M

M

%

age

Scor

e

Y/

N

MO M

M

%

age

Scor

e

Y/

N

1 4171000

9

Imran Rafiq 24.

0

31 77.5

3

3 Y 22.

7

29 78.3

9

3 Y 23.

2

30 77.4

4

3 Y

2 4171003

0

Shubham

Kumar

24.

5

31 78.9

2

3 Y 23.

0

29 79.4

3

3 Y 23.

5

30 78.3

3

3 Y

3 4171005

5

Ankur 24.

2

31 77.9

6

3 Y 22.

6

29 78.0

5

3 Y 23.

2

30 77.3

3

3 Y

Average

3.00

3.00

3.00


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from


percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5 Distribute result of CO attainment (in % as mentioned in the above table) over PO’s as per


Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 66.7 33.3 100.0 66.7 100.0

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 33.3 66.7 33.3 100.0

CO3 100.0 100.00 33.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Avg 100 67 55.6 88.9 66.7 100.0

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 71.4 71.43 47.6 23.8 71.4 47.6 71.4

CO2 64.3 64.29 64.3 21.4 42.9 21.4 64.3

CO3 64.3 64.29 21.4 64.3 64.3 64.3 64.3 Avg 67 44 36.5 59.5 44.4 66.7


Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 95.5 95.45 63.6 31.8 95.5 63.6 95.5

CO2 95.5 95.45 95.5 31.8 63.6 31.8 95.5

CO3 95.5 95.45 31.8 95.5 95.5 95.5 95.5 Avg 95 64 53.0 84.8 63.6 95.5

Subject Name & code: Commercial Bank Management MBA-254




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA254

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA-254

PO2 MBA-254

PO3 MBA-254

PO4 MBA-254

PO5 MBA-254


COMMERCIAL

BANK

MANAGEMENT

(MBA-254)

CO1 Evaluate the role of banking in the economy, their

structure, and the regulatory environment in which

they operate

CO2 Demonstrate the analytical foundations related to the

asset-liability management (ALM) of Banks, the risks

involved, and the impact on the valuation

CO3 Evaluate the management of the lending, investment

and trading activities, the related risks and the

management of these risks


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 2 1 1 1

CO2 1 3 1 2 2

CO3 3 1 1 1 3

Step 3



Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710009 Imran Rafiq 25.9 31 83.55 3 Y 24.2 29 83.45 3 Y 24.9 30 83.00 3 Y


3 41710055 Ankur 26.8 31 86.56 3 Y 25.2 29 86.78 3 Y 26.0 30 86.67 3 Y

Average 3.00 3.00 3.00


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE

ON SCALE

OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained

from the



who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 66.7 66.7 33.3 33.3 33.3

CO2 100.0 33.3 100.0 33.3 66.7 66.7

CO3 100.0 100.0 33.3 33.3 33.3 100.0

Avg. 100 67 66.7 33.3 44.4 66.7

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO

attainment

wrt to set

target level of

CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.00 66.7 66.7 33.3 33.3 33.3

CO2 100.00 33.3 100.0 33.3 66.7 66.7

CO3 92.86 92.9 31.0 31.0 31.0 92.9

Avg. 98 64 65.9 32.5 43.7 64.3


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment wrt to set target

level of CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 95.65 63.8 63.8 31.9 31.9 31.9

CO2 95.65 31.9 95.7 31.9 63.8 63.8

CO3 95.65 95.7 31.9 31.9 31.9 95.7

Avg. 96 64 63.8 31.9 42.5 63.8

Subject Name & code: Retail Management MBA-216




survey



Pos Attainment

Step 1




MBA 216

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 216

PO2 MBA 216

PO3

PO4 MBA 216

PO5 MBA 216


RETAIL

MANAGEMENT

(MBA 216)

CO1 To empower the students with an understanding of the operations

of retail outlets

CO2 To make the students learn how creativity in retailing is used for

sales

CO3 To let them know about social viability of the business and how to

design a retail outlet to control the business better and offer more

in less space.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 2 2 2

CO2 2 2

CO3 1 2 2

CO4 2 2 2


Step 3


S.

No

Roll No CO1 CO2 CO3

MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 23.3 31 75.05 3 Y 21.5 29 74.02 3 Y 21.3 30 70.89 3 Y

2 41710004 19.3 31 62.37 2 N 18.1 29 62.41 2 N 18.6 30 61.89 2 N

3 41710007 22.0 31 70.97 3 Y 20.0 29 68.85 3 Y 20.0 30 66.78 3 Y

4 41710026 23.5 31 75.86 3 Y 21.3 29 73.56 3 Y 21.2 30 70.50 3 Y

5 41710027 21.2 31 68.39 3 Y 19.4 29 66.78 3 Y 19.4 30 64.78 2 N

6 41710029 21.7 31 70.11 3 Y 20.2 29 69.77 3 Y 21.0 30 70.11 3 Y

7 41710034 24.0 31 77.47 3 Y 22.2 29 76.55 3 Y 22.8 30 75.94 3 Y

8 41710051 20.1 31 64.95 2 N 18.7 29 64.48 2 N 19.2 30 63.89 2 N

9 41710054 22.7 31 73.12 3 Y 20.3 29 70.11 3 Y 20.0 30 66.67 3 Y

10 41710057 20.3 31 65.38 3 Y 18.7 29 64.60 2 N 19.0 30 63.33 2 N

11 41710076 17.3 31 55.91 2 N 16.5 29 56.78 2 N 17.2 30 57.33 2 N

12 41710077 22.9 31 73.98 3 Y 20.3 29 69.89 3 Y 19.8 30 66.00 3 Y

13 41710079 26.7 31 86.24 3 Y 24.6 29 84.83 3 Y 24.7 30 82.22 3 Y

14 41710082 0.0 31 0.00 1 N 0.0 29 0.00 1 N 0.0 30 0.00 1 N


Step 4


CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the


who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 1 point in

the COs)

CO1 2.64 71.43 21.43 7.14

CO2 2.57 64.29 28.57 7.14

CO3 2.50 57.14 35.71 7.14

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 71.43 71.43 47.62 47.62

47.62

CO2 64.29 64.29 42.86

42.86

CO3 57.14 57.14 19.05

38.10 38.10

Avg 64.29 36.51 47.62

40.48 42.86

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 80.95 80.95 53.97 53.97 0.00 53.97

CO2 80.95 80.95 53.97 0.00 53.97 0.00

CO3 80.95 80.95 26.98 0.00 53.97 53.97

Avg 80.95 44.97 53.97 53.97 53.97


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.00 100.00 66.67 66.67

66.67

CO2 100.00 100.00 66.67

66.67

CO3 100.00 100.00 33.33

66.67 66.67

Avg 100.00 55.56 66.67

66.67 66.67

Subject Name & code: Relationship Marketing MBA-226




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 226

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 226

PO2

PO3 MBA 226

PO4 MBA 226

PO5 MBA 226


RELATIONSHIP

MARKETING

(MBA 226)

CO1 Analysing relationship theory and relationship economics from the

point of view of the customer and the organisation.

CO2 Exploring an organisation's relational strategies with different

stakeholder groups.

CO3 Knowledge to formulate and assess strategic, operational and

tactical CRM decisions as well.


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 3 2 2

CO2 2 2 1 2

CO3 2 2 1 2

Step 3



Table No 3


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 25.8 31 83.12 3 Y 24.4 29 84.14 3 Y 25.3 30 84.44 3 Y



4 41710026 Sushobhan 21.1 31 68.06 3 Y 19.5 29 67.24 3 Y 19.9 30 66.33 3 Y


6 41710029 Vipul Sen 22.0 31 71.08 3 Y 21.0 29 72.30 3 Y 22.0 30 73.33 3 Y


8 41710051 Aadi Singhal 23.5 31 75.81 3 Y 21.1 29 72.76 3 Y 20.9 30 69.67 3 Y

9 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 25.9 31 83.66 3 Y 24.0 29 82.87 3 Y 24.5 30 81.78 3 Y


11 41710076 Samridh Kumar Pandey 20.8 31 67.20 3 Y 18.6 29 64.25 3 Y 18.0 30 60.11 3 Y

12 41710077 Ayush Jha 21.0 31 67.63 3 Y 20.1 29 69.31 3 Y 20.9 30 69.78 3 Y

13 41710079 Mansi 27.9 31 90.00 3 Y 25.8 29 88.85 3 Y 26.3 30 87.78 3 Y


Average 2.86 2.86


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the


who have scored 2

point in the COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.86 92.86 0.00 7.14

CO2 2.86 92.86 0.00 7.14

CO3 2.86 92.86 0.00 7.14

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


set target level of

CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 92.9 92.86 92.9 92.9 61.9 61.9

CO2 92.9 92.86 61.9 61.9 31.0 61.9

CO3 92.9 92.86 61.9 61.9 31.0 61.9 Avg 93 72 72.2 41.3 61.9

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 90.5 90.48 90.5 90.5 60.3 60.3

CO2 90.5 90.48 60.3 60.3 30.2 60.3

CO3 90.5 90.48 60.3 60.3 30.2 60.3 Avg 90 70 70.4 40.2 60.3


Table No 5 (2020-21)



Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 100.0 66.7 66.7

CO2 100.0 100.00 66.7 66.7 33.3 66.7

CO3 100.0 100.00 66.7 66.7 33.3 66.7 Avg 100 78 77.8 44.4 66.7

Subject Name & code: Marketing of Services MBA-236




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA236

PO2 MBA236

PO3 MBA236

PO4 MBA236

PO5 MBA236


MARKETING OF

SERVICES (MBA

236)

CO1 Basic knowledge of marketing issues associated with service

gaps, perceived quality, customer satisfaction and loyalty

CO2 Apply relevant services marketing theory, research and analysis

skills to contemporary case studies and communicate outcomes

employing professional discourse and formats.

CO3 Conduct an investigation of service delivery systems, collecting,

analyzing data, and synthesizing information to provide valid

conclusions.


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 2 1 2

CO2 3 2 2 1 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 3 2 2 1 2


Table No 3

S.

No

Roll No CO1 CO2 CO3


1 41710001 24.8 31 80 3 Y 22.5 29 77.7 3 Y 22.7 30 75.56 3 Y

2 41710004 24.9 31 80.43 3 Y 22.6 29 77.82 3 Y 22.5 30 75 3 Y

3 41710007 23.6 31 76.13 3 Y 21.6 29 74.6 3 Y 21.8 30 72.56 3 Y

4 41710026 23.9 31 77.1 3 Y 22.4 29 77.13 3 Y 22.7 30 75.78 3 Y

5 41710027 24.7 31 79.68 3 Y 23 29 79.2 3 Y 23.3 30 77.78 3 Y

6 41710029 25 31 80.48 3 Y 22.9 29 78.97 3 Y 23.2 30 77.17 3 Y

7 41710034 27.2 31 87.85 3 Y 25.5 29 87.82 3 Y 26.3 30 87.67 3 Y

8 41710051 25.1 31 81.08 3 Y 23.1 29 79.54 3 Y 22.8 30 76 3 Y

9 41710054 26.3 31 84.95 3 Y 24.6 29 84.94 3 Y 25 30 83.44 3 Y

10 41710057 24.3 31 78.39 3 Y 22.3 29 77.01 3 Y 22.4 30 74.56 3 Y

11 41710076 24.3 31 78.39 3 Y 22.3 29 77.01 3 Y 22.4 30 74.56 3 Y

12 41710077 25.2 31 81.4 3 Y 23 29 79.2 3 Y 22.8 30 76 3 Y

13 41710079 28.5 31 91.83 3 Y 26.5 29 91.38 3 Y 27 30 90.11 3 Y

14 41710082 0 31 0 1 N 0 29 0 1 N 0 30 0 1 N

Average 2.86 2.86 2.86


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

(Obtained from

the above table)

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 3 point in

the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have

scored 2 point in

the COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.86 92.86 0 7.14

CO2 2.86 92.86 0 7.14

CO3 2.86 92.86 0 7.14

Table No 5 (2018-2019)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 92.9 92.86 92.9 61.9 61.9 31.0 61.9

CO2 92.9 92.86 92.9 61.9 61.9 31.0 61.9

CO3 92.9 92.86 61.9 61.9 61.9 61.9 61.9 Avg 93 83 61.9 61.9 41.3 61.9

Table 5 (2019-2020)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 23.8 23.81 23.8 15.9 15.9 7.9 15.9

CO2 52.4 52.38 52.4 34.9 34.9 17.5 34.9

CO3 52.4 52.38 34.9 34.9 34.9 34.9 34.9 Avg 43 37 28.6 28.6 20.1 28.6

Table 5 (2020-2021)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 66.7 33.3 66.7

CO2 100.0 100.00 100.0 66.7 66.7 33.3 66.7

CO3 100.0 100.00 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.7 Avg 100 89 66.7 66.7 44.4 66.7


Subject Name & code: Supply Chain Management MBA-246




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA-246

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 246

PO2 MBA 246

PO3

PO4 MBA 246

PO5 MBA 246

Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 1

CO2 2 3 1

CO3 3 2

Step 3



SUPPLY CHAIN

MANAGEMENT

(MBA246)

CO1 Ability to examine the design and performance of supply

networks and processes in different business contexts.

CO2 Develop capabilities in forecasting, coordination for

supply chain integration, inventory management,

procurement, JIT, product and process design,

CO3 Understanding of global supply chain management.


Table No 3

S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 26.3 31 84.95 3 Y 24.5 29 84.37 3 Y 24.7 30 82.33 3 Y


3 41710007 Yogesh Kumar

Bajpai

21.6 31 69.78 3 Y 19.8 29 68.28 3 Y 19.6 30 65.22 3 Y

4 41710026 Sushobhan 23.1 31 74.52 3 Y 20.0 29 68.85 3 Y 18.9 30 63.11 3 Y

5 41710027 Ashish

Aggarwal

24.7 31 79.68 3 Y 23.5 29 80.92 3 Y 24.3 30 81.11 3 Y

6 41710029 Vipul Sen 23.9 31 77.20 3 Y 21.4 29 73.68 3 Y 20.7 30 69.00 3 Y


8 41710051 Aadi Singhal 20.8 31 67.20 3 Y 19.4 29 66.78 3 Y 19.3 30 64.33 3 Y

9 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 26.7 31 86.24 3 Y 24.9 29 85.75 3 Y 25.4 30 84.67 3 Y

10 41710057 Viresh

Khorwal

21.9 31 70.65 3 Y 20.0 29 68.85 3 Y 19.6 30 65.44 3 Y

11 41710076 Samridh

Kumar Pandey

23.5 31 75.91 3 Y 21.3 29 73.45 3 Y 20.7 30 68.89 3 Y

12 41710077 Ayush Jha 19.9 31 64.19 3 Y 19.4 29 67.01 3 Y 20.7 30 68.89 3 Y

13 41710079 Mansi 26.2 31 84.52 3 Y 24.7 29 85.06 3 Y 25.1 30 83.78 3 Y Average 3.00 3.00 3.00


Step 4


Table No 4

CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the percentage of

students who have scored 3

point in the COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 2

point in the

COs)

1 (This is the

percentage of

students who

have scored 1

point in the

COs)

CO1 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO2 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

CO3 3.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 33.3

CO2 100.0 100.00 66.7 100.0

33.3

CO3 100.0 100.00 100.0

66.7

Avg 100 89 66.7

66.7 33.3

Table No 5 (2019-20)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 90.5 90.48 90.5 30.2

CO2 90.5 90.48 60.3 90.5

30.2

CO3 90.5 90.48 90.5

60.3

Avg 90 80 60.3

60.3 30.2


Table No 5 (2020-21)

CO CO attainment

wrt set target

level of CO

Limit to max

value of CO

attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.0 100.00 100.0 33.3

CO2 100.0 100.00 66.7 100.0

33.3

CO3 86.7 86.67 86.7

57.8

Avg 96 84 66.7

57.8 33.3

Subject Name & code: Emerging Concepts in Marketing-II MBA-256




survey



POs Attainment

Step 1




MBA 256

Table No 1

POs Course

PO1 MBA 256

PO2

PO3 MBA 256

PO4 MBA 256

PO5 MBA 256


EMERGING

CONCEPTS IN

MARKETING-

II (MBA 256)

CO1 To make them understand the psychology of a customer better in

technicality and logically

CO2 To teach them the application of sustainable marketing techniques

in the favor of an organisation

CO3 To acquaint the students with the understanding of social factor

impact on customer psychology


Step 2


Table No 2


CO1 3 2 1 1

CO2 3 0 1 2

CO3 2 0 1 2

CO4 3 2 1 1


Step 3


S.

No


MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N MO MM %

age

Score Y/N

1 41710001 Abdul Majid 18.7 31 60.27 2 N 18.5 29 63.68 2 N 19.9 30 66.17 3 Y


3 41710007 Yogesh Kumar Bajpai 17.2 31 55.48 2 N 16.9 29 58.28 2 N 17.9 30 59.67 2 N

4 41710026 Sushobhan 17.6 31 56.72 2 N 16.1 29 55.63 2 N 16.3 30 54.28 1 N

5 41710027 Ashish Aggarwal 20.0 31 64.57 2 N 18.5 29 63.91 2 N 18.5 30 61.50 2 N

6 41710029 Vipul Sen 20.5 31 66.18 3 Y 18.7 29 64.37 2 N 18.8 30 62.72 2 N


8 41710051 Aadi Singhal 18.5 31 59.57 2 N 17.9 29 61.84 2 N 18.6 30 62.00 2 N

9 41710054 Manvi Kapoor 22.9 31 73.76 3 Y 21.4 29 73.68 3 Y 21.8 30 72.56 3 Y



12 41710077 Ayush Jha 18.8 31 60.70 2 N 18.2 29 62.64 2 N 19.0 30 63.39 2 N

13 41710079 Mansi 23.8 31 76.72 3 Y 22.6 29 77.93 3 Y 23.6 30 78.72 3 Y


Average 2.07 2 2


Step 4


CO Alignment

CO GRADING

AVERAGE ON

SCALE OF 3

DISTRIBUTION % AGE

(Obtained from

the above table)

3 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

2 (This is the

percentage of

students who have


COs)

1 (This is the


who have scored 1

point in the COs)

CO1 2.07 28.57 50.00 21.43

CO2 2.00 21.43 57.14 21.43

CO3 2.00 28.57 42.86 28.57

Step 5



Table No 5 (2018-19)


target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 28.57 28.57 28.57

19.05 9.52 9.52

CO2 21.43 21.43 21.43

7.14 14.29

CO3 28.57 28.57 19.05

9.52 19.05

Avg 26.19 23.02

19.05 8.73 14.29

Table No 5 (2019-20)


target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 85.71 85.71 85.71 57.14 28.57 28.57

CO2 80.95 80.95 80.95 26.98 53.97

CO3 80.95 80.95 53.97 26.98 53.97

Avg 82.54 73.54 57.14 27.51 45.50

Table No 5 (2020-21)


target level of CO

Limit to max value

of CO attainment

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 100.00 100.00 100.00 66.67 33.33 33.33

CO2 100.00 100.00 100.00 0.00 33.33 66.67

CO3 100.00 100.00 66.67 0.00 33.33 66.67

Avg 100.00 88.89 66.67 33.33 55.56


CRITERIA 4: CURRICULUM AND LEARNING PROCESS (125)

4.1 Curriculum (40)

4.1.1 State the process for designing the program curriculum (10)

The NIT is an autonomous Institution of National Importance. All the procedures are centralised.

The President is the topmost authority in hierarchy followed by MHRD. SENATE assigns the task

of designing program curriculum to the Board of Studies (BOS). The BOS decides the program

for MBA in consultation with the SENATE Program curriculum is sent to SENATE for final

approval.

EXISTING

SYLLABUS

2018-19

GAP ANALYSIS BY

DEPT CURRICULUM

COMMITTEE

Program Outcomes OR

POs OF MBA program

with three streams

CURRICULUM COMMITTEE-DEPT OF BUSINESS ADMINSTRATION IN CONSULTATION WITH STAKE HOLDERS

DRAFT CURRICULUM 2019-20

COMPLIANT WITH NBA REQUIREMENTS

BOARD OF STUDIES

APPROVES

NIT SENATE APPROVES

INTERNAL

AND

EXTERNAL

STAKE

HOLDERS

STAKE HOLDERS DOWNLOAD FOR

IMPLEMENTATION AND FUTURE REVIEWS

CURRICULUM PUBLISHED ON WEBSITE


After SENATE’s approval, the curriculum is published on NIT’s website for implementation.

Stake holders are expected to keep on giving feedback for continuous improvements in the

curriculum.

4.1.2 Structure of the Curriculum (10)

Course

Code

Course Title Total Number of contact hours Credits

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

# (P)

Total

Hours

Credits

MBA –

101

Principles& Practices of

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

103

Organization Behavior 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

105

Managerial Economics 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

107

Accounting for Managers 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

109

Business Environment 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

111

Soft Skills Development 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

113

Business Statistics 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

115

Computer Application in

Management

2 0 2 4 3.0

MBA -

102

Financial Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

104

Human Resource

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

106

Production & Operation

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

108

Marketing Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

110

Total Quality Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

112

Business Ethics 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

114

Research Methodology 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

116

Management Information

System

3 1 0 4 3.5


Course

Code


Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

# (P)

Total

Hours

Credits

MBA-

201

International Business 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

203

Business Law & Corporate

Taxation

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

205

Entrepreneurship

Development

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

211

Labour Laws 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

221

Organizational Change and

Development

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

231

Management Training and

Development

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

241

Counselling Skills for

Managers

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

251

Performance Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

213


Markets

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

223

Merchant Banking &

Financial Services

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

233

Security Analysis & Portfolio

Management.

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

243

Insurance and Risk

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

253

Project Finance 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

215


Communication

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

225


Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

235

Product & Brand Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

245

Consumer Behaviour 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

255


Marketing

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

207

Summer Training Report 4.0

MBA -

202

Strategic Management 3 1 0 4 3.5


Course

Code


Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

# (P)

Total

Hours

Credits

MBA -

204

Digital Marketing and E-

Commerce

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

206

Dissertation Project 6.0

MBA -

212

Human Resource

Development: Strategies and

Systems

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

222


Relations

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

232


Dynamics

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

242

Compensation Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

252

Cross Cultural Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

214


Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

224

Working Capital Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

234

Derivatives Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

244

Microfinance 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

254

Commercial Bank

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

216

Retail Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

226

Relationship Marketing 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

236

Marketing of Services 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

246

Supply Chain Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

256


Marketing

3 1 0 4 3.5

Total 200 188

#Seminar, project works may be considered as practical


4.1.3 State the components of the curriculum (15)

Program curriculum grouping based on course components

Course component Curriculum Content

(% of total number of

credits of the program

Total number of

contact hours

Total number of

credits

Program Core 37.234% 70*4=280 (7+8+3+2=20*3.5)

=70

Program Electives 55.851% 105*4==420 30*3.5=105

Open Electives Nil Nil Nil

Summer Project/

Internship/Seminars

2.127% 4 1*4.0=4.0

Final Dissertation 3.191% 4 1*6=6

Any other (Specify)

Practical

1.595% 4 3

Total number of credits 100.00% 712 188

The Department provides three specializations having 5 courses each in 3rd and 4th sem (of 3.5

credit each). The student opts for any one specialization and studies 5 courses (of 3.5 credit each)

in each of the 3rd and 4th sem.

4.1.4 Overall quality and level of program curriculum (15)

The assessment scheme for each course is as follows.



Class participation – 10 marks (Class participation includes presentations, assignments,

role play exercises, management games, Case Studies and other activities etc. the Faculty

members shall share the evaluation criterion with the students at the beginning of the

session)


End term - 50 marks

For seminar and dissertation, the assessment is done on hundred marks. For Computer Application

in Management (CAM) the assessment scheme is as follows.



Class participation - 20 marks (Class participation includes assignments and practical

demonstrations of various practical problems)


End term - 40 marks


The class participation mark is decided based on the various activities conducted by the faculties

such as quiz, role play, games, assignments, presentation etc.

The class participation marks are solely decided by the teacher or the person in charge on the basis

of different activities like presentation, quiz, class tests, games etc.

4.1.5 State the process used to identify extent of compliance of the University curriculum for

attaining the Program Outcomes (10)

Being an autonomous institution, we design our own curriculum.

4.1.6 Appropriateness of the gaps identified and actions taken to bridge the gap (15)

Once the gaps are identified as per the attainment, following Steps are taken to bridge these gaps:

Quizzes

Class assignments

Industrial visits

Management games

Personality development courses

Student seminars

Guest lectures

Group discussions in class

Remedial sessions, etc.

The institution conducts quizzes on routine basis due to which students remain up to date with the

knowledge they are imparted in the regular classes. Class assignment allocation is done by

respective subject internal faculties and assessed by them. The frequency of class assignment is

decided by faculties after evaluation of data.

Industrial visits are conducted once in every semester to make studies aware about the external,

real world scenario. Management games and fests are conducted to impart creative thinking in

Sr.

No

Semester Internal assessment End term examination Total Credit

1 Semester1 410 390 800 27.5

2 Semester2 400 400 800 28

3 Semester3 400 500 900 32

4 Semester4 350 450 800 30.5

118


students. Industrial professionals and veterans are invited to the institution to enlighten students

about various subjects and their dynamics. Guest sessions for personality development are

conducted on centralised platform for all the students.

Student’s seminar are also conducted two to three times in each semester. Group discussions are a

vital part of regular classes and is conducted at regular interval of time. The institutions have also

arranged for remedial classes for slow learning students, to clarify their concepts and help them

achieve good grades.

4.2 Learning Processes (75)

4.2.1 Describe Processes followed to improve quality of Teaching & Learning (20)

The department creates the academic calendar based on the institution academic calendar.

For each course the concern faculty creates a session plan and the same is shared with the

students.

Every faculty member shares PPT and their course related information to the respective

students. The students may assess the same through the mobile APP.

Course file are prepared by every faculty with course objective and outcomes.

A continues internal assessment process is in place for every course. Faculties use a variety

of techniques such as quiz, class test, case study, group discussion etc. to assess the

understanding of the student about the subject.

The institution provides adequate infrastructure such as ICT class rooms Wi-Fi well

equipped library to support teaching learning process.

Faculty use a number of student centric methodology such as student seminar, group

discussion etc.

Collaborative learning is encouraged for the students in a number of courses. While there

are number of courses such as dissertation, project etc., which are specifically focused

towards collaborative learning, other faculties also try to use collaborative learning as a

tool as a part of the course through various activities.

For improvement of teaching quality, institution has introduced a feedback system, where all

the students can give their feedbacks and suggestions. All the feedbacks received from the students


are segregated and sent to respective faculties so that they can understand students’ point of view

and improve their teaching facilities.

Institution also uses social media as a platform to keep their students updated. WhatsApp groups

are created and all the notices, notes, assignments, case studies, session plans, timetables, etc. are

floated in that group. The students can also use the same platform to solve their queries and give

feedback to faculties.

The Session plan, internal marking and grading system are decided by the faculties. The

department is independent and faculties are free to decide and design it. Faculties can design their

session plan and float it out to students via favourable means. The faculties can evaluate students

according to their criteria and assign marks. All the internal marks for all the students are calculated

and uploaded on the software accessible by students. All the faculties are obliged to show answer

sheets, quiz papers, class assignment, etc. to students so that they can understand the evaluation

criteria properly. At the end of semester one final examination is conducted which has fixed

maximum marks.

For slow learners, institution has designed remedial classes that help them for final examination.

There are also mentors assigned to each student for consultation. Students that are in second year

are assigned as mentors to the students of first year so that they can take guidance during mentor-

mentee session or during informal meetings.

For advance learners, the institution facilitates them with advanced case studies and research

papers. They are given real life problems to solve and increase their intellect. These students are

also encouraged to participate in external inter college fests. These students can also publish their

papers in journals. There is a set criterion on which publication of their research paper is permitted.

The students who are in second year and have achieved A+ in their research papers can publish

them in journals.

4.2.2 Quality of continuous assessment and evaluation processes (40)

The institution employees’ number of direct and indirect techniques through internal assessment

and end term assessment to assess the performance of the students. The focus of the assessment is

to assess the competency of the students towards the attainment of the program outcome and course

outcome. The internal assessment consists of two mid-term examinations, marks for attendance,


marks for class participation. Each faculty uses different techniques for assessment of performance

of the student for the class participation.

Each question in the internal assessment and end-term examination is mapped to course outcome.

The faculty ensure that all course outcomes are evenly covered through the mid-term examinations

as well as the end-term examinations. The institution uses an online software to calculate and

monitor the attainment of programme outcome and course outcome of the students.

Assessment rubrics are created by every faculty for indirect assessment. Assessment rubrics are

created individually for different set of activities.

Course exit Survey

Course exit survey is taken from every student on completion of the course and the same is used

as one of the indirect evaluation techniques for the general performance of the course.

For continuous assessment and evaluation, the institution conducts continuous internal

assessment as per the academic calendar. Also, various parameters like quiz, class test, class

presentation, assignments, etc. are used to assess the students. The students are also informed by

notice or circular prior conducting the above-mentioned.

For Short attendance, institution is very strict and specific. The attendance data is circulated and

displayed thrice in a semester. In the first notice, all the students who are having less than 75%

attendance are listed. As a process, the student and his/her parents are informed over telephonic

discussion. The second notice when rolled out, those from first list are monitored and if there is no

improvement in their attendance, the institution looks into each of them personally. It investigates

whether the student is a hosteller or a boarding student. They carry out all the investigation and

tries to regulate them using different methods like calling parents-teacher’s meeting, counselling,

etc. In the third list, the students who have attendance less than 65% are not allowed to attend the

final examination.

During Orientation program, all the students are informed about the institution, its grading and

assessment system, policies, placement facilities, infrastructure facilities, and other extra-

curricular activities that are conducted by the institution. Each student is also provided with a

handbook that included the program curriculum and academic calendar in it.


Projects and Internship, All the students have to undergo one internship program after the

completion of second semester. This internship is generally of 6-8 weeks. The students have to go

to different industries and learn the work process of it. Some domain students also conduct survey

using questionnaire as survey tool and makes reports. The internship programs are compulsory

and is evaluated at the end of fourth semester. Internships are carried out under the guidance of

internal faculty; each student is assigned a faculty supervisor for projects to help the students

through. Final presentation is assessed by external examiner.

For Placements, the institution has set criteria. The students should have 7.5 CGPA, no backlogs

and obtained at least 60% marks in their 10th and 12th Board exam. The institution provides

centralised training and placement program to all the students. Institution also takes feedback on

placements and training programs from students to keep improving and bettering it with each

feedback. The institution also has an independent feedback system that takes a 360° feedback at

regular interval of time.


4.2.3 Quality of Student Reports/Dissertation (15)

The primary focus for assessment of student report or dissertation is to ensure that the students

attain the competency related to the associated program outcomes. A number of parameters are

put in place to assess the quality of report such as

Clarity of project objective.

Clarity of methodology.

Clarity of steps.

Technical terms and tools used if substantial current and good quality literature cited.

Quality and clarity of research methodology.

The quality of bench marking tools used.

Interpretation of result and overall presentation of the report.

The quality of student’s reports is mainly dependent on the primary and secondary data that are

collected by the students. There are different criteria for each specialisation. For marketing and

Human Resource specialisation, the students mostly collect data using questionnaire as a survey

tool and presents it. For finance, however they work according to the company norms and policies.

To maintain the quality of reports, institution also checks Plagiarism in each report. The reports

that have plagiarism more than or 20% are not allowed to dissert. The institution uses Turnitin

software to check plagiarism. To assist students in carrying out a quality dissertation, each student

is assigned one faculty supervisor. Faculty supervisor checks the report on regular basis and makes

sure it is of a good quality. The students are required to make three copies of their reports, one is

for central library, second is for college records and third stays with students for their reference.

The institution is also facilitating students with a centralised library and along with this it also

provides full access to Capitaline software system. There are high-end journals and case studies

that are also available for them to explore and learn.

As a part of evaluation of dissertation, institute also conducts mock viva and presentations. The

final viva is however assessed by external examiners.


CRITERIA 5: STUDENTS’ QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE (100)

Year Sanctio

ned

Intake

No. of students

admitted Tot

al

With

in

State

Outsi

de

State

Other

Count

ry

Managem

ent

Stream

Other

Strea

ms

Fresh

er

Experienc

ed*

CAY

2021-

22

53 M 14 22 0 6 30 32 0 36

F 3 5 0 1 7 8 0 8

CAY

m1

2020-

21

53 M 7 17 0 1 23 24 0 24

F 12 15 0 2 25 27 0 27

CAY

m2

2019-

20

53 M 10 7 0 1 16 17 0 17

F 22 8 0 6 24 30 0 30

CAY

m3

2018-

19

60 M 9 17 0 9 17 26 0 26

F 12 10 0 3 19 22 0 22

Total number of students

Admitted

186


Table 5.1 - Student Intake

*Minimum 2 years

Year of entry Total number of students

admitted

Number of students who have

completed

I Year II Year

CAY

44 - -

CAYm1 51 46

2020-22

43

2019-21

CAYm2 (LYG) 47 42

2019-21

45

2018-20

CAYm3

(LYGm1)

48 42

2018-20

24

2017-19

CAYm4

(LYGm2)

26 24

2017-19

42

2016-18

Table 5.2 – Success Rate

CAY=Current Academic Year

CAYm1: Current Academic Year minus 1

CAYm2: Current Academic Year minus 2 = Last Year Graduate (LYG)

CAYm3: Current Academic Year minus 3 = Last Year Graduate

minus 1 (LYGm1) CAYm4: Current Academic Year minus 4 = Last

Year Graduate minus 2 (LYGm2)

5.1. Enrolment Ratio (Admissions) (20)

Enrolment Ratio= Number of students admitted/ Sanctioned intake

Item

(Students enrolled at the First Year Level on average basis during the last three years

starting from current academic year)

Marks

>=90% students enrolled 20





Item

(students enrolled at the First Year

level on average basis during the last

three years starting from current

academic year)

Total Seat Total Admitted %

Year

2021-22 53 44 83.02

2020-21 53 51 96.23

2019-20 53 47 88.68

2018-19 60 48 80.00

2017-18 60 26 43.33

5.2. Success Rate (Students clearing in minimum time) (10)

S.I. = Number of students completing program in minimum duration / Number of

students admitted

Average SI = Mean of Success Index (SI) for past three batches

Success rate = 10 × Average SI

Item Last Year of

Graduate,

LYG

Last Year of

Graduate

minus 1,

LYGm1

Last Year of

Graduate

minus 2,

LYGm2

Last Year of Graduate

minus 3, LYGm3

Number of students

admitted

51 47 48 26

Number of students

who have

graduated in

minimum time

43 45 24

Success Index (SI) 0.914 0.937 0.923

Average SI 0.925

Success Rate 9.2515

5.3. Academic Performance (Percentage marks scored) (10)

Academic Performance = Average API (Academic Performance Index)

API = ((Mean of final Year Grade Point Average of all successful Students on a 10 point

scale) or (Mean of the percentage of marks of all successful students in final year/10)) x

(number of successful students/number of students appeared in the examination)

Successful students are those who have passed in all final year courses.


Academic Performance Batch Batch

2018-20

Batch

2019-21 2017-19

Mean of CGPA or Mean Percentage of all successful

students (X)

8.28 7.96 8.30

Total no. of successful students (Y) 43 45 24

Total no. of students appeared in the examination (Z) 43 45 24

API = x* (Y/Z) 8.28 7.96 8.30

Average API = (AP1 + AP2 + AP3)/3

8.18

5.4. Placement, Higher Studies and Entrepreneurship (40)

Assessment Points = 30 × average placement; N is the total no. of students admitted in first

year

Item CAY

(20-21)

(Batch

2019-21)

CAYm1

(19-20)

(Batch

2018-20)

CAYm2

(18-19)

(Batch

2017-

19)

CAYm3

(17-18)

(Batch

2016-18)

No. of students placed in companies

or Government Sector (x)

27 31 21 29

No. of students pursuing Ph.D. /

Higher Studies (y)

0 0 0

No. of students turned entrepreneur

(In the areas related to management

discipline) (z)

1 1

x + y + z = 27 31 22 30

Placement Index : (x + y + z )/N 62.79 68.89 88.00 68.18

Average placement= (P1 + P2 +

P3)/3

0.73

Assessment Points = 40 × average

placement

29.29


5.4a. Provide the placement data in the below mentioned format with the name of the

program and the assessment year:

Batch 2015-2017:

Sr.

No.

Name Of The Student Placed Enrolment No. Name Of The Employer Id No.

1 Apoorva Mittal 4151003 Tata Aia Life 15-Nitk-01

2 G. Jyothi Ratnam 4151004 Om Careers Ltd. 15-Nitk-02

3 Manish Pahwa 4151007 Jaro Education 15-Nitk-03

4 Kanwaljit Kaur 4151027 Tata Aia Life 15-Nitk-04

5 Sneha Kahndelwal 4152011 Tata Aia Life 15-Nitk-05

6 Pradeep Malik 4151048 Tata Aia Life 15-Nitk-06

7 Mohit Deswal 4151024 Tata Aia Life 15-Nitk-07

8 Kanika Gambhir 4151047 Nc College Of Engineering 15-Nitk-08

9 Manish Dhiman 4151068 Tata Aia Life 15-Nitk-09

10 Arushi 4151002 Tata Aia Life 15-Nitk-10

11 Aastha Leekha 4152003 Nc College Of Engineering 15-Nitk-11

12 Sachin Yadav 4151023 Nc College Of Engineering 15-Nitk-12

13 Arvind Kumar 4152014 Tata Aia Life 15-Nitk-13

14 Neha Narula 4152016 Bajaj Alliance 15-Nitk-14

15 Gaurav Gupta 4151067 Hdfc-Amc 15-Nitk-15

16 Naveen Siwach 4151001 Higher Education 15-Nitk-16

17 Manjul Jain 4151062 Panicle Group 15-Nitk-17

18 Mehak 4151005 Higher Education 15-Nitk-18

19 Kunal 4151008 Higher Education 15-Nitk-19

20 Rahul Arora 4152001 Godrej 15-Nitk-20

21 Vishali Khurana 4152012 Eclerx 15-Nitk-21

22 Aman Sharma 4152013 Icici Bank 15-Nitk-22


Batch 2016-18:

Sr. No. Name Of The Student

Placed

Enrolment No. Name Of The Employer ID No.

1 Yannu Narwal 41610001 HP Cotton 16-NITK-01

2 Ekta 41610003 NC College Of

Engineering

16-NITK-02

3 Ayush Sexena 41610004 Padmini VNA

Mechatronics Pvt. Ltd.

16-NITK-03

4 Anchal 41610005 Guru Nanak Khalsa

Institute Of

Technology And

Management-Technical

Campus

16-NITK-04

5 Harsimran Kaur 41610006 Rex Web Solutions 16-NITK-05

6 Rahul Yadav 41610026 Sandhar Technologies Ltd. 16-NITK-06

7 Deeksha Chopra 41610033 Jugnoo 16-NITK-07

8 Manish Rana 41610038 Zomato 16-NITK-08

9 Vatsal Deepak 41610078 Ernest & Young 16-NITK-09

10 Vaishali Garg 41610084 Swiggy 16-NITK-10

11 Ankita 41610085 Ilabz Technology 16-NITK-11

12 Anmol Gupta 41610007 FARMEX Agro Services

Pvt. Ltd.

16-NITK-12

13 Bhawna Singla 41610039 CA- Ankush Garg & Co 16-NITK-13

14 Nitesh Keshri 41610059 India Infoline Group 16-NITK-14

15 Khushboo 41610061 Intern Kings Services Pvt.

Ltd.

16-NITK-15

16 Hunny 41610064 HDFC Bank Ltd. 16-NITK-16

17 Parneet Kaur 41610087 Oppo Mobiles Pvt. Ltd. 16-NITK-17

18 Snehal Singha 41610013 Byjus 16-NITK-18

19 Syed Saqib Rizvi 41610028 Byjus 16-NITK-19

20 Neeraj Vats 41610053 Ernest & Young 16-NITK-20

21 Neha Yadav 41610057 Interactive Avenues 16-NITK-21

22 Madhumitha V 41610058 ABP News 16-NITK-22

23 Ujjwal Verma 41610060 Zomato 16-NITK-23

24 Mriganka J. Choudhury 41610076 Amul 16-NITK-24

25 Vishwajeet 41610077 Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. 16-NITK-25

26 Mohit Kumar 41610079 India Bulls Home Loan 16-NITK-26

27 Chunar 41610089 Vivanta (By TAJ) 16-NITK-27

28 Sunny 41610011 Policybazaar.Com 16-NITK-28

29 Chinar 41610012 Touchstone Educationals 16-NITK-29


Batch 2017-19

Sr.

No

Name Of The

Student Placed

Enrolment No. Name Of The Employer ID No.

1 Abdhul Majid 41710001 Learning Routes 17-NITK-01

2 Sanchit 41710004 Wurfel Kuche 17-NITK-02

3 Yogesh 41710007 Oyo 17-NITK-03

4 Sushobhan 41710026 Wurfel Kuche 17-NITK-04

5 Ashish 41710027 Extramarks 17-NITK-05

6 Pooja 41710028 Wurfel Kuche 17-NITK-06

7 Vipul 41710029 Udaan 17-NITK-07

8 Shubham Kumar 41710030 Business 17-NITK-08

9 Priya 41710031 Extramarks 17-NITK-09

10 Ekta 41710053 Honda Siel Power 17-NITK-10

11 Manvi 41710054 Lido 17-NITK-11

12 Ankur 41710055 S&P Global 17-NITK-12

13 Viresh 41710057 Wurfel Kuche 17-NITK-13

14 Samriddh 41710076 Wurfel Kuche 17-NITK-14

15 Ayush 41710077 Tech Mahindra 17-NITK-15

16 MANSI 41710079 Wurfel Kuche 17-NITK-16

17 Monika 41710081 Tech Mahindra 17-NITK-17

18 Imran 41710009 Rokhan Institute Of Higher

Education

17-NITK-18

19 Aadi 41710051 Info Edge 17-NITK-19

20 Nishu 41710058 Extra Marks 17-NITK-20

21 Shalini 41710078 Faculty At Institute Of

Engineering And

Technology, Lucknow

17-NITK-21

22 Rohit 41710083 Higher Education 17-NITK-22


Batch 2018-20

Sr.

No.

Student Enrolment ID Employer ID No.

1 Aakash Singhal 41810016 Crowe LLP 18-NITK-01

2 Divam jain 41810021 Crowe LLP 18-NITK-02

3 Supriya Dogra 41810049 Crowe LLP 18-NITK-03

4 Himani 41810005 Crowe LLP 18-NITK-04

5 Vani 41810015 Crowe LLP 18-NITK-05

6 Archana Saini 41810047 Crowe LLP 18-NITK-06

7 Shubham singh 41810023 Crowe LLP 18-NITK-07

8 Nishant Sethi 41810029 Learning Lido 18-NITK-08

9 Vipin Tyagi 41810001 Learning Routes 18-NITK-09

10 Varun Bajaj 41810003 Wurfel Kuche 18-NITK-10

11 Shilpa Sharma 41810014 Tata Autocomp 18-NITK-11

12 Shivam Upadhyay 41810006 Learning Routes 18-NITK-12

13 Kumari Priya 41810044 Learning Routes 18-NITK-13

14 Tista Lather 41810004 Merkle Sokrati 18-NITK-14

15 Sunny Goyat 41810012 Wurfel Kuche 18-NITK-15

16 Diksha Singh 41810030 Wurfel Kuche 18-NITK-16

17 Amit Bhattacharjee 41810036 Wurfel Kuche 18-NITK-17

18 Meghav sharma 41810041 Wurfel Kuche 18-NITK-18

19 Karamveer 41810043 Byjus 18-NITK-19

20 Mohit bhambhani 41810048 Byjus 18-NITK-20

21 Megha 41810033 HDFC Bank 18-NITK-21

22 Ajay 41810037 Kotak Life 18-NITK-22

23 Udeshya kumar 41810010 Byjus 18-NITK-23

24 Jayesh vyas 41810040 Byjus 18-NITK-24

25 Sonali Goel 41810017 KPMG Global Services

Private

18-NITK-25

26 Shaleen Anand 41810042 K.K. University, Bihar 18-NITK-26

27 Siddharth Kumar 41810027 Diametriks 18-NITK-27

28 Manish Kumar

Tiwari

41810035 HDB Financial Services 18-NITK-28

29 Kumari Priya 41810044 Appy Pie LLP 18-NITK-29

30 Chahat Pundir 41810018 Byju’s 18-NITK-30

31 Madhurima Purohit 41810022 Byju’s 18-NITK-31


Batch 2019-21

Sr.

No.

Student Enrolment

ID

Employer ID No.

1 Rachna 41910038 Pure Software 19-NITK-01

2 Rohit 41910046 Pure Software 19-NITK-02

3 Amandeep 41910044 Pure Software 19-NITK-03

4 Shailesh Bhardwaj 41910035 Deloitte, Bartleby 19-NITK-04

5 Surangama 41910031 Bajaj Allianz Life Kolkata 19-NITK-05

6 Kaushiky 41910017 Tech Mahindra 19-NITK-06

7 Prabhdeep 41910014 Tech Mahindra 19-NITK-07

8 Ashish 41910012 Crowe Horwath 19-NITK-08

9 Srishti 41910005 Crowe Horwath 19-NITK-09

10 Akanksha 41910001 Crowe Horwath 19-NITK-10

11 Ritika 41910020 S&P Global 19-NITK-11

12 Prabhleen 41910022 NTT Data Services 19-NITK-12

13 Parubal 41910025 NTT Data Services 19-NITK-13

14 Abhishek 41910043 Religare Broking 19-NITK-14

15 Priya Bansal 41910039 Exoedge 19-NITK-15

16 Shivangi 41910009 Nielsen 19-NITK-16

17 Bhaskar 41910030 Providentia Info Tech 19-NITK-17

18 Surbhi 41910015 Shadowfax 19-NITK-18

19 Lovepreet 41910034 Shadowfax 19-NITK-19

20 Shivani 41910049 Alumni Association, NIT KKR 19-NITK-20

21 Prakriti 41910032 Merkle Sokrati 19-NITK-21

22 Swati 41910028 Square Yards 19-NITK-22

23 Jatin 41910036 Abaca 19-NITK-23

24 Saksham Kukreja 41910010 ANZ Support Services( ANZSSI) 19-NITK-24

25 Savasi 41910041 Share India Delhi 19-NITK-25

26 Vamil 41910042 Boult Audio 19-NITK-26

27 Simran 41910004 Zomato 19-NITK-27


Student Diversity (5)

Category 2021-22 2020-21 2019-

2020

2018-

2019

2017-

2018

Experience

More than 2 years 00 00 00 00 00

More than 1 year but

less than two years

00 00 00 00 01

Less than 1 year 00 00 00 00 01

No experience 44 51 47 48 25

Gender Girls 08 27 30 22 10

Boys 36 24 17 26 17

Diversity

Within state 17 19 32 21 12

Other state 27 32 15 27 14

Outside country 00 00 00 00 01

Qualifications

B.B.M/B.B.A 07 03 06 11 01

B.Com 06 21 23 14 08

B.C.A 00 00 00 00 01

B.Sc 09 10 06 05 01

B.E/B Tech 16 13 09 14 15

B.A 05 04 02 03 01

B.J.M.C 00 00 00 00 00

Other 01 00 01 01 00


5.6. Professional Activities (15)

5.6.1. Students’ participation in Professional societies/chapters and organizing

management events (5)

All the students are encouraged to participate in extracurricular and co-curricular activities in intra

and inter NIT events and events organised by other institutions.

The details of participations and achievements in events are tabulated below:

S.

No

Academic

year

Name of the

student

Name of

Organisers/ Events

Activity Achievement

1 2018-2019 Karamveer

Swati

Himani

Priyanka

Nit Kurukshetra Business Plan 2nd position

2 2018-2019 Karamveer

Varun Bajaj

Swati Arora

Amit

Nit Kurukshetra Business Plan 1 position

3 2018-2019 1.Varun Bajaj

2.Karamveer

Sri Guru Nanak

Dev Khalsa

College, University

of Delhi

Startup Mania I position

4 2018-2019 Karamveer Nirma university

B plan 3rd position

5 2019 Surbhi

Lovepreet

singh

Techspardha, Nit

Kurukshetra

Ghostprotocol 1st position

6 2019 Surbhi

Pushpita

Shikha

Prabhdeep

Shailesh

Techspardha, Nit

Kurukshetra

Ad mad 1st position

7 2019 Amandeep

Sirohi

Techspardha, Nit

Kurukshetra

Corporate

Roadies

2nd position

8 2019 Ashish

Lovepreet

Rachna

Priya Bansal

Kaushiky

Techspardha,NIT

Kurukshetra

AD-MAD 2nd Position

9 2019 Lovepreet

Singh

UTKARSH Singing 1st Position

10 2019 Ashish Techspardha,NIT

Kurukshetra

Espirit-de-

corps

2nd Position


S.

No

Academic

year

Name of the

student

Name of

Organisers/ Events


Lovepreet

Singh

Rachna

Shivangi

Priya Bansal

11 2019 Ashish

Rachna

Kaushiky

Techspardha,NIT

Kurukshetra

All rounder 2nd position

12 2019 Puspita

Purkayastha

Confluence,NIT

Kurukshetra

Best Female

Model,Libas

Winner

13 2019 Puspita

Purkayastha

Confluence,NIT

Kurukshetra

Libas(Group

Performance)

2nd position

14 2019 Shikha

Puspita

Purkayastha

Techspardha,NIT

Kurukshetra

Ghost Protocol 2nd position

15 2019 Surangama

Akanksha

Kyntiak

Nikita

Techspardha,NIT

Kurukshetra

B PLAN 2nd position

16 2019 Ashish Techspardha,NIT

Kurukshetra

Future CEO 1ST Position

17 2019 Akanksha

Kyntiak

Prakriti

Confluence,NIT

Kurukshetra

Dum-C 2nd position

18 2019 Akanksha

Kyntiak

Prakriti

Confluence,NIT

Kurukshetra

BBS 2ND Position

19 2020 Nandini

Purohit

Finance club of

NIT Kurukshetra

Battle of

Article

3rd Position

20 2020 Udayna

Mohindroo

Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Impiego 2nd Position

21 2020 Akshita

Mishra

Divya

Chaudhary

Silvia

Tarun Arya

Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Case On Point 1st Position

22 2020 Devesh Mehra

Ridhi Kochar

Rishabh

Mahajan

Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Case On Point 2nd Position


S.

No

Academic

year

Name of the

student

Name of

Organisers/ Events


Udayna

Mohindroo

23 2020 Ridhi Kochar Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Corporate

Roadies

1st Position

24 2020 Gagan Panwar Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Corporate

Roadies

2nd Position

25 2020 Deepak

Yadav

Silvia

Tarun Arya

Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

AD MAD 1st Position

26 2020 Neha Sachan Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Impressum 1st Position

27 2020 Silvia Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Debugmania 2nd Position

28 2020 Akshita

Mishra

Divya

Chaudhary

Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Innovate for

India

2nd Position

29 2020 Deepak

Yadav,

Dhruv,

Praveen

Kumar

Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Business Stars 1st Position

30 2020 Harish Kumar

Himanshi

Yashika

Mittal

Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Business Stars 2nd Position

31 2020 Divya

Chaudhary

Altius, NIT

Kurukshetra

Aristotle 2nd Position

32 2021 Ridhi Kochar PRADARSHAN

(self-composed

poetry recitals)

DTU (formerly

Delhi College

of Engineering)

3rd Position

33 2021 Udayna

Mohindroo

Usha Pravin

Gandhi College of

Arts, Science and

Commerce

Photography

Competition

3rd Position

34 2021 Rishabh

Mahajan

Udayna

Mohindroo

Infusion, IIM

Rohtak

Jugaadu Fi 3rd Position

35 2021 Ridhi Kochar

Rishabh

Mahajan

Trishna, ICFAI

Business School

(IBS)

Excogitate 2nd Position


S.

No

Academic

year

Name of the

student

Name of

Organisers/ Events


Udayna

Mohindroo

2021 Ridhi Kochar PRADARSHAN

(self-composed

poetry recitals)

DTU (formerly

Delhi College

of Engineering)

3rd Position

The department has conducted two-day Management Fest ‘VIHAAN’18’ on April, 12-13, 2018.

Here students from all over India from various educational institutions have participated in it.

5.6.2. Students’ publications (10)

S.

No.

Date of

Publication

Name of the

students

Name of the

publication

Title of the paper

1 Jan-June

2017

Mr. Naveen UGC referred

journals

‘Impact of Employees’ Perception

on Organisation Politics in Banking

Industry

2 May-June

2020

Himani Saini UGC referred

journals

‘Effectiveness of Employees

Psychological Ownership in

Selected Academic Institutions’

3 May-June

2021

Sanjoli Scopus ‘Micro Finance Institutions and

Woman Empowerment Trends and

Future Directions: A Bibliometric

Analysis’

Students’ Presentation

S.

No.

Date Name of the

students

Place of Paper

Presentation

Title of the paper

1 May- 21-24,

2021

Shailesh

Bhardwaj

International

Management

Conference

2021

Centre for

Management

Studies

Jamia Millia

Islamia. New

Delhi. India

Performance Comparison of

Automated Trading Systems (PROC.

PIVOT. Retracement Strategy) by

Means of Back Test on Zerodha

Streak.

2 May- 21-24,

2021

Lovepreet

Singh

International

Management

Conference

2021

An Analytical Study of Gold ETF

and its Impact on Indian Stock

Market


Centre for

Management

Studies

Jamia Millia

Islamia. New

Delhi. India

3 May- 21-24,

2021

Sanjoli

Singla

International

Management

Conference

2021

Centre for

Management

Studies

Jamia Millia

Islamia. New

Delhi. India

A Bibliometric Analysis of Micro

Finance Institutions and Woman

Empowerment: Trends and Future

Research Directions

4 October 28-

30, 2021

Silvia Entente-2021

NIIT

University

Factors Influencing Customer

Decisions to Buy Green Lakes

Farmland

5 25-26

August 2021

Ms Ridhi

Kochar

Institute of

chartered

accountants of

India

Fund raising in the world of digital

finance from international markets

6 18-20

June2021

Ms. Udayna

Mohindroo

Mr. Rishabh

Mahajan

IIM-INDORE A Meta-Analysis Study to Evaluate

the Effect of Transformational and

Transactional Leadership on Job

Satisfaction

7 28-30 July

2021

Ms. Udayna

Mohindroo

Mr. Rishabh

Mahajan

NIT-Warangal Analyzing Product reviews from E-

commerce websites: Text analytics

and Sentiment analysis approach

8. 29-31 July

2021

Ms. Udayna

Mohindroo

BITS-PILANI Online learning and academic

performance: Mapping literature

through Bibliometric analysis


CRITERION 6: FACULTY ATTRIBUTES AND CONTRIBUTIONS (220)

S.

No

.

Na

me

PA

N N

o.

Qu

ali

fica

tio

n

Area o

f S

peci

ali

za

tio

n

Desi

gn

ati

on

Da

te o

f J

oin

ing

Da

te o

n w

hic

h D

esi

gn

ate

d a

s

Pro

fess

or/

Ass

ocia

te P

rofe

sso

r

Cu

rren

tly

Ass

oci

ate

d

(Y/N

)

Na

ture o

f A

sso

cia

tio

n

(Reg

ula

r/C

on

tra

ct/

Ad

jun

ct)

If c

on

tra

ctu

al

men

tio

n F

ull

tim

e o

r P

art

tim

e

Da

te o

f L

eavin

g

(In

case

Curr

entl

y A

sso

cia

ted

is

“N

o”)

2018-2019

1. Dr. Rajender

Kumar

AIWPK468

0Q

Ph.D Economics,

Human

Resource &

General

Management

Professor 1-11-2017 1-11-2017 Yes Regular Full -

2. Dr. Neeraj

Kaushik

AJKPK757

2J

Ph.D Marketing

Management

Associated

Professor

03-09-2013 03-09-2013 Yes Regular Full -

3. Dr.

Mohammad

Firoz

ALFPM803

0L

Ph.D Finance Assistant

Professor

12-12-2013 12-12-2013 Yes Regular Full -

4. Dr. Manish

Kumar Jha

AGNPJ750

8D


Professor

16-12-2013 16-12-2013 No Regular Full 05-08-2018 (Lien)

5. Dr. Kranti

Walia

AAWPW36

63K

Ph.D Human

Resource

Assistant

Professor

02-08-2016 Yes Contractual Full 08-02-2019

6. Mr. Rachin

Suri

CKBPS673

3H

MBA Marketing Assistant

Professor

1-08-2016 Yes Contractual Full -

7. Ms.

Gagnapreet

Kaur

AZUPK865

2K


Professor

1-08-2016 - Yes Contractual Full -

8. Dr. Neelam

Kaushal

AHOPN262

4C

Ph.D Human

Resource

Assistant

Professor


9. Dr. Meenu

Saini

CHGPS052

9H

Ph.D Human

Resource

Assistant

Professor


2019-20

1. Dr. Rajender

Kumar

AIWPK468

0Q

Ph.D Economics,

Human

Resource &

General

Management


2. Dr. Neeraj

Kaushik

AJKPK757

2J

Ph.D Marketing

Management

Associated

Professor

03-09-2013 03-09-2013 Yes Regular Full -

3. Dr.

Mohammad

Firoz

ALFPM803

0L


Professor

12-12-2013 12-12-2013 Yes Regular Full -


S.

No

.

Na

me

PA

N N

o.

Qu

ali

fica

tio

n

Area o

f S

peci

ali

za

tio

n

Desi

gn

ati

on

Da

te o

f J

oin

ing

Da

te o

n w

hic

h D

esi

gn

ate

d a

s

Pro

fess

or/

Ass

ocia

te P

rofe

sso

r

Cu

rren

tly

Ass

oci

ate

d

(Y/N

)

Na

ture o

f A

sso

cia

tio

n

(Reg

ula

r/C

on

tra

ct/

Ad

jun

ct)

If c

on

tra

ctu

al

men

tio

n F

ull

tim

e o

r P

art

tim

e

Da

te o

f L

eavin

g

(In

case

Curr

entl

y A

sso

cia

ted

is

“N

o”)

4. Dr. Manish

Kumar Jha


Professor


5. Mr. Rachin

Suri

CKBPS673

3H


Professor


6. Ms.

Gagnapreet

Kaur

AZUPK865

2K


Professor


7. Dr. Neelam

Kaushal

AHOPN262

4C

Ph.D Human

Resource

Assistant

Professor


8. Dr. Meenu

Saini

CHGPS052

9H

Ph.D Human

Resource

Assistant

Professor


9. Prof Vikas

Chaudhary

Ph.D General

Management

Professor 01-08-2019 1-11-2017 No Regular Full

10. Dr. Geeta

Sachdeva

Ph.D Human

Resource

Management

Assistant

Professor

01-08-2019 1-11-2017 No Regular Full

11. Dr. Shabnam Ph.D Psychology Assistant

Professor

01-08-2019 1-11-2017 No Regular Full

2020-21

1. Dr. Rajender

Kumar

AIWPK468

0Q

Ph.D Economics,

Human

Resource &

General

Management


2. Dr. Neeraj

Kaushik

AJKPK757

2J

Ph.D Marketing

Management

Associated

Professor

03-09-2013 03-09-2013 Yes Regular Full -

3. Dr.

Mohammad

Firoz

ALFPM803

0L


Professor

12-12-2013 12-12-2013 Yes Regular Full -

4. Mr. Rachin

Suri

CKBPS673

3H


Professor


5. Ms.

Gagnapreet

Kaur

AZUPK865

2K


Professor


6. Dr. Neelam

Kaushal

AHOPN262

4C

Ph.D Human

Resource

Assistant

Professor


7. Dr. Meenu

Saini

CHGPS052

9H

Ph.D Human

Resource

Assistant

Professor



Note: Please provide details for the faculty of the department, cumulative information for all the

shifts for all academic years starting from current year in above format in Annexure - II.

6.1. Student-Faculty Ratio (SFR) (10)

No. of PG Programs in the Management Department/ Stand-alone Management institutes (m): 1

No. of Students = Sanctioned Intake + Actual admitted lateral entry students

2020-21 2019-20 2018-19

1st Year Students 53 53 60

2nd Year Students 53 53 60

Total Faculty (F) 7 10 8

SFR (S/F) 15.14 10.6 15

Average SFR = 13.58

Table 6.1.1

Note:

1. Minimum 75% should be Regular faculty and the remaining shall be Contractual Faculty as per

AICTE norms and standards.

2. The contractual faculty (doing away with the terminology of visiting/adjunct faculty,

whatsoever) who have taught for 2 consecutive semesters in the corresponding academic year

on full time basis shall be considered for the purpose of calculation in the Student Faculty Ratio.

3. Depending upon the No. of programs in UG and PG the above table has to be updated

accordingly. For Ex: if UG=”0” and PG=”1”. The table may be prepared for only one PG

program.

4. Marks to be given proportionally from a maximum of 10 to a minimum of 5 for average SFR

between 15:1 to 25:1, and zero for average SFR higher than 25:1. Marks distribution is given as

below:

< = 15 - 10 Marks

< = 17 - 09 Marks

< = 19 - 08 Marks

< = 21 - 07 Marks

< = 23 - 06 Marks

< = 25 - 05 Marks

> 25.0 - 0 Marks

6.1.1. Provide the information about the regular and contractual faculty as per the format

mentioned below:

Total number of regular faculty in the

department

Total number of contractual faculty in

the department

CAY (2020-21) 3 4

CAYm1 (2019-20) 6 4

CAYm2 (2018-19) 3 6

Table 6.1.1


6.2. Faculty Cadre (20)

The reference Faculty cadre proportion is 1(F1):2(F2):6(F3)

F1: Number of Professors required = 1/9 x Number of Faculty required to comply with 20:1

Student

Faculty ratio based on no. of students (N) as per 6.1

F2: Number of Associate Professors required = 2/9 x Number of Faculty required to comply

with 20:1

Student-Faculty ratio based on no. of students (N) as per 6.1

F3: Number of Assistant Professors required = 6/9 x Number of Faculty required to comply

with 20:1 Student-Faculty ratio based on no. of students (N) as per 6.1

Year Professors Associate Professors Assistant Professors

Required

F1

Available Required

F2

Available Required

F3

Available

CAY (2020-21) 1 1 1 1 3 5

CAYm1 (19-20) 1 2 1 1 3 7

CAYm2 (18-19) 1 1 1 1 3 6

Average

Numbers

RF1= 1 AF1=1 RF2=1 AF2= 1 RF3= 3 AF3 = 6

6.3. Faculty Qualification (15)

FQ =1.5 x [(10X +4Y)/F)] where x is no. of regular faculty with Ph.D., Y is no. of regular faculty with

MBA, F is no. of regular faculty required to comply 1:20 Faculty Student ratio (no. of faculty and no.

of students required are to be calculated as per 6.1)

X Y F FQ=1.5 x [(10X +4Y)/F)]

CAY (2020-

21)

6 1 5.3 18

CAYm1 8 2 5.3 25

CAYm2 6 2 5.3 19

Average Assessment 21


6.4 Faculty Retention (15)

Total number of faculties in

Previous academic year

(CAYm1) (2019-20)

Total number of

faculties in the current

academic year (CAY)

(2020-21)

Number of faculties

Joined in CAY

(2020-21)

Number of faculties

left in CAY (2020-

21)

7 7 0 0

Faculty Retention Ratio = 100%

6.5. Faculty Initiatives on Teaching and Learning (10)

Innovations by the Faculty in teaching and learning shall be summarized as per the following

description.

Contributions to teaching and learning are activities that contribute to the improvement of student

learning. These activities may include innovations not limited to, use of ICT, instruction delivery,

instructional methods, assessment, evaluation and inclusive class rooms that lead to effective,

efficient and engaging instruction. Any contributions to teaching and learning should satisfy the

following criteria:

•The work must be made available on Institute website

•The work must be available for peer review and critique

•The work must be reproducible and developed further by other scholars

The department/institution may set up appropriate processes for making the contributions available to

the public, getting them reviewed and for rewarding. These may typically include statement of clear

goals, adequate preparation, use of appropriate methods, significance of results, effective presentation

and reflective critique

Item

(% of faculty retained during the period of assessment keeping CAYm2 as base year)

Marks

>=90% of faculty 15

>=75% of faculty 10

>=60% of faculty 8

>=50% of faculty 5

<50% of faculty 0


The students of today are not keen in learning to what is taught to them, they want to know why they

should learn the particular part. The order of questions in the mind of the students of this era has shifted.

The first question in their mind is not ‘what’ any more its ‘why’. Why learning this particular thing is

important, what role this knowledge will play in their future. To build the attention of every student

department has entailed marketing concept in teaching, the teaching pedagogy is to promote the topic

by telling them the applicability of it in their future.

The beginning of every lecture is the most important constant, the normal lecture starts with the power

point presentation of the topic, and this has been changes by the department. The normal lecture now

starts with or entails in the middle role plays for better understanding. Role plays is making the student

feel the practical situation of the industry in the classroom, in the middle of a teaching session if the

same is implemented then this means the student engagement level grows higher than usual. For example

during the lectures of soft skill development the use of role plays while teaching the students the structure

of speeches, debate, interviews role plays are highly useful. At the time of interview, the student

performing the role of the interviewer understands that what the expectations of an interviewer while

interviewing them are.

This type of teaching emphasizes the development of analytical skills and critical thinking. These two

qualities is a must, inheriting these qualities ensures learning from every step in life whenever they will

come across any promotion or news or anything of remotely related to marketing in their life. The

student of management ultimately pursues diverse careers and the aim is also diverse. This kind teaching

style ensures the molding of every student in to a fine professional for their choice of field. Brain

storming during the session also creates an analytical thinking. This is used in the integrated marketing

communication lectures. In this the activity of advertising dissection is done by the students. Under this

activity the students are dissecting the advertisement on the grounds of correct target audience, the

expense based on the length, the worth f the advertisement, them used is correct or not, attraction value

points, type of theme and appeal in the advertisement.

In all lectures the faculty aims to foster an interactive teaching environment. Every student is different

from the other and their way to adapt and grasp a course material is different, an interactive environment

in a lecture provides various platforms for learning. Feedback from student is continues process in

classes, it should be so that whatever problem they have now can be rectified at the same time. Designing

of mock session in the department helps in student analysis and on spot feedback. The department twice


to thrice in a semester for the final year students, conducts the mock sessions according to the

specialization for various profiles. In these sessions a special file of the student is created and feedback

with creative criticism and solution is given to the student. Their progress is then tracked in the

subsequent sessions. This helps them prepare for the industry in a more practical way.

The department equips students for diverse opportunities and challenges they will face in their

professional lives. Emphasis on their impromptu skills and creativity outcome is made. It is important

for the student to adapt these two habits. For this the department conducts a special advertising campaign

in which the students not only designs the advertisements but also creates a company with compete

product offerings with a central theme and logo of the company. Students gets engorged in this activity

as they are suppose to create a practical campaign for the brand and advertisements are shot and designed

by the students. This ensures the students creativity skills to be sharpened an ready for the corporate

world.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY WORKSHOP CONDUCTED from June 2018 to June 2021

Two-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on Introduction to Research from June 19-20, 2021

Five weekend Online workshop on PLS-SEM-ANN in ITM Baroda from Feb 27-Mar 28, 2021

Three-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on Meta Analysis, Bibliometric Analysis and Meta-

SEM on Jan 23, 24 and 26, 2021

Two-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on PLS-SEM using R-Studio from Jan 16-17, 2021

Three-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on Paper Writing, Model Robustness and WarpPLS

in KPB Hinduja College of Commerce Mumbai on Jan 08-10, 2021

Five-days faculty development Program on Multivariate Analysis in Fortune Institute of

International Business, New Delh from Jan 02-06, 2021

Three-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on Regression Analysis from Dec 25-27, 2020

Two-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on EFA, CFA and CCA from Sept 26-27, 2020

Two-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on R-Studio from Sept 19-20, 2020

Two-days Workshop on Research Methodology and Statistical Tools in Institute of

Management Studies, Lucknow University, Lucknow from Feb 29-Mar 1, 2020

Two-days FREE Workshop on Text Analysis using R-Studio in Rukmani Devi Institute of

Advanced Studies, Delhi from Feb 1-2, 2020


Took Two-days Sessions in Seven days Workshop on Analytical Research techniques in RA

DAV College Mumbai from Dec 30-31, 2019

Six-days Workshop on Research Methodology and Statistical Tools in Ramanujan College,

University of Delhi from Dec 23 - 28, 2019

Three-day Workshop on Research Methodology in KES College Mumbai on Oct 31-Nov 2,

2019

Took Two-days Sessions in One week Short Term Course on Research Methodology, in UGC

HRDC GNDU Amritsar from Sept 14-15, 2019

Three-day Workshop on Research Methodology in SGT university Gurugram on Aug 31, Sept

7 and 28, 2019

Five-day Workshop on Multivariate Analysis Using R in PSIT College of Higher Education,

Kanpur from April 24 - 29, 2019

Took Two-days Sessions on Research Methodology in Seven days Workshop on Applied

Research Methodology in Social Sciences, in NIT Allahabad from June 17 to 23, 2019

Three-day FREE Workshop on R-Studio in DAV Centenary College, Faridabad, from June 14

- 16, 2019

Took Two-days Sessions on Research Methodology in Six days Workshop on Research

Methods and Business Analytics Using SPSS & R-Studio, in DIAS Delhi from June 7 to 8,

2019

Five-day Workshop on Research Methodology and Statistical Tools in Ramanujan College,

University of Delhi from April 16 - 20, 2019

Three-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in Himachal Pradesh university, Shimla from Mar 22-

24, 2019

Five-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in Rukmani Devi Institute of Advanced Studies, Delhi

from Feb 18-22, 2019

Three-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in the Gurukul Kangri Vishwavidyalaya, Haridwar

from Nov 23-25, 2018

Three-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in the Motilal Nehru National Institute of Technology

(MNNIT) Allahabad from Oct 11-13, 2018

Three-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in the Faculty of Management Studies, Banaras Hindu

University, Varanasi from Oct 08-10, 2018


Three-day FREE Workshop on R and R-Studio in Rukmani Devi Institute of Advanced Studies,

Delhi from Sept 01-03, 2018

Took 2-day sessions in Five-day Workshop Selection of Appropriate Research Methods &

Data Analytics Using R in New Delhi Institute of Management, Delhi from July 17-18, 2018

Took 3-day sessions in Six-days FREE Workshop on Basics of Research Methodology in

CDAR, GNDU Amritsar from July 10-12, 2018

Five-day workshop on Advance Data Analysis Technique and Research Paper writing skills

in Chitkara University Punjab from July 2-5, 2018

Five-day workshop on Structural Equation Modeling in JIMS, Sector-5 Rohini, from June 26-

30, 2018

Five-day sessions on Microsoft Office Excel Training in Management Development Institute

(MDI), Murshidabad from June 20-24, 2018

Two-day workshop on In-Depth Learning of Appropriate Tools and Techniques for Quality

Research Papers in JIMS, Sector-3 Rohini, on June 15-16, 2018

Three-day workshop on Data Analysis using SEM & Panel Data in Maharaja Agrasen Institute

of Management Studies (MAIMS), Rohini Delhi from June 11-17, 2018.

Six-day workshop on Structural Equation Modeling using AMOS in Rukmini Devi Institute

of Advanced Studies, Rohini, Delhi from May 28-June 2, 2018


6.6. Faculty Performance, Appraisal and Development System (10)

(Mention details such as program title, description, duration, resource person, type of training,

training methodology, participants, etc.). Mention details separately for the programs organized and

the programs participated outside the institution)

Sr. No Training

program title

Training institute

details

Duration/ dates Focus Name of the

faculty

1

IT Enabled

Learning for

STEM

Continuing

Education

Programme (CEP)

IIT Bombay

Three days

10/09/2018 -

12/09/2018

STEM Dr. Neeraj

Kaushik

Expert Lectures

Sr.no Title of the professional

Development program

Resource Person Date

2018

1 Personality Development

Workshop

Prof. Pooja Khatari, IP University,

Delhi

February 2-3, 2018

2 Expert Lecture Shri R.S. Mor, District Development

Manager, NABARD, Kurukshetra

February 6, 2018

3 Management Games

Workshop

Dr. Ajay Sharma, Associate Professor,

TITS, Bhiwani

March 15, 2018

4 Two Days Workshop on

Personality Development

Program

Ms. Madhu Sharma, CEO, Success

Strategies for life

August 20-21, 2018

5 Expert Lecture on Motivation Mr. Sandeep Singh, Social Scientist September 19, 2018

6 Expert Lecture on Banking

and Related Terms

Professor T.J. Kamalanabhan, IIT

Madras

October 25, 2018

7 Expert Lecture on

Entrepreneurship

Development

Mr. Karthik K.S, Founder and Chief

Executive Officer of AEON

October 31, 2018

2019

1 Expert Lectures on Career

opportunities in Foreign

Chinmoy Ghosh, Professor of Finance,

University of Connecticut USA

January 4-7, 2019



Development program


2 Expert Lecture on

Behavioural Finance

Dr. Satish Kumar, Associate Professor,

MNIT, Jaipur

January 24, 2019

3 Expert Lectures on

Entrepreneur-ship

Development

Mr. Tirthankar Goyal CEO Galilee

Management Institute Israel

January 25, 2019

4 Management Games

Workshop

Dr. Ajay Sharma, Assistant Professor,

TITS, Bhiwani

April 12, 2019

5 Guest Lecture on Motivation

and Self-Management

Mr. Nikhil, HR Consultant at three Six

Five Focus

August 01, 2019

6 Guest Lecture on NSE Mr. G.C. Sharma, Advisor of

Educational wing of NSE

August 28, 2019

7 Guest Lecture on CRM Prof. Alok Rai, Faculty of Management

Studies, Banaras Hindu University

September 9, 2019

2020

1 Expert Lecture on R-Studio

for Finance

Dr. Miklesh Yadav, Faculty Member,

Amity University, Noida

March 29, 2020

2 Expert Lecture on Quick

introduction to Python

Dr. Mihir Joshi, Assistant professor,

Faculty of Management Studies,

Gurukula Kangri Deemed University,

Haridwar 249404, Uttrakhand, India.

April 2, 2020

3 Expert Lecture on Artificial

Intelligence in Marketing

Dr. Brijesh Shivathanu, Department of

Business Administration, Sri Balaji

University, Pune,Maharashtra, India

April 3, 2020

4 Expert Lecture on HRM:

The untold Story

Prof. Puja Khatri, Professor GGSIPU,

Delhi

April 4, 2020

5 Expert Lecture on

visualization using Tableau

Mr. Parth Kaushik, Data scientist,

Forkaia, Irvine, California, USA

April 9, 2020

6 Expert Lecture on basic

understanding of Legal terms

Mr. Rajesh Gaur, Additional Advocate

General, Government of Hayana

April 9, 2020



Development program


7 Expert Lecture on Digital

Marketing-Scope and Career

Opportunities

Dr. Arun Mittal, Faculty, Birla Institute

of Technology, Noida

April 20, 2020

8 Expert Lecture on Role of

HR in post COVID-19

Mr. Nikhil Mathur, General Manager

HR (Heading OD and Training) Dalmia

April 23, 2020

6.7. Visiting / Adjunct Faculty (10)

Adjunct faculty also includes Industry experts. Provide details of participation and contributions in

teaching and learning and /or research by visiting/adjunct/Emeritus faculty etc. for all the assessment

years:

As of now, the department does not have the practice for the Visiting Faculty. However, the gaps

are fulfilled by the various Expert Lectures from Industry and abroad.

Visiting Faculty

S.No. Title of the professional

Development program

Name of Visiting Faculty Date

1 Expert Lectures on “KASH”

Model

Dr. Santosh Rangnekar Professor at

Department of Management Studies,

IIT Roorkee

March 1, 2019

2 Guest Lecture on Job

Description

D. Santosh Rangnkar, Professor at

Department of Management, IIT,

Roorkee

August 02, 2019

6.8. Academic Research (75)

• Faculty Paper Publication

(List of Publications in referred journals, reputed conferences, books, book chapters, case

studies in public domain etc.)

• List of Ph.D. /Fellowship titles (FPM) awarded during the assessment period while working in

the institute

All relevant details shall be mentioned.


NATIONAL CONFERENCES/SEMINARS ATTENDED

Sr.

No

Title of the

Paper

Date Venue Organizer National/

International

Name of

the

Faculty

2018-19

1 Globalization and

Dimension of

Farmers’

Movement in

India

December

14-15th,

2018

22nd Annual

Conference of Indian

Political Economy

Association

(I.P.E.A.) organized

by Jammu

University, Jammu &

Kashmir

Jammu

University,

Jammu &

Kashmir

National Dr.

Rajender

Kumar

2 Political

Economy of

Emerging

Political,

Development and

Ecological

Challenges at the

National and

Global Levels

December

14, 2018

22ndAnnual

Conference of Indian

Political Economy

Association

(I.P.E.A.)

Jammu

University,

Jammu

National Dr.

Rajender

Kumar

3 A Study of NIRF

(National Institute

of Ranking

Framework) in

the context of

IIT’s and NIT’s

May 03-

05, 2019

Indian Institute of

Management, Indore

Indian

Institute of

Managemen

t, Indore

International Dr. Neeraj

Kaushik

4 DRDO leading

India to Self-

Reliance in

Defense Sector

Nov 30-

Dec 02,

2018

Department of

Management Studies,

IIT Roorkee

Department

of

Managemen

t Studies,

IIT Roorkee


Kaushik

2019-20

Sr.

No

Title of the Paper Date Venue Organizer National /

International

Name of

the

Faculty

1 Existence of

Glass Ceiling in

Indian Education

Sector

April 26-

27, 2019

SRM University

Delhi-NCR, Sonepat

SRM

University

Delhi-NCR,

Sonepat

National Dr. Meenu

Saini


Sr.

No

Title of the

Paper


International

Name of

the

Faculty

2 A Confirmatory

Factor Analysis

of Organizational

Effectiveness

Assessment

Instrument in

Banking Sector

May 17-

18, 2019

Chitkara University,

Punjab

Chitkara

University,

Punjab

National Dr. Meenu

Saini

3 A review of

investment and

exit pattern in

Venture Capital:

Evidence from

India

26 April,

2019

SRM University,

Delhi-NCR, Sonipat,

Haryana

SRM

University,

Delhi-NCR,

Sonipat,

Haryana

National Dr.

Mohamma

d Firoz

4 A Comparative

Analysis of

Perception of

Voters of

Haryana towards

the Brand

NAMO and

RAGA

26-27,

April2019

SRM University,

Sonepat, Delhi-NCR

SRM

University,

Sonepat,

Delhi-NCR

National Mr.

RACHIN

SURI

5 Impact of

Intellectual

capital on

Financial

Performance –

An Empirical

Study of the

Power Sector

April 26-

27, 2019

SRM University

Delhi-NCR, Sonepat

SRM

University

Delhi-NCR,

Sonepat

National Ms. Shelly

Gupta

6 An analysis of

Service failure

and recovery:

Evidences from

Hospitality

Industry

June 6-7,

2020

Chitkara Business

School, Chitkara

University Punjab

Chitkara

Business

School,

Chitkara

University

Punjab


Kaushik

2020-21

Sr.

No

Title of the Paper Date Venue Organizer National /

International

Name of

the

Faculty


Sr.

No

Title of the

Paper


International

Name of

the

Faculty

1 A Meta-Analysis

Study to Evaluate

the Effect of

Transformational

and Transactional

Leadership on

Job Satisfaction

June 18-

20, 2021

Indian Institute of

Management, Indore

Indian

Institute of

Managemen

t, Indore


Kaushik

2 A Bibliometric

Analysis of

Stress on

Performance:

Status and Future

Research

Directions

May 21-

24, 2021

Centre for

Management Studies,

Jamia Millia Islamia,

New Delhi, India

Centre for

Managemen

t Studies,

Jamia Millia

Islamia,

New Delhi,

India


Kaushik

Books Published

Sr.

No.

Faculty Name Name of the Book Publisher Year ISBN

1

Dr. Neeraj

Kaushik

Business Research

Analytics

StarEdu

Solutions

2019

2

Dr. Neelam

Kaushal

Employee Training

and Development

Zohra

Publication,

Patiala Punjab

2017 978-93-

82376-

81-1


Papers Published

Sr.

No.

Title of the Paper Date of

Publication

Journal Details Name of the

Faculty

1. Why consumer Buy Counterfeit

Products? AA Case study of the

Indian Clothing Industry

2018

Indian Journal of Marketing,

Vol. 48, p.p. no. 51-62,

ISSN0973-8703

Verma S, Kumar

Rajender, Yadav

S

2. Perceived Factors in

Professional Obsolescence: A

Qualitative Exploration of a

Government Research and

Development (R & D)

Organization

2018

Journal of the Indian

Academy of Applied

Psychology, Vol.44, p.p. np.

335-344, ISSN 0019-4247.

Kumar Rajender,

Singh AK,

Mukherjee A,

3. An Empirical Study on

consumers’ Buying Intension of

Counterfeit Products in India 2018

Journal of Journal of

intellectual property rights

(JIPR)

Kumar Rajender,

Yadav S &

Verma S

4. Intellectual property rights

protection and foreign direct

investment: a study of BRICS

countries

2018

World Review of

Entrepreneurship,

Management and Sustainable

Development, Vol. 14, no. 6,

2018, p.p. no. 694-704.

Kumar Rajender,

Sunil Yadav,

Saurabh Verma

5. An Empirical Analysis of the

Determinants of Phubbing

Behavior in India: The

Millennials Perspective

2019

International Journal of

Innovative Technology and

Exploring Engineering

(IJITEE)

Kumar Rajender,

Yadav S &

Verma S

6. Dimensions of service quality in

higher education – critical

review (students’ perspective)

2018


Educational

Management, 2018, 32(4),

pp. 580–605

Gupta,

P., Kaushik, N.

7. Employees' risk taking

capabilities and learning

organisation: Moderating role of

organisational size

2019


Knowledge and

Learning, 2019, 13(1), pp.

66–79

Budhiraja,

S., Malhotra,

M., Kaushik, N.

8. Changing patterns of the teacher

as a servant leader in Asia

Pacific: a review and research

agenda

2021

Asia Pacific Business

Review, 2021, 27(2), pp.

301–330

Khatri, P., Dutta,

S., Kaushik, N.

9. Use of 4.0 (I4.0) technology in

HRM: a pathway toward SHRM

4.0 and HR performance 2021

Foresight, 2021 Pillai, R., Yadav,

S., Sivathanu,

B., Kaushik,

N., Goel, P.

https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorId=57188934111#disabled













Sr.

No.


Publication


Faculty

10. Artificial intelligence and HRM:

identifying future research

Agenda using systematic

literature review and

bibliometric analysis

2021

Management Review

Quarterly, 2021 Kaushal,

N., Kaurav,

R.P.S., Sivathanu,

B., Kaushik, N.

11. Workplace ostracism in various

organizations: a systematic

review and bibliometric analysis 2021

Management Review

Quarterly, 2021, 71(4), pp.

783–818 Kaushal,

N., Kaushik,

N., Sivathanu, B.

12. Food Choice Questionnaire and

PLS-Path modeling as tools to

understand interest in low sugar

products 2021

Journal of Sensory

Studies, 2021, 36(5), e12667

da Veiga,

G.C., Johann,

G., Lima,

V.A., Kaushik,

N., Mitterer-

Daltoé, M.L.

13. Impact of climate change

disclosure on financial

performance: An analysis of

Indian firms

2018

Journal of Environmental

Accounting and

Management, 2018, 6(3), pp.

185–197

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

14. Corporate carbon intensity

matter: Predicting firms'

financial performance 2018

SCMS Journal of Indian


pp. 74–84

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

15. Impact of carbon emissions on

cost of debt-evidence from India 2018

Managerial Finance, 2018,

44(12), pp. 1401–1417

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

16. What drives the Voluntary

Environmental Reporting

(VER): An examination of CDP

India Firms

2019

Journal of Environmental

Accounting and

Management, 2019, 7(1), pp.

47–59

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

17. How does capital market

respond to Certified Emission

Reductions (CERs)

announcements in India: An

event study methodology

2019 Managerial Finance, 2019,

45(7), pp. 950–965

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

18. Do investors' exhibit cognitive

biases: Evidence from indian

equity market

2020


Financial Research, 2020,

11(2), pp. 26–39

Sharma,

M., Firoz, M.



























Sr.

No.


Publication


Faculty

19. Accounting for certified

emission reductions (CERs) in

India: An analysis of the

disclosure and reporting

practices within the financial

statements

2020

Meditari Accountancy

Research, 2020, 28(2), pp.

365–389

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

20. Carbon Credit Issuance:

Accounting Based Financial

Performance 2020

SCMS Journal of Indian


pp. 111–119

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

21. Renaissance of alternate finance:

Bibliometric visualization of

private equity and venture

capital

2021

Journal of Wealth


pp. 114–128

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

22. Venture capital: An analysis of

investment and exit patterns of

indian firms 2021

Journal of Alternative

Investments, 2021, 23(3), pp.

45–54

Kumar, P., Firoz,

M.

23. Workplace ostracism in various

organizations: a systematic

review and bibliometric analysis 2021

Management Review

Quarterly, 2021, 71(4), pp.

783–818

Kaushal,

N., Kaushik,

N., Sivathanu, B.

24. Artificial intelligence and HRM:

identifying future research

Agenda using systematic

literature review and

bibliometric analysis

2021 Management Review

Quarterly, 2021

Kaushal,

N., Kaurav,

R.P.S., Sivathanu,

B., Kaushik, N.

25. Microfinance Institutions and

Women Empowerment Trends

and Future Research Directions:

A bibliometric Analysis

2021

Library Philosophy and

Practice, 2021, 2021, pp. 1–

23

Kaushal,

N., Singla,

S., Jain,

M.R., Ghalawat,

S.

26. Nepotism Concept Evaluation: A

Systematic Review and

Bibliometric Analysis 2021

Library Philosophy and

Practice, 2021, 2021, pp. 1–

28

Kaushal,

N., Ghalawat,

S., Kaurav, R.P.S.

27. Development of the instrument

for psychological contract

effectiveness for service quality

in academic institutions

2021


Management Practice, 2021,

14(1), pp. 69–87

Kaushal,

N., Goyal, G.




























6.9. Sponsored Research (25)

Funded research from outside; considering faculty members contributing to the program:

(Provide a list with Project Title, Funding Agency, Amount and Duration)

Funding Amount (Cumulative during CAYm1, CAYm2 and CAYm3):

Amount >= 30 Lacs 25 Marks,

Amount >= 25 and < 30 Lacs 20 Marks,




Amount < 10 Lacs 0 Mark

Research and Consultancy Projects

Name of the

faculty

Project Title Project

Type

Funding

Agency

Amount Duratio

n

Status

Dr. Neeraj

Kaushik,

Dr. Rajender

Deswal

Correlation between psychological

and physiological parameters of

stress among staff and students –An

Empirical Study

Research

Project

DRDO 36,64,000 3 Years Ongoing

Dr.

Mohammed

Firoz

Capital Budgeting Practices in the

MSME’s

Consulta

ncy

Supreme

Steel

Industry

6,00,000 2 years Completed

Dr.

Mohammed

Firoz

Advisory Consultancy during

preparation of financial statement

Consulta

ncy

IIT

Patna

30,000 3

months

Completed

6.10. Preparation of teaching Cases (30)

(The development and use of cases in teaching and thus promoting learners critical thinking

skills)

The department emphasizes on the development of critical thinking of the students through various

activities in the class. Dr. Neeraj Kaushik, HOD, has a YouTube channel (more than 800+ videos,

15k+ subscribers, 1.8 million views) and a Google group containing on research tools and

methodologies, and case studies. Case studies has been made compulsory in many of the courses. All

faculties are encouraged to create case studies and use it as a teaching tool in the class.


The department has a collection of case studies which the faculties usually refer to for creating case

studies for their subjects.

There is a process of creation of case studies. Although decentralization is practised in the department,

faculties usually consult with each other and often gets it reviewed by the HOD to ensure quality

teaching learning.


CRITERIA 7: INDUSTRY & INTERNATIONAL CONNECT (130)

7.1 Industry Connect (90)

7.1.1 Consultancy (from industry) (25)

Paid Consultancy to Internal Department

As per the organisation structure of NIT each department is considered as separate unit. The

finance faculty of the department regularly renders service to the admin department for various

financial activities. The faculty gets paid an additional amount of Rupees 25 thousand every month

for such services. The other faculties of the department also work on various academic and

administrative activities of other departments.

Consultancy to Industries

Although there is no formal mechanisms to offer consultancy at the department level, the faculties

are engaged in various consulting activities for example: Mr. Rachin provides consultancy services

to SEBI and conducts awareness programmes among various stakeholders. He has conducted the

following programmes on behalf of SEBI.

Dr. Neeraj Kaushik has also been working with different industries to provide guidance on research

methodologies and research tools. At times such consultancy is also provided to acadamic

institutions for setting up there lab or any such activities.

7.1.2 Faculty as consultant of the Industries (15)

The faculty of the department are very active and provide consultancy to the corporate sector in

the area of marketing and taxation including finance. Two faculty members of the department

have been providing the consultancy in the following companies:


Dr Neeraj Kaushik

Agoshdeep Education and Research Private Limited, 01 Vasundhara, Jiwaji Nagar,

Nagda-456335

Raintree Insurance Broking Private Limited, 720, Shivalik Satyamev, Near Vakil Saheb

Bridge, Bhopal-Ambli Cross Road, Bopal, Ahmedabad-380058

Dr Mohd Firoz

System Airconditioning Private Limited

G-44, Third Floor, Shaheen Bagh, Jamia Nagar, Okhla, New Delhi - 110025

Supreme Steel Packaging Private Limited

Plot No. 173, Phase - III, Pashamylaram, Hyderabad-502307, Telangana

System Aquatreat Private Limited

G-44, Shaheen Bagh, Okhla, New Delhi - 110025

Ideas n Action Communication Services Private Limited

G-44, Shaheen Bagh, Okhla, New Delhi - 110025

.

7.1.3 Initiatives related to industry interaction including industry internship/summer

training/study tours/guest lectures (15)

a) Industry trainings and visits.

Summer trainings and industrial visits are provided to the students once in every semester.

Internships of minimum 6-8 weeks are undertaken by the students.

b) Industry expert lectures

Experts and veterans from their respective fields are called for guest lectures. They enlighten

students about the current trends in market, show them the opportunities in their field and explains

career growth paths.


Expert Lectures


Development program


2018

1 Personality Development

Workshop

Prof. Pooja Khatari, IP University,

Delhi

February 2-3, 2018

2 Expert Lecture Shri R.S. Mor, District Development

Manager, NABARD, Kurukshetra

February 6, 2018

3 Management Games

Workshop

Dr. Ajay Sharma, Associate

Professor, TITS, Bhiwani

March 15, 2018

4 Two Days Workshop on

Personality Development

Program

Ms. Madhu Sharma, CEO, Success

Strategies for life

August 20-21, 2018

5 Expert Lecture on

Motivation

Mr. Sandeep Singh, Social Scientist September 19, 2018

6 Expert Lecture on Banking

and Related Terms

Professor T.J. Kamalanabhan, IIT

Madras

October 25, 2018

7 Expert Lecture on

Entrepreneurship

Development

Mr. Karthik K.S, Founder and Chief

Executive Officer of AEON

October 31, 2018

2019

1 Expert Lectures on Career

opportunities in Foreign

Chinmoy Ghosh, Professor of

Finance, University of Connecticut

USA

January 4-7, 2019

2 Expert Lecture on

Behavioural Finance

Dr. Satish Kumar, Associate

Professor, MNIT, Jaipur

January 24, 2019

3 Expert Lectures on

Entrepreneur-ship

Development

Mr. Tirthankar Goyal CEO Galilee

Management Institute Israel

January 25, 2019

4 Management Games

Workshop

Dr. Ajay Sharma, Assistant Professor,

TITS, Bhiwani

April 12, 2019



Development program


5 Guest Lecture

on Motivation and Self-

Management

Mr. Nikhil, HR Consultant at three

Six Five Focus

August 01, 2019

6 Guest Lecture on NSE Mr. G.C. Sharma, Advisor of

Educational wing of NSE

August 28, 2019

7 Guest Lecture on CRM Prof. Alok Rai, Faculty of

Management Studies, Banaras Hindu

University

September 9, 2019

2020

1 Expert Lecture on R-

Studio for Finance

Dr. Miklesh Yadav, Faculty Member,

Amity University, Noida

March 29, 2020

2 Expert Lecture on Quick

introduction to Python

Dr. Mihir Joshi, Assistant professor,

Faculty of Management Studies,

Gurukula Kangri Deemed University,

Haridwar 249404, Uttrakhand, India.

April 2, 2020

3 Expert Lecture on

Artificial Intelligence in

Marketing

Dr. Brijesh Shivathanu, Department

of Business Administration, Sri Balaji

University, Pune,Maharashtra, India

April 3, 2020

4 Expert Lecture on HRM:

The untold Story

Prof. Puja Khatri, Professor

GGSIPU, Delhi

April 4, 2020

5 Expert Lecture on

visualization using Tableau

Mr. Parth Kaushik, Data scientist,

Forkaia, Irvine, California, USA

April 9, 2020

6 Expert Lecture on basic

understanding of Legal

terms

Mr. Rajesh Gaur, Additional

Advocate General, Government of

Hayana

April 9, 2020

7 Expert Lecture on Digital

Marketing-Scope and

Career Opportunities

Dr. Arun Mittal, Faculty, Birla

Institute of Technology, Noida

April 20, 2020

8 Expert Lecture on Role of

HR in post COVID-19

Mr. Nikhil Mathur, General Manager

HR (Heading OD and Training)

Dalmia

April 23, 2020


c) Lectures of Alumni who are working in industry

The institution conducts Alumni guest sessions at least once in one semester. Alumni students

come and talk about the recent changes in the economy, how to get placement ready, etc. to current

students. There is also a formal “Alumni Connect” programme where young alumni entrepreneurs

are invited to share their experiences.

d) Membership to professional societies

There are no memberships that the institute possess as a department with any professional body/

society. However, at faculty level, it has memberships with societies like:

ICA- Indian Commerce Association

AIMA- All India Management Association

IAA- Indian Accounting Association

ICAI- Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

AIU- Association of Indian University

IEA- Indian Economic Association

HEA- Haryana Economic Association

IPEA- Indian Political Economic Association

ISMA- International Stress Management Association

ADTEL- Association for Development of Teaching, Education and Learning

ISTD- Indian Society for Training & Development

AIIMS- Association of Indian Management Scholars

TAI-Textile Association India

e) Industry internship

It is compulsory according to the program curriculum to under-go summer internships or industrial

internships.

Various industries where students have undergone Training are:

Arya Metallurgical Pvt. Ltd. Dainik Jagran GTL Infrastructure Limited

Air India Delhi Metro Rail Co-operation Haryana leather chemical limited

AJ Hindi daily news paper Dimension group HDFC bank

Amul E-minds legal simplifying law Hero cycles

Axis bank Fab Hotels Holiday Inn

Bathla Minerals Pvt. Ltd. Eta general private limited HT Media Limited


Bhushan Steel Limited Flamingio Consultant Private

Limited

IIFL limited

Bikaji foods international limited G R J trade and finance Indian Railway

Indigo Maruti weld private limited Parry Agro

Inspire consulting Mcube consultants Pricol Ltd.

ITI company Meduaxpedia technologies Punjab national bank

Jindal south west steel limited MUSASHI Ravi integrated logistics

Reliance Jio Nestkeys Infratech PVT Reliance Jio Info. Com. limited

JK Tyre Nets Terz Rishita Developers Private Limited

Kays Harbour Technologies NOVASYS Rockman Industries Limited

Lava international limited NTPC RSWM LIMITED

LG Paras Milk SBI Mutual Fund

Liberty Shoes Limited Maruti Weld Private Limited SHINHAN Bank

SHRI SANKALP HOSPITAL Task marketing solutions The times of India

Sietz TATA Autocomp Systems

Limited

Think & learn private limited

Spectranet Tata motors Ujjivan small finance bank

Sylantech Solutions Private Limited Tata power Ultra bytes

7.1.4 Participation of Industry Professionals in curriculum development, projects,

assignments as examiners in summer projects (10)

All the summer internship programs are carried out under the supervision of industrial

professionals. The professions act as mentors and help the students to know more about the

company, industry and market as whole. The institution does take a feedback from the industrial

professionals. It uses their feedback to improve the skill set of students. Their input is taken on the

curriculum as well.

7.1.5. Initiatives related to industry including executive education, industry sponsored Labs,

and industry sponsorship of student activities (15)


Sponsorships are availed at institution level but not at departmental levels. There no sponsorships

for student activities.

7.1.6 Involvement of industry professional as members of various academic bodies/board

(10)

The following are the industrial professionals that are members of various academic bodies.

Board of Governors (Shri Jagdish Khattar, Chairman - BoG) Former IAS & Managing

Director of Maruti Udyog Limited

Prof. S.K Mehta, Vice Chancellor, Central University of Leh, Ladhakh

Prof. Rashmi Gaur, Professor, Department of HSS, IIT Roorkee

Prof. Sudhi Kumar, Professor (HAG), Department of Civil Engineering, MNIT Jaipur

Prof. Pawan Garga, Professor, H P University Business School, Shimla

Prof. Tanuj Nandan, Professor, School of Management Studies, NIT Allahabad (Prayagraj)

7.2. International Connect (40)

7.2.1. MoUs/Partnerships and its effective implementation (10)

There are no international connections on department level but at institution level there are a few

international connects that college is associated with. Following are the MoUs:

1. Executive Director C-DAC, Pune

2. Delta Power Solutions Indian Pvt. Ltd., Gurgaon

3. Haryana Environment Society Yamunanager

4. Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee (UK)

5. Faculty of Engineering, Yamaguchi University

7.2.2. Student Exchange Programs (10)

Our department is part of one of the premier institutions in the country. As such there is no

formal student exchange programme with any other NIT or other institutions. However, the

department recognizes the importance of student exchange programme and has initiated the

process of identifying institutions for establishing student exchange programmes.

7.2.3. Faculty Exchange Programs (10)


Prof. Chinmoy Ghosh, a renowned faculty in the area of Finance (Real Estate) from

Connecticut University, USA visited the Department of Business Administration for a week and

interacted with the Faculty members, Ph.D. Scholars and the MBA Students of the department.

The institution does not have a formal faculty exchange programme, however, the

Department encourages the faculty to actively participate in workshops, guest lectures or any other

interactions with other universities and academic bodies. For example, Prof Rajender Kumar,

(HOD) of the Department, Dr. Neeraj Kaushik, Dr. Mohd. Firoz and Dr. Rachin Suri has delivered

lectures, talks and chaired the conference sessions in many institutions in India and Abroad.

Following is the list of lectures delivered by Dr. Neeraj Kaushik in other institution/departments.

Research Methodology Workshop Conducted

Two-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on Introduction to Research from June 19-20, 2021

Five weekend Online workshop on PLS-SEM-ANN in ITM Baroda from Feb 27-Mar 28,

2021

Three-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on Meta Analysis, Bibliometric Analysis and

Meta-SEM on Jan 23, 24 and 26, 2021

Two-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on PLS-SEM using R-Studio from Jan 16-17, 2021

Three-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on Paper Writing, Model Robustness and

WarpPLS in KPB Hinduja College of Commerce Mumbai on Jan 08-10, 2021

Five-days faculty development Program on Multivariate Analysis in Fortune Institute of

International Business, New Delh from Jan 02-06, 2021

Three-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on Regression Analysis from Dec 25-27, 2020

Two-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on EFA, CFA and CCA from Sept 26-27, 2020

Two-days FREE ONLINE Workshop on R-Studio from Sept 19-20, 2020

Two-days Workshop on Research Methodology and Statistical Tools in Institute of

Management Studies, Lucknow University, Lucknow from Feb 29-Mar 1, 2020

Two-days FREE Workshop on Text Analysis using R-Studio in Rukmani Devi Institute

of Advanced Studies, Delhi from Feb 1-2, 2020

Took Two-days Sessions in Seven days Workshop on Analytical Research techniques in

RA DAV College Mumbai from Dec 30-31, 2019


Six-days Workshop on Research Methodology and Statistical Tools in Ramanujan

College, University of Delhi from Dec 23 - 28, 2019

Three-day Workshop on Research Methodology in KES College Mumbai on Oct 31-Nov

2, 2019

Took Two-days Sessions in One week Short Term Course on Research Methodology, in

UGC HRDC GNDU Amritsar from Sept 14-15, 2019

Three-day Workshop on Research Methodology in SGT university Gurugram on Aug 31,

Sept 7 and 28, 2019

Five-day Workshop on Multivariate Analysis Using R in PSIT College of Higher

Education, Kanpur from April 24 - 29, 2019

Took Two-days Sessions on Research Methodology in Seven days Workshop on Applied

Research Methodology in Social Sciences, in NIT Allahabad from June 17 to 23, 2019

Three-day FREE Workshop on R-Studio in DAV Centenary College, Faridabad, from

June 14 - 16, 2019

Took Two-days Sessions on Research Methodology in Six days Workshop on Research

Methods and Business Analytics Using SPSS & R-Studio, in DIAS Delhi from June 7

to 8, 2019

Five-day Workshop on Research Methodology and Statistical Tools in Ramanujan

College, University of Delhi from April 16 - 20, 2019

Three-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in Himachal Pradesh university, Shimla from

Mar 22-24, 2019

Five-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in Rukmani Devi Institute of Advanced Studies,

Delhi from Feb 18-22, 2019

Three-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in the Gurukul Kangri Vishwavidyalaya,

Haridwar from Nov 23-25, 2018

Three-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in the Motilal Nehru National Institute of

Technology (MNNIT) Allahabad from Oct 11-13, 2018

Three-day Workshop on R and R-Studio in the Faculty of Management Studies, Banaras

Hindu University, Varanasi from Oct 08-10, 2018

Three-day FREE Workshop on R and R-Studio in Rukmani Devi Institute of Advanced

Studies, Delhi from Sept 01-03, 2018


Took 2-day sessions in Five-day Workshop Selection of Appropriate Research

Methods & Data Analytics Using R in New Delhi Institute of Management, Delhi from

July 17-18, 2018

7.2.4. Collaborative Research Projects (10)

Prof. Rajender Kumar is a leading authority in the area of Intellectual property Rights (IPR) and

has completed many sponsored research projects by MHRD in this area.

Institution encourages the faculties to participate in various research project within the institution

as well as outside the institution. Dr. Neeraj Kaushik is a pioneer in guiding collaborative research

project. He runs a google group where almost 2500 research scholar have taken membership and

he provided regular guidance to individual research scholars for research projects.

He has also created a YOUTUBE channel with name “Neeraj Kaushik” where he has uploaded

more than 800+ videos.

Owning YouTube Channel Neeraj Kaushik with 880+ videos, 16000+ subscribers and

approx. 2.0 million views

Owning Data Analysis Training Google Group for discussions pertaining to Research

and Statistical Applications with 2600+ members

It is about research and statistical software like IBM-SPSS, IBM-AMOS, R-STUDIO,

SmartPLS etc.

Also maintains a google group as DATA ANALYSIS TRANING with approx. 2500

research scholars, faculty members and experts of research-statistical domain.

This group is 10 years old.

Dr. Mohd. Firoz is also a Renowned Faculty Member (in the area of Environmental Accounting

and Carbon Finance) and Chartered Accountant who provides guidance in informal manner for

various financial related research project.


CRITERIA 8: INFRASTRUCTURE (75)

8.1. Classrooms & Learning facilities (10)

National institute of technology is a premier institution with state-of-the-art infrastructure to

support quality teaching learning process. The institution has adequate number of class room

equipped with ICT facility. Wi-Fi is available for both the staff and the student in the campus

the computer laboratory is well equipped with required software and data analysis tools. In

addition, specific software is available to facilitate decision support system, Financial

accounting, forecasting, behavioural analysis etc.

Library is well equipped with books, journals, databases. Media centre is in place with adequate

e-content.

Being an autonomous institution, infrastructure is decided at the central level and it is in line

with MHRD norms. As per MHRD’s decision, a maximum of 35sq.ft. per student can be allotted

per student from this year onwards. The Institute has planned and constructed the infrastructure

which facilitates the curricular and co-curricular activities. The institution is centrally equipped

with the necessary infrastructure to meet the academic and co-curricular requirements. There

are adequate classrooms, seminar halls, tutorial rooms, laboratories and sufficient space for

hosting all academic activities.

Particulars Number

Classroom 04

Tutorial rooms 02

Seminar Hall 01

Auditorium (Jubilee Hall) 01

Computer Centre (Labs) 03

Library & Reading room 01


Department Rooms Details: -

S.No. Room Details. Room No. Photos

1 HoD Office 201

2 Department

Office 71

202-1

3 Departmental

Library

202-2

4 Lecture Hall – 1

(Seating capacity-

72)

(Additional-16)

203


5 Faculty Room &

DRDO Project

Lab

204

6 Conference Hall

(Seating capacity-

30)

205

7 Lecture Hall

(Seating capacity-

40)

(Additional-10)

206


8 Faculty Room 207

9 Lecture Hall

(Seating capacity-

40)

(Additional-10)

208

10 Faculty Room 209


11 Faculty Room 210

12 Lecture Hall

(Seating capacity-

72)

(Additional-16)

211

13 Tutorial Room

(Seating capacity-

10)

212


14 Tutorial Room

(Seating capacity-

10)

213

15 Department Store 214

16 Faculty Room 217


17 Computer Lab &

Finance Lab

(Seating capacity-

40& 15)

(Additional-10)

218


8.2 Library (10)

The institution has a centralised fully equipped library. It houses a variety of books, journals and

e-resources. It is equipped with NPTEL and Shodhganga. The library is fully automated with

Capitaline software. The plagiarism software Turnitin is also in place. Recently, ProQuest

database has also been purchased. There are spacious and separate reading rooms for the students

and the faculties. CDs and DVDs on several topics on management like soft skills and training

are also available. The library is also equipped with high speed internet facility and photo copying

facility.

The library is accessible on all 7 days with 24 hours open. Unlimited reference books are allowed

for students which can be borrowed for 15 days. Every year, a budget of 3 crores is allocated to

purchase latest editions of books, journals and e-resources.

Quality of learning resources (hard/soft) – As per AICTE norms

√ Relevance of available learning resources including e-resources

√Accessibility to students

a) Library resources for MBA program in central library

Library Holdings exclusive for

MBA

2018-19 2019-20 2020-21

Number Cost Number Cost Number Cost

Text Books and Reference Books 100 127132 93 62538 25 11232

Journals/ Periodicals 18 65389 18 67480 19 83205

E-Resources/ Database 1 59000 1 59000 - -

b) Central Library for all programs

Library Holdings

(Comprehensive)

2018-19 2019-20 2020-21

Number Cost Number Cost Number Cost

Text Books and

Reference Books

5352 6705761 1724 971912 59 49402

Journals/ Periodicals 58 422182 52 459989 45 480826

E-Resources 5381 22818860 5381 25730392 5200+ 26079202


Provision of books with latest editions and

in adequate numbers

Every year, all the books recommended by the students

and faculty are procured by the library. The library is

procuring the latest edition of the book until specified

by the user.

Provision of journals, magazines and

newspapers including e- journals for latest

on the subject and for research

E-Resources

9

Journals

18

Magazines

16

Newspapers

18

Resource Sharing with sister University E-Resources

NDLI

Plagiarism

Software

Turnitin

Management

Print

Journals &

Magazines

e-learning, e-library, webinars etc are also

used at institute rendering the role of a

facilitator for the teacher

E-Learning

NPTEL

Video

lectures

E-Library

IDR is being maintained

by the library.

New arrivals of books are

displayed in the college

website

NPTEL video courses are

available.

A dedicated computer lab

is available for accessing

e resources.

Question papers/Syllabus

are available on library

website.

Webinar

Preserving old project work for reference 1400 project report are available as on 14/12/2018

Accessibility to internet multimedia center A dedicated computer lab with internet connection is

available for accessing e resources.

CDs and DVDs on different subjects are

available including soft skills and many

topics in management

832

Science

Photocopying facility available An outsourced photocopy kiosk is installed in the

library premises

Spacious reading rooms are available for

reading

Yes

Books are procured on demand of

teachers/students

Indents are obtained from teachers/students and the

recommended books are being procured.

Library software is available for quick tracing

of books

KOHA 16.05

Automation in Library Integrated Library Management System

Average number of walk-ins 1346/day

Average number of books

issued/returned per day

456


Ratio of library books to students

enrolled

1:32

Average number of books added during last

three years

Library – 6497,

MBA – 187

Library Timings:

Sr. No Details Library Timings

1 On working days 8.30 AM – 8.00 PM

2 On holiday 10.00 AM – 05.00 PM

3 Before examination days 8.30 AM – 8.00 PM

4 During examination days 8.30 AM – 8.00 PM

5 During vacation 8.30 AM – 8.00 PM

6 Reading hall Open 24 x 7

8.3. IT Infrastructure (15)

There is a Centre for Computer and Network at the institutional level. PCs and Desktops with latest

configurations are available. Anti-virus software is also in use. MS office and MS Windows are

installed in all systems. Laptops, laser jet printers, dot matrix printers, scanners are also available

in abundance. Internet facility and Wifi are available with a speed of 500 mbps. There are 75

desktops, 5 laptops, 7 LCD projectors and 7 audio visual systems for the MBA department. Server

is maintained centrally.

Sr. No. Description Total Quantity

1 Server Nil

2 Desktop 73

3 Laptop 5

4 Laser Jet Printers 8

5 Dot Matrix printers Nil

6 LCD Projectors 7

7 Scanners 1

8 OHP Nil

9 Colour Printer 2

10 Digital Podium 6

The list of number of computers, printers, desktops, projectors and other equipment


List of Software’s available:

8.4. Learning Management System (10)

The institution has implemented a Learning Management System (LMS). The faculties upload

PowerPoint and e-content to the LMS which is available to the students through the mobile app.

The LMS has provisions for creating online class and e-content. The software also allows the

faculties to create assignments and the students may submit assignments to the same software.

The LMS support student- centric learning beyond the curriculum for every course an online forum

is available where the students may discuss various topic related to the curriculum. Faculties can

create and share session plans to the same platform. The model question section allows the faculties

to upload the model question for the particular course.

LMS has an integrated online MCQ platform. If faculties can create question bank with any

number of questions and create assessments with multiple question banks. There are provisions to

Sr. No. Description Total Quantity

1. MS Windows 73

2. IBM SPSSS v 24 Single user licence 1

3. Statistica 10 user licence 10

4. AMOS 3-user licence 01

5. MS OFFICE-2016 40

6. Systat-13 10 user licence 10

7. XLSTAT-Base Academic Licence 1

8. Single User Licence for Smart-PLS Professional 1

9. E-views (Software) 9 Enterprise Edition Academic 1

10. Tally NET Auditor Subscription 1

11. Software ( Ami Broker Ultimate Pack, Single user Licence) 1

12. NSE Smart 25

The Department actively promoted the use of Open Source

Softwares like R-Studio, Jamovi, GRTEL etc.


enforce that each student automatically gets the random question paper. For MCQ questions results

are automatically calculated.

The LMS also has a module for mentoring. Each mentor can add the mentees and interact with the

mentees through the mobile app. The documentation for the interaction is automatically created.

A psychometric assessment is available for every student to ensure the mentors are providing right

kind of support to their mentees.

There is a module in the LMS that helps the faculties forecast future academic support require for

every student. The software usage advance technology such as machine learning and artificial

intelligence to analysis past data and academic and demographic parameters to predict academic

support require by the student in advance.

Online courses can be delivered through the software to the student each online course can be

associated with a quiz.

The usage record of the software by the student is automatically maintained. The faculties can

monitor how many students have downloaded the PPT or how many students have completed the

online courses.

LMS also facilitates tracking of student academic behaviour through various data analysis tools.

The faculties can monitor.

8.5. Hostel (10)

Our institution is a 100% residential campus for the students as well as staff. There are 11 boys

hostel and 4 girls hostel. Following are some of the facilities:

All the rooms are well furnished with table, chair, bed and cupboard.

The hostel is equipped with facilities like internet and library with reading room.

There are outdoor sports facilities with volleyball and badminton courts.

There is a common room allocated as well with indoor sports facilities.

Health care unit is also available along with ambulance on call.

UPS and power backup are available.

Water purifiers and water coolers are placed in all the floors.

CCTV is installed for safety and security.

Firefighting system has also been put in place.

There’s a mess for every hostel block with hygienic and healthy food.


8.6. Sports Facility (10)

In order to instil team spirit and leadership qualities amongst the students, the institution

encourages and facilitates the students to participate in various sports activities. There’s a

dedicated department for physical education with qualified physical education teachers. They take

care of all the sports activities in the institute. The institution has a well-maintained playground as

well as a swimming pool. Multipurpose Gym with Treadmill is available in the institute. Students

are encouraged to play different sports like cricket, volleyball, football, kabbadi, basketball,

swimming and tennis. Students participate in various sports tournaments. Students have

participated in various other sports competitions and have performed well.

Years Name of the Activity Date Number

of events

2019-20 All India inter Nit at nit Trichy 2019 1

ITUSA, NIT Kurukshetra 2019 1

All India inter NIT Chess Tournament

at MNIT Jaipur

2019 1

All India Inter NIT Weightlifting

Tournament Jaipur

2019 1

2018-19 All India Inter NIT Weightlifting

Tournament Surathkal

2018 1

All India Inter NIT Yoga, VNIT Nagpur 29th September to 1st

October,2018

1

IGNIS’18 6th to 8th April, 2018 1

ITUSA Basketball, Football, Kabaddi,

Table-Tennis and Yoga Tournament

2018-19

5th to 7th October, 2018 5

8.6.1. Indoor Sports Facilities (5)

Chess

Yoga

Table Tennis

Badminton

Carrom

Indoor Gym

8.6.2. Outdoor Sports Facilities (10)

Football

Volleyball

Basketball


Swimming

Cricket

Lawn Tennis

Badminton

Kho Kho

8.7. Medical Facility (10)

Free medical check-up and preliminary treatment facility is available for staff and students in

Campus. Annual health check-up is conducted for the staff above 40 years old. For students, there

is a medical insurance of Rs.1,00,000. A complete health care unit is available in the campus with

three full time doctors. X-ray, ECG and dentistry facilities are available in-house. A 10 bedded

unit has been set up in the campus for emergency. Eye check-up camps and Heart check-up camps

are organised.

List of facilities available at NIT HEALTH CENTRE:

OPD:

In OPD, clinical consultation is provided to patients and in required cases lab tests are advised.

The Institute has empanelled doctors of various specialities working in the city whose

CONSULTATION FEE is paid by the Institute only on referral slip issued by doctors of NIT

Health Centre.

Dental Facility:

An experienced Dental Surgeon provides procedures like Dental Extraction, RCT,

Scaling/Cleaning, Fillings etc.

Laboratory Services:

Routine investigations are carried out at the Institute Health Centre. One pathological Lab is

empanelled to carry out specialised tests.Microbiology tests are referred outside.

Pharmacy:

Routine medicines are available for faculty, non-faculty staff members, their dependents and

students. Medicines are dispensed on the prescription of SMO/MO, Health Centre.


Radiology/X-Ray facility:

Digital X-Ray’s are done on the prescription of SMO/MO, Health Centre during OPD hours.

(9:00am to 1:00pm) and (3:00pm to 5:30pm).

ECG Services:

Computerized ECG services are available at the Health Centre during OPD hours.(9:00am to

1:00pm) and (3:00pm to 5:30pm).

Casualty/Triage:

A well-equipped casualty with 08 beds (04 bed in Female ward & 04 bed in Male ward) is available

for emergency cases.Treatment of various diseases such as typhoid, acute gastroenteritis, COPD,

bronchial asthma malaria, dysmenorrhea, acute colic etc. are given.

Observation and management is done according to seriousness of cases as decided by the treating

doctors as per facilities available. Serious cases are referred to higher centre/empanelled

hospital/Govt. hospital after giving preliminary treatment.

Timing: 9:00am to 1:00pm & 3:00pm to 8:30pm (5:30pm to 8:30pm: emergency services)

No investigation facility is available in emergency time period (5:30pm to 8:30pm).

Ambulance Services:

The Health Centre has round the clock support of the well-equipped Ambulance vehicle for the

transport of patients from Institute Health Centre to local Govt. Hospital/empanelled

Hospital/Govt. Medical Institute for specialized management under the following conditions:

The ambulance services are provided free of cost to such students, staff and their

dependants whenever they are referred for treatment to the Government/ Empanelled

Hospitals by SMO/MO of Institute Health Centre. The ambulance is allowed in the

emergent cases only. Further, the ambulance is not allowed for the follow up.

The ambulance services are provided free of cost for the delivery purpose of the female

employees and wives of the employees of the Institute for Government/Empanelled

Hospitals.

The ambulance services is provided free of cost for carrying dead body from Hospital to

the Campus of the Institute.

In the absence of SMO/MO the requisition of ambulance will be allowed by Prof. I/c

(Health Centre)

Ambulance: Tel: +91-9467844800


OPD Timings

Summer Timings

(From 16th April to 15th October)

Winter Timings

(From 16th October to 15th April)

Monday to Friday.

Morning : 8:30 am to 12:30 pm

Evening : 3:00 pm to 8:30 pm

Saturday


Sunday

Morning : 8:30 am to 12:30 pm Gazetted

Holiday : 9:00 am to 03:00 pm

Monday to Friday.


Evening : 3:00 pm to 8:30 pm

Saturday


Sunday


Gazetted Holiday : 9:00 am to 03:00

pm

Medical Insurance :

Presently staff members who have opted for medical insurance have a cover of Rs. 5 lac per year

for critical illness. Similarly, students have medical insurance cover of Rs. 1 lac per year till date.

Medical Information

Immunization is provided by District Hospital Staff as per WHO immunization schedule on every

1st Thursday of the month in NIT Health Centre.

Timing : 10:00 am to 02:00pm

Pulse Polio Programme:

Pulse Polio Programme is conducted at Institute Health Centre by the State Government from time

to time.

List of Empanelled Private Hospitals

Sr.

No. Name of the Doctor Field of Specialization

1 Aggarwal Nursing Home Multispecialty

2 Cygnus Hospital Multispecialty

3 Apna Hospital, Multispecialty

4 Saraswati Mission Hospital Multispecialty

5 RadhaKrishan Children Hospital Multispecialty

6 Shri BalajiAarogyam Hospital Multispecialty


Sr.

No. Name of the Doctor Field of Specialization

7 Anand Orthopaedic Centre Orthopedic

8 J.P. Bharal Hospital Orthopedic

9 Gandhi Nursing Home Orthopedic+Detal

10 SinghalBhawan (Hospital) Physician

11 Sethi Nursing Home Physician

12 Kurukshetra Nursing Home Physician, Cardiology

13 B.S. Heart Care Hospital Cardiology

14 Kedar Children Hospital. Child Specialist

15 Pawan Surgical Hospital Surgeon

16 Surender Mehta Surgical and

Maternity Hospital Surgeon

17 Dua Dental Clinic, Dentist

18 Aggarwal Dental Clinic Dentist

19 Healthy Mouth Dental Clinic Dentist

20 Virk Nursing Home ENT

21 Lalit ENT Hospital ENT

22 Bansal Eye Clinic Eye

23 Saini Eye Care Centre Eye

24 Ankur Nursing Home Eye/O & G

25 Ashirwad Nursing Home Ortho + O & G

26 Atul Clinic Gynecologist

27 Sobti Nursing Home Eye & Dental

28 Chandigarh Children Hospital Pediatrician

29 Bhardwaj Hospital Pediatrician

30 Life Line Physiotherapy Clinic Physiotherapist

31 Health Care Physiotherapy Clinic Physiotherapist

32 Mittal Path Lab Pathologist

33 Bansal Skin Care Clinic Skin

34 Dermawave Skin Lazer Skin

35 Neuropsychiatry Clinic Psychiatry

36 Jhamb Chest and Dental Clinic Chest, Asthma, Allergy & T.B. Specialist, Dental

37 Jiva Skin Clinic Skin

38 Udyot Advance Dental Care Dentist

39 Harsh Hospital Child Specialist


CRITERIA 9: ALUMNI PERFORMANCE AND CONNECT (50)

9.1. Alumni Association (10)

Alumni association is formed and registered. This alumni association was formed around mid

seventies. The alumni meet is arranged 4 to 5 times in one year. Institute celebrates silver jubilee,

golden jubilee, diamond jubilee, platinum jubilee and the alumni put forward active participation

in the same.

More than ten thousand members are part of Alumni Association. The link for the same is

https://www.nitkkraa.org/members.dz

9.2 Involvement of Alumni (25)

The institute invites its alumni for motivating and guiding students for higher studies, for guest

lectures, seminars. They also act as judge for various events. The alumni groom the students by

giving the feedback about expectation of industries from fresher. The self-employed alumni

conduct workshops and value addition programs for students. Alumni also give guest lectures;

they give feedback on curriculum if required and also provide with industrial guidance as and

when required. There is a Linkedin profile for our department where the students can interact with

the alumni and seek their assistance.

9.3. Methodology to connect with Alumni and its implementation (15)

Alumni are invited for many functions in the college as honorary guests or chief guests. Alumni

visit to institute for events like annual social gathering. The Alumni are generally invited to all the

social activities. Alumni portal for the college is available. The link for the same is

https://www.nitkkraa.org/. For MBA department, students can connect with the alumni through a

Linkedin page. At the institutional level, alumni meet takes places 4-5 times a year.

https://www.nitkkraa.org/members.dz

https://www.nitkkraa.org/


CRITERION 10: CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT (50)

1. Apply knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business problems.

2. Foster Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making.

3. Ability to develop Value based Leadership ability.

4. Ability to understand, analyse and communicate global, economic, legal, and ethical aspects

of business.

5. Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing

effectively to a team environment.

The institution has a mechanism of calculating the attainment level of every programme

outcome and course outcome through direct and indirect assessment methodologies

accordingly we have identified the improvement areas for every programme outcome. The

institution ensures that appropriate actions are taken for every identified weakness area.

10.1 Actions taken based on the results of evaluation of each of the POs (20)

Identify the areas of weaknesses in the program based on the analysis of evaluation of POs

attainment levels. Measures identified and implemented to improve POs attainment levels for

the assessment years including curriculum intervention, pedagogical initiatives, support system

improvements, etc.

The Department of Business Administration is striving very hard on regular basis for upgrading

and improving the overall quality of academics. To achieve this target, assessment for each

course is carried out while focusing upon the entire COs and POs and it is as represented in the

tables given below. Target and PO attainment levels have been taken from criteria 2.

Batch 2017-19

POs Target level Attainment level Observations

PO1: Apply knowledge of management theories and practices to solve business

problems

PO1 60% 67.73% Attainment level is more than

target value

Action: The attainment level is more than the target value therefore, no action is required.

However, as a regular process for improvement, feedback received from alumni, employer

and students. On the basis of feedback emphasis have been given to strengthen the

fundamental concepts of the courses so that the students may be able to understand and solve

the business problems of the organization/company.

PO2 : Foster Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making


the target value


Action: The Attainment level is more than the target value therefore no action is required.

However, as a regular process for enhancement, in the analytical and critical thinking for

data-based decision making more emphasis have been given on methodological part so that

the students may able to take business decisions more confidently.

PO3: Ability to develop Value based Leadership ability

PO3 60% 56.88% Attainment level is slightly less

than the target value

Action: Indeed the attainment level value in case of ability to develop value based leadership

ability is slightly less than the target value. The Department took it very seriously and subject

wise analyses was made to improve the target value by caring out more activities (games and

role paly session) to enhance value-based leadership among the students.

PO4 : Ability to understand, analyze and communicate global, economic, legal, and

ethical aspects of business


the target value


However, as a regular process for improvement, more emphasis was given to include more

case studies so that the students may be able to understand analyze and communicate global,

economic, legal, and ethical aspects of business.

PO5 Ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational goals,


PO5 60% 59.68% Attainment level is marginally

less than the target value

Action: The attainment level value in case of Ability to lead themselves and others in the

achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment ability

is marginally less than the target value. The issue was analysed and decided to improve the

target value of ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational

goals, contributing effectively to a team environment by organizing more expert lectures

from industry.


Batch 2018-20



problems


the target value

Action: The attainment level value in case of apply knowledge of management theories and

practices to solve business problems ability is more than the target value therefore no action

is required. However, as a regular process the Department analyze the reasons and decided

to improve the target value by more interaction with faculty members through online as due

to COVID-19 classes were engaged through online.

PO 2 : Foster Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making



Action: The attainment level value in case of analytical and critical thinking abilities for

databased decision-making ability is slightly less than the target value. The Department

analyze the reasons and found that the target value could not achieve due to online classes.

As the students used the online system first time. In order to achieve the target the faculty

members will try at their level to make the sessions more interactive.




Action: The attainment level value in case of ability to develop value based leadership

ability is slightly less than the target value. The Department took it very seriously and subject

wise analyses was made and decided to improve the target value by carrying out more

activities (games and role paly session) to enhance value-based leadership among the

students.




the target value












is slightly less than the target value. The issue was analysed and decided to improve the

target value of ability to lead themselves and others in the achievement of organizational

goals, contributing effectively to a team environment by organizing more expert lectures

from academia as well as industry.

Batch 2019-21



problems


the target value

Action: The attainment level value in case of apply knowledge of management theories and

practices to solve business problems ability more than the target value therefore no action is

required. However, as a regular process the Department got feedback from alumni and

employer to improve the target value by more interaction between faculty and students

through online as due to COVID-19 classes were engaged through online.

PO 2 : Foster Analytical and critical thinking abilities for data-based decision making


the target value

Action: The attainment level value in case of analytical and critical thinking abilities for

databased decision-making ability is more than the target value. No action is required

however, for the further improvement the department got feedback from employer and

alumni on telephonically. In order to improve, the performance of the students the faculty

members through case studies will try to make the sessions more interactive.


PO 3 60% 58.60% Attainment level is less than the

target value

Action: The attainment level value in case of ability to develop value based leadership

ability is less than the target value. The issue was analyzed and decided to improve the target

value of ability to develop value based leadership ability, contributing effectively to a team

environment by organizing more expert lectures from industry and academia.




the target value









the target value



is more than the target value. However, no action is required, as a regular process, the issue

was analysed and decided to improve the target value of ability to lead themselves and others

in the achievement of organizational goals, contributing effectively to a team environment

by organizing more expert lectures from industry.

10.2. Academic Audit and actions taken thereof during the period of Assessment (10)

Academic audit is conducted by a team of competent academician from IIT’s. the team visit

the institution and reviews the academic and administrative processes in details.

There is also a process of external peer review for various academic and administrative

processes every year. A team of competent professors from other departments conducts the

audit and submits the report to Senate. The improvement areas are discussed with the HOD

and subsequently action plans are formulated.

The institution has also conducted external academic audit in the current academic year.

Action taken based on academic audit recommendation.

100 percent ICT based teaching and learning methodology has been implemented.

Faculties are encouraged to adopt student centric methodologies such as group

discussion case study etc.

Students are encouraged to participate in live project and group project.

Students are encouraged for research publication and subsequently few students have

published research papers.

Students are encouraged to use various data analyses tools and techniques.

Orientation is given to the faculties to the students for the research methodologies. Dr.

Neeraj Kaushik the head of the department maintains a YOUTUBE channel with over


550 videos on research techniques and data analyses tool students are actively

encouraged to go through the videos and use the tools for their research projects.

10.3. Improvement in Placement, Higher Studies and Entrepreneurship (10)

Placement

Being a premier institution in India the MBA department has always observed over 60

percent placement of the student, including students opting for higher education and

entrepreneurship. The students who are not placed through the campus are also employed

within few months of completing the course.

The department has an active placement cell comprising of final year students and faculties.

The placement cell works towards conducting on campus placements as well as co-

ordinates for off campus placement activities. The last outgoing batch has over 60 percent

of the students placed with good package.

The institution organises multiple programmes towards improvement of employability of

the students. Soft skill courses are organised as part of the curriculum. Project work and

dissertations are also made part of the curriculum.

Higher studies

The faculties encourage students to take up higher studies based on the interest of the students.

Students are sensitized about different opportunities for higher education and informal

guidance is also provided to the interested students.

Entrepreneurship

The institution has an incubation centre which supports students with space, infrastructure,

financial legal and HR requirements. Students can work from the incubation centre and can

take guidance from the mentors of the same departments or the different departments.

The department also invites eminent speakers from the industries to talk about various

aspects of entrepreneurship. Workshops and pep-talks by experts from different sectors are

also regularly organised.

There is a formal “Alumni Connect” programme where young alumni entrepreneurs are

invited to share their experiences.


Improvement through course delivery.

The faculties monitor attainment of programme outcome and course outcome and

accordingly attempt is made to introduce new topics of industry relevance. In many courses

practical work and exercises are introduced for the students to get real life exPOs ures. The

students are sensitised about different Software used in the industries for data analyses,

interpretation and decision making. For example, students are trained on SPSS, R-

STUDIO, ADVANCE EXCEL etc. The department has set up an open source computer

lab with a number of open source software.

10.4. Improvement in the quality of students admitted to the program (10)

It has been a continuous endeavour of the department to improve the quality of the students

being admitted to the institution. The management has also used different modes of

entrance examination to ensure quality students getting admitted. For example: entrance to

MBA programme has been through National and International level entrance examinations

such as CAT, GMAT etc. The cut Of marks has also been increased over time to ensure

quality students getting admitted to the institutions.

The focus of the curriculum has always been improving employability of the students and

achieving competencies aligned to PO’S and PEO’S.

A continuous monitoring mechanism is also in place to ensure the attainment of the

competencies as per the PO’S and CO’S. as a result of which the institution has been able

to achieve superior academic performance of the students and higher employability. This

resulted in attracting quality students for subsequent batches.

The institution regularly provides opportunities to the students for participation in various

live projects in the industry. The institution also takes feedback from the industry for the

students working in live projects. It is observed that the feedback from the industry is

improved over time.

There is a stringent selection process where multiple parameters such as academic

background, extra-curricular and co-curricular activities, prior working experience and soft

skills of the students are assessed and then the final admission list is prepared.

The department follows the admission process without any discrimination. Transparency

maintained for every stage of the selection process. The details are maintained in the

website.

Declaration

The head of the institution needs to make a declaration as per the format given below:

I undertake that, the institution is well aware about the provisions in the NBA's accreditation

manual concerned for this application, rules, regulations, notifications and NBA expert visit

guidelines in force as on date and the institute shall fully abide by them.

It is submitted that information provided in this Self-Assessment Report is factually correct. I

understand and agree that an appropriate disciplinary action against the Institute will be

initiated by the NBA in case any false statement/information is observed during pre-visit, visit,

POs t visit and subsequent to grant of accreditation.

t

'lDate: 20/tz-/ z 1

place: l/"u-n J.+l"i%

Deprtment of Business Administration Page 365


List of Annexure

· Annexure – I: Details of the Faculty Information.

· Annexure – II: Scheme and Syllabus

· Annexure – III: Alumni Association Registration Certificate

***


ANNEXURE-6 FACULTY DETAILS

S.

No

.

Na

me

PA

N N

o.

Qu

ali

fica

tio

n

Area o

f S

peci

ali

za

tio

n

Desi

gn

ati

on

Da

te o

f J

oin

ing

Da

te o

n w

hic

h D

esi

gn

ate

d a

s

Pro

fess

or/

Ass

ocia

te

Pro

fess

or

Cu

rren

tly

Ass

oci

ate

d

(Y/N

)

Na

ture o

f A

sso

cia

tio

n

(Reg

ula

r/C

on

tra

ct/

Ad

jun

ct)

If c

on

tra

ctu

al

men

tio

n F

ull

tim

e o

r P

art

tim

e

Da

te o

f L

eavin

g

(In

case

Curr

entl

y

Ass

ocia

ted i

s

“N

o”)

2018-2019

1. Dr. Rajender Kumar

AIWPK4680Q

Ph.D Economics,

Human

Resource &

General Management

Professor 1-11-2017 1-11-2017 Regular Full -

2. Dr. Neeraj Kaushik

AJKPK7572J

Ph.D MarketingManagement

Associated Professor

03-09-2013 03-09-2013 Regular Full -

3. Dr.

Mohammad Firoz

ALFPM8030L

Ph.D Finance Assistant Professor

12-12-2013 12-12-2013 Regular Full -

4. Dr. Manish Kumar Jha

AGNPJ7508D



5. Dr. Kranti Walia

AAWPW3663K

Ph.D Human Resource

Assistant Professor

02-08-2016 Yes Contractual Full 08-02-2019

6. Mr. Rachin Suri

CKBPS6733H

MBA Marketing Assistant Professor


7. Ms. Gagnapreet

Kaur

AZUPK8652K



8. Dr. Neelam Kaushal

AHOPN2624C

Ph.D Human Resource

Assistant Professor


9. Dr. Meenu Saini

CHGPS0529H

Ph.D Human Resource

Assistant Professor


2019-20


AIWPK4680Q

Ph.D Economics,

Human

Resource & General

Management



AJKPK7572J

Ph.D Marketing Management


03-09-2013 03-09-2013 Regular Full -

3. Dr. Mohammad

Firoz

ALFPM8030L


12-12-2013 12-12-2013 Regular Full -

4. Dr. Manish Kumar Jha



5. Mr. Rachin Suri

CKBPS6733H



6. Ms. Gagnapreet

Kaur

AZUPK8652K




AHOPN2624C

Ph.D Human Resource

Assistant Professor



S.

No

.

Na

me

PA

N N

o.

Qu

ali

fica

tio

n

Area o

f S

peci

ali

za

tio

n

Desi

gn

ati

on

Da

te o

f J

oin

ing

Da

te o

n w

hic

h D

esi

gn

ate

d a

s

Pro

fess

or/

Ass

ocia

te

Pro

fess

or

Cu

rren

tly

Ass

oci

ate

d

(Y/N

)

Na

ture o

f A

sso

cia

tio

n

(Reg

ula

r/C

on

tra

ct/

Ad

jun

ct)

If c

on

tra

ctu

al

men

tio

n F

ull

tim

e o

r P

art

tim

e

Da

te o

f L

eavin

g

(In

case

Curr

entl

y

Ass

ocia

ted i

s

“N

o”)

8. Dr. Meenu Saini

CHGPS0529H

Ph.D Human Resource

Assistant Professor


9. Prof Vikas Chaudhary

Ph.D General Management

Professor 01-08-2019 1-11-2017 Regular Full

10. Dr. Geeta Sachdeva

Ph.D Human

Resource Management

Assistant Professor

01-08-2019 1-11-2017 Regular Full

11. Dr. Shabnam Ph.D Psychology Assistant Professor

01-08-2019 1-11-2017 Regular Full

2020-21


AIWPK4680Q

Ph.D Economics,

Human

Resource & General

Management



AJKPK7572J

Ph.D Marketing Management


03-09-2013 03-09-2013 Regular Full -

3. Dr. Mohammad

Firoz

ALFPM8030L


12-12-2013 12-12-2013 Regular Full -

4. Mr. Rachin Suri

CKBPS6733H



5. Ms. Gagnapreet

Kaur

AZUPK8652K




AHOPN2624C

Ph.D Human Resource

Assistant Professor


7. Dr. Meenu Saini

CHGPS0529H

Ph.D Human Resource

Assistant Professor



Scheme of the Curriculum

Course

Code


Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

# (P)

Total

Hours

Credits

MBA –

101

Principles& Practices of

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

103

Organization Behavior 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

105

Managerial Economics 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

107

Accounting for Managers 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

109

Business Environment 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

111

Soft Skills Development 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

113

Business Statistics 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA –

115

Computer Application in

Management

2 0 2 4 3.0

MBA -

102

Financial Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

104

Human Resource

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

106

Production & Operation

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

108

Marketing Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

110

Total Quality Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

112

Business Ethics 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

114

Research Methodology 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

116

Management Information

System

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

201

International Business 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

203

Business Law & Corporate

Taxation

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

205

Entrepreneurship

Development

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

211

Labour Laws 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

221

Organizational Change and

Development

3 1 0 4 3.5


Course

Code


Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

# (P)

Total

Hours

Credits

MBA-

231

Management Training and

Development

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

241

Counselling Skills for

Managers

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

251

Performance Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

213


Markets

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

223

Merchant Banking &

Financial Services

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

233

Security Analysis & Portfolio

Management.

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

243

Insurance and Risk

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

253

Project Finance 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

215


Communication

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

225


Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

235

Product & Brand

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

245

Consumer Behaviour 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

255


Marketing

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

207

Summer Training Report 4.0

MBA -

202

Strategic Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA -

204

Digital Marketing and E-

Commerce

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

206

Dissertation Project 6.0

MBA -

212

Human Resource

Development: Strategies and

Systems

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

222


Relations

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

232


Dynamics

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

242

Compensation Management 3 1 0 4 3.5


Course

Code


Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

# (P)

Total

Hours

Credits

MBA-

252

Cross Cultural Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

214


Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

224

Working Capital

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

234

Derivatives Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

244

Microfinance 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

254

Commercial Bank

Management

3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

216

Retail Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

226

Relationship Marketing 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

236

Marketing of Services 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

246

Supply Chain Management 3 1 0 4 3.5

MBA-

256


Marketing

3 1 0 4 3.5

Total 200 188

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

CURRICULUM

(w.e.f. Session 2019-2020)

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

KURUKSHETRA-136119


To be a role model in management education and research responsive to global

challenges.



M2: To develop innovative professionals, entrepreneurs and researchers.

M3: To generate prime knowledge resources for the growth of industry, society and


PEOs Statements


PEO2: To inculcate innovative and sustainable solution to accomplish the dynamic

socio-economic needs.

PEO3: To enhance research acumen for the growth of industry and society.


PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MANAGEMENT (MBA 101)

Total: 100 L–T Theory: 50 3- 1 Sessionals: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: The course will appraise and see the sights for basics of management and a variety of proportions of management. It will assist to categorize the key competencies needed to be an efficient manager. It will also analyze communication situations and extend useful communication strategies and communicate influentially. It will make available the students with the potential to apply theoretical knowledge in simulated and real-life settings. It will also facilitate the students widen ability to work in teams. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction: Introduction to Concept of Goals, Resources, Efficiency & Effectiveness; Introduction to Management discipline as an Art, a Science, a Profession; Henry Mintzberg’s Roles of a Manager: Skills of a manager. Evolution of Management Thoughts/Approaches: Scientific Management (F.W. Taylor, Gantt, Glibreths); Classical Organization Theory (Henry Fayol, C.I. Barnard, M.P. Follet, Max Weber); Neo-Classical Theory (Human Relations Movement & Hawthorne Experiments, Behavioural Theory, Social Systems Theory- Niklas Luhmann) Systems Approach; Contingency Approach ; Recent contributions. Unit-II Functions of Management: Operative functions – Production, Marketing, Finance, Personnel; Managerial functions –Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing, and Controlling. Planning: Concepts, Objectives and Steps in Planning, Types of Plans, Long Range Planning, Determinants of Effective Planning. Unit-III Decision Making: Steps of Decision Making, Nature, Types, Models/Approaches Conditions of Risk, Certainty, Uncertainty; Barriers to effective decision making. Organizing: Nature and Significance, Approaches to organizing, Line and Staff Relationship, Delegation and Decentralization, Division of Work, Span of Management, Authority Responsibility and Accountability; Formal and Informal Organisations;

Unit-IV Staffing: Nature and Significance, Recruitment and Selection, Performance Appraisal and Development; Directing: Nature and Significance, Issues in directing human resource, Motivation, Leadership, Communication; Unit-V Controlling: Definition and Elements, Control Techniques, Determinants of an Effective Control System. Issues of Relevance in Management Practices: Globalization, Workforce Diversity, E-business, Knowledge Management, Workplace Spirituality, Managerial Ethics, Human values in Management, Self-Management, Lessons from Ancient Indian traditions, Japanese Management, Search of Excellence. Modern Concepts in Management. Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will reliably be able to demonstrate the ability to extend the thoughtful about basic management concepts and principles. They will also get the information relevant to management theories in realistic business set-up. Moreover it will also widen their practical skills of judgment making and leadership in situation to present business set-up. Students will also learn essential business presentation skills and increase their communication skills. References: (Text Books)

1. Stoner, Freeman and Gilbert, Jr. (2008). Management. 6th Edition. Prentice Hall of India. 2. Harold, K. and Heinz, W. (2008). Essentials of Management. 5th Edition. Tata McGraw

Hill. 3. Koontz, Harold, and Heinz Weihrich (2012). Essentials of Management: An International

and Leadership Perspective. 9th Edition. New Delhi. Tata Mc Graw-Hill. (Reference Books)

4. Robbins and Coulter. (2007). Management. 9th Edition. Prentice Hall of India. 5. Robbins, S. P., and Decenzo, D. A. (2007). Fundamentals of Management: Essential

Concepts and Applications.6th Edition. Pearson Education. 6. Weihrich Heinz and Koontz Harold. (2008). Management: A Global and Entrepreneurial

Perspective. 12 Edition. McGraw Hill. 7. Gulati, Mayo, Nohria. (2014). Management. Cengage India. 8. Anil Bhat, (2008) Arya Kumar . Management. Oxford Publications. 9. Dubrin. (2011). Management. Cengage Publications. 10. Jones and George. (2012). Contemporary Management. McGraw Hill. 11. Richard L. Draft. (2012). The New Era of Management. Cengage India. 12. Mullins. (2011) Management and OB, 8th Edition. Pearson Education. 13. Chandan, J.S. (2005). Management Concepts and Strategies. Vikas Publishing House.

ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (MBA 103)

Total: 100 L–T Theory: 50 3- 1 Sessionals: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: This core course aids students to understand, predict and influence individual and group behaviour. The course is designed to give special attention to the major challenges and the paradigm shift faced by individuals and groups in today's organizations. It covers individual understanding of personality, perception, learning, attitudes and values and their influence in organizational context. It will make students aware of one’s own behaviour and understand others’ behavior.

Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks Unit-I Understanding Organization, Behaviour & OB- Organization as a Social Unit, Concept of Learning Organization, Field of OB: Individual, Groups & Systems as building blocks, contributing disciplines, Challenges & Opportunities of OB. Historical background of OB: the Hawthorne Studies and the Ahmadabad experiment.

Unit-II

Individual behaviour- Foundations of individual behaviour, Personality: Meaning, “Big –Five” Personality Traits, MBTI. Perception: Meaning, Role of Object, Environment and Observer; Judging Others. Learning: Meaning, Theories: Classical Conditioning, Operant Conditioning & Social Learning; Methods to shape Behaviour (reinforcement, punishment, & extinction), OB Mod.

Unit-III

Individual Behaviour in Organization- Attitudes: Components, functions, changing attitudes, work attitudes (Job satisfaction, Organizational Commitment &Employee Engagement) Motivation: Concept, Content Theories (Maslow, Herzberg, McClelland, McGregor); Process Theories (Vroom’s Model); Contemporary Theories: (Equity Theory, Attribution Theory). Creativity: Nature, process and its facilitation on organization.

Unit-IV

Groups in Organization-Groups-Types, their development stages, concept of role, status, norms size and cohesiveness. Group decision making techniques, Group Think & Group Shift; Transactional Analysis; Four Life positions. Influence, Power & Politics: Concept of influence, bases of power, Political Behaviour: Concept &contributing factors.

Unit-V

Stress & Conflict- meaning& causes of stress, types of conflicts (intra individual & interactive), coping strategies for stress & conflict; negotiation skills. Communication: Process, types, barriers; Grapevine. Leadership – Concept, Trait, Behavioral and Contingency (Fiedler, Hersey & Blanchard) theories; leadership styles, successful & effective leadership. Organizational Change: concept, resistance to and managing change.

Course Outcome:

After the completion of the course, students will be able to have a basic knowledge of individual and group behaviour as a distinct field in management with an emphasis on practical application. Enhancement in the students’ understanding of one’s own behaviour and its impact on others will enhance the personal & interpersonal skills of the students. Finally, they will have a meaningful insight to diagnose and effectively deal with human behaviour at the workplace.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Robbins, Judge and Vohra. (2017). Organizational Behaviour. 16th edition. Pearson Education India.

2. Luthans. (2013). Organisational Behavior. 12th edition. Mc Graw Hill education. 3. Pareek, Udai. (2012). Understanding Organisational Behaviour. Oxford University Press.

(Reference Books)

4. Baron and Greenberg. (2011). Behaviour in Organisations. 10th edition. PHI. 5. Kinicki and Krietner. (2011). Organizational Behaviour. Tata McGraw Hill Publications. 6. Newstrom. (2011). Organizational Behavior at Work. Tata McGraw Hill Publications. 7. Kandelwal and Nelson. (2013). Organisational Behaviour. 7th edition. Cengage India 8. Gregory Moorhead, G .Ricky W .iffin (2012). Managing Organisational Behaviour.

Cengage India. 9. Jones and Mathew. (2011). Organisation Designs. Theory and Change. 7th edition. Pearson

Education. 10. Keith, Davis. and John, Newstrom. (2010). Organizational Behavior: Human Behavior at

Work. Tata McGraw Hill. 11. Kalliath, Brough and Manimala. (2009). Organisational Behaviour. Tata McGraw Hill. 12. Rao. V. S. P. (2010). Organisational Behaviour. Himalaya Publishing House.

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (MBA 105)

Total: 100 L–T Theory: 50 3- 1 Sessionals: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: The purpose of this course is to provide students with a foundation of economic concepts and tools that have direct managerial applications. The course will sharpen analytical skills of students through integrating knowledge of economic theory with decision-making techniques. The course will help the students to adept at designing and developing business strategy at firm level. Students will gain a rigorous understanding of competitive markets as well alternative market structures. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these, one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction to Managerial Economics: - nature, scopeand significance. The circular flow of economic activity, Concepts of National Income. Unit-II Demand and Supply Analysis:-Demand, Law of demand; Supply, Law of Supply, Market Equilibrium, Elasticity of demand: price, income and cross elasticity. Measurement of Price Elasticity of demand. Demand Forecasting Methods, Uses of elasticity of demand for managerial decision-making. Unit-III Production Analysis: Production, Factors of Production, Production function, Laws of Production, Law of variable proportions, Least cost combination. Unit- IV Costs and Revenue functions: Nature of Costs and Revenue curves, Short run and long run cost curves, Economies and diseconomies of scale. Unit-V Market Structure:Perfect Competition: features, determination of pricing under perfect competition; Monopoly: features, types of monopoly, monopoly power, pricing under monopoly. Price discrimination.

Oligopoly: Features, kinked demand curve, cartels, price leadership. Monopolistic Competition: features, pricing under monopolistic competition. Course Outcome:

After the completion of the course, students will be able to understand the roles of managers in firms. They will also analyze the demand and supply conditions and assess the position of a company. The students will also able to design competition strategies, including costing, pricing, product differentiation, and market environment. Finally, they will analyze real-world business problems with a systematic theoretical framework.

References: (Text Books)

1.Atmanand. (2002). Managerial Economics. 1st Edition. Excel Books. 2.H. Craig Petersen, W.Chris Lewis, Sudhir K. Jain. (2006). Managerial Economics. 1st

Edition. Person Education. 3.D N Dwivedi. (2009). Managerial Economics. 8thEdition.Vikas Publishing House. 4.Suma, Damodaran. (2010). Managerial Economics. 2nd Edition. Oxford Higher Education. 5.Yogesh, Maheswari. (2012). Managerial Economics. 3rd Edition. Prentice Hall of India. 6.Marshall, Alfred. (2013). Principles of Economics. Macmillan India Ltd. 7.Paul G Keat. (2013). Managerial Economics: Economic Tools for Today's Decision Makers.

7th Edition. Publisher: Pearson. 8.H.L.Ahuja. (2015). Managerial Economics: Analysis of Managerial Decision Making. 9th

Edition. S. Chand and Company PVT. Ltd.

(Reference Books) 9.Paul G Keat, Philip K.Y. Young, Stephen E. Erfle. (2013). Managerial Economics tools for

Today’s Decision making. 7th Edition. Prentice Hall Publication.

10. Craig Petersen H., W. Cris Lewis. (2003). Managerial Economics. 4th Edition. Prentice-Hall of India. New Delhi.

11. Christopher R. Thomas, S. Charles Maurice. (2015). Managerial Economics. 12th Edition. Mc Graw Hill Education.

12. Dominick Salvotore. (2015). Managerial Economics in Global Economy. 8th Edition. Oxford University Press. USA.

13. Michael R. Baye. (2017). Managerial Economics and Business Strategy. 7th Edition. McGraw Hill Higher Education.

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS (MBA 107)

Total: 100 L -T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessional: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: To enable students to critically analyze corporate financial statements, importance of cost in the business decisions and to impart the knowledge on Costing methods and techniques including budgetary control. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. UNIT - I Meaning, nature and role of accounting; accounting equation; accounting concepts and conventions; Management Accounting - Meaning, Functions, Scope and Limitations of Management Accounting, Financial Accounting vs. Management Accounting Analysis of Financial Statement - Ratio Analysis, Preparation of fund flow and cash flow statements. UNIT - II Cost: Concept, nature, elements and classification, methods for cost variability; cost control decision accounting. Marginal costing and Break Even Analysis; Meaning, cost – volume – profit analysis. Management Application for Marginal Income Accounting. Activity Based Costing - Concept, main activities and their cost drivers, developing ABC System. UNIT – III Budgetary control: Definition of a budget, Kinds of budgets, Preparation of a Budget, Budgetary Control, Flexible Budgeting, Zero Base Budgeting, Performance Budgeting Concept. UNIT – IV Standard Costing-Meaning, Types of Standard and their revision, Difference between budgeting and standard costing. Kinds of Variances, Their use in making appraisal and fixing responsibility, Procedure of setting standard cost - Material, Labour and Overhead. Responsibility Centres - Cost Centres, Profit Centres and Investment Centres, Inter divisional transfer pricing – concept and methods. UNIT – V Current issues-Social Accounting, Human Resource Accounting, Balance Score Card Discussion of real life business Cases.

Course Outcome: After studying the course, the students would be familiar with various types of tools of financial statement analysis for critically evaluation and methods, techniques of cost accounting for decision making and budgetary control. References:

(Text Books)

1. Garrison, Eric and Brewer (2012). Management Accounting, Irwin. 2. Hongren Charles T. (2001). Introduction to Management Accounting, Pearson Education. 3. Bhattacharya S.K. & Dearden John (2011). Accounting for Management, Tata McGraw-

Hill.

(Reference Books)

4. Naryanswami (2014). Financial Accounting, Prentice Hall India. 5. Ramanathan (2014). Accounting for Management, Oxford University Press. 6. M A Sahaf (2009). Management Accounting, Vikas Publishing. 7. Shah (2008). Management Accounting, Oxford University Press.

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (MBA - 109)

Total : 100 L-T Theory : 50 3-1 Sessionals : 50 (3.5 Credits) Time : 3 hrs Course Objective: The course is designed to increase the notion of the business organization functioning within the parameters of the internal and external environment. It will also assist students to realize the place of business within the financial system and present some significant economic principles pertinent to the behavior of business in answer to changes in the environment. Further contents of course will aid to communicate facts about and encourage consciousness of, existing issues, facts and events in the local nationwide and worldwide business world. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction- Concept, Features, Relevance for business, Types of environment - internal and external- micro and macro, Economic Environment - Nature and Structure of Indian Economy, Goals of five year plans, strategies and models of economic development in India since Independence. Economic Planning, Industrial policy, Monetary and Fiscal policy and its impact on business. Union & State Budget on business. Macro- economic scenario and its impact on business. Unit-II Social-Cultural Environment- Salient features of Indian society – class & caste structure of Indian society Secularism in Indian Society, Rural – Urban differences, Joint family system, Business Participation in social & cultural affairs, Size & growth rate of population, Age structure of population, Demographic dividend & its impact on business & growth. Effects of society and culture on business. Unit-III Political & Legal- Basic tenets of the Indian Constitution, Review of functions of Political institution in India-Legislature, Executive & Judiciary, their influence on Indian Business, Centre- State relationships evolving role of state /government. Unit-IV Economic Reforms Since 1991- Economic Reforms - Impact of Liberalisation, Globalisation and Privatisation on Indian economy, Financial Sector Reforms Fiscal System, Fiscal Sector Reforms, economic Reforms and Social Justice.

Unit – V Technological and Natural Environment in India- Technology & competitive Advantage Changing technological environment in India, in house R& D in Indian Industries, difference in the levels of science & technology across countries. Environmental protection & sustainable Industrial development, Environmental Degradation, Environmental policy, EMS Standard, ISO 14000. Course Outcome: The students will be able to: know the conception of business organization working within the parameters of the internal and external environment. They will also get the knowledge regarding current business practices lasting promising prospects and issues. More over they will also have the simplicity in undertaking SWOT analysis of business and understanding about fiscal market functioning. Students will become aware of the factors affecting business and they will also come to know that how economic systems in an economy has been developed. The learning about the economic and non-economic aspects related to business will also be acquired by the students. References: (Text Books)

1. Aswathappa, K. (2010). Essentials of Business Environment. Himalaya Publishing House. 2. Cherunilam, F. (2010). Business Environment. 18th edition. Himalaya Publishing House. 3. Paul, J. (2008). Business Environment. 3rd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.

(Reference Books)

4. Goyal, Dr. A. (2010). Environment For Managers. 1st edition. V.K (India) Enterprises. 5. Neelamegam, V. (2010). Business Environment. Vrinda Publication. 6. F.Cherunillam (2014) Business Environment Text and Cases, Himalaya Publication. 7. Dutt & Sundaram (2013). Indian Economy. S. Chand Publisher, Delhi. 8. Shaikh, S (2010). Business Environment. Pearson Education India. 9. Goyal, Dr. A. (2010). Environment for Managers. 1st edition. V.K (India) Enterprises. 10. Neelamegam, V. (2010). Business Environment. Vrinda Publication.

SOFT SKILLS DEVELOPMENT (MBA 111)

Total: 100 L–T Theory: 50 3- 1 Sessionals: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3hrs Course Objective: Introduce the students to the dynamics of Communication in the Business world and help them familiarize and practice the different kinds of communication tools. To give them practice in the nuances of spoken communication. To expose them to the different forms of Business communication and help them improve their competence in using English effectively Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Self-Development and Assessment, Self-Assessment, Self-Awareness, Perception and Attitudes, Values and Belief System, Personal Goal Setting, Career Planning, Self-Esteem, Building of Self-Confidence, Unit-II Components of communication, Principles of communication barriers, listening skills Verbal Communication, Includes Planning, Preparation, Delivery, Feedback and Assessment of activities like Public speaking, Group Discussion, Oral Presentation skills, Perfect Interview, Listening and observation skills, Body language. Unit-III Written Communication, Technical Writing–Technical Reports, Project Proposals, Brochures, Newsletters, Technical Articles, Technical Manuals, Official/Business Correspondence, Business letters, Memos, Progress report, Minutes of meeting, Event reporting, Use of style, Grammar and Vocabulary for effective technical writing, Use of: Tools, Guidelines for technical writing, Publishing, Unit-IV Use of Presentation graphics, Use of Presentation aids, Study of communication.Ethics and Etiquettes, Business Ethics, Etiquettes in social as well as Office settings, Email etiquettes, Telephone Etiquettes, Managerial ethics and ethics as a management professional, Civic Sense.

Unit-V Other Skills: Managing time, Meditation, Understanding roles of manager and their Responsibility, Exposure to work environment And culture in today’s job Places, Improving Personal Memory, Study skills that include Rapid reading, Notes taking, Complex problem solving, creativity.

Course Outcome:

After the completion of course the students will have the understanding of the need of a good communicator in a company and power of communication in building up their careers. It will impact the development of overall personality and personification.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Bovee, C. L., & Thill, J. V. (2012). Excellence in business communication. Pearson Higher Ed.

2. Raymond Vincent Lesikar, John D. Pettit , Marie Elizabeth Flatley(1996). Business Communication.

3. Herta A. Murphy, Herbert William Hildebrandt , (2008) P. ThomasJane . Effective Business Communication. Tata McGraw Hill.

(Reference Books)

4. Meenakshi Raman, (2012) Prakash Singh . Business Communication. Oxford Press. 5. Chaturvedi&Chaturvedi(2006). Business Communication. Pearsons. 6. Khera, S. (2000). You can win. Macmillan.. 7. Covey, S. R. (2014). The 7 habits of highly effective families. St. Martin's Press.. 8. Rogers, J. (2012). Coaching skills: A handbook: A handbook. McGraw-Hill Education

(UK). 9. Gerson, S. J., Gerson, S. M., & Gerson, S. M. (2014). Technical communication: Process

and product (Vol. 83). Pearson. 10. Mohan, R. S. K. (2002). Business Correspondence and Report Writing, 3e. Tata McGraw-

Hill Education.

BUSINESS STATISTICS (MBA-113) Total: 100

L -T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessional: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3hrs Course objective: The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with various statistical tools and techniques used to business decision making. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks Unit-I

Construction of frequency distributions and their analysis in the form of measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median, Mode) and Dispersion; Types of measures, their relative merits, limitations and characteristics; Measures of Skewness. Unit-II

Correlation analysis- meaning & types of correlation, Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation andSpearman’s rank correlation; Regression analysis-meaning and two lines of regression; Relationshipbetween correlation and regression coefficients. Unit-III Probability- basic concepts and approaches, addition, multiplication and Bayes’ theorem. Probability distributions - meaning, types and applications, Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions. Unit-IV Tests of significance- Hypothesis testing Large samples, Small samples: Chi-square test, Analysis of variance (1-way ANOVA). Unit-V Decision theory- decision making under uncertainty and risk, Bayesian analysis, decision trees. Course Outcome: After this course, the students will have the understanding of various statistical tools and techniques which will help them for decision making in various scenarios.

References:

(Text Books) 1. Levin& Rubin. (1998). Statistics for Business. Prentice Hall of India, Delhi. 2. Gupta S.P. and Gupta M.P. (1986). Business Statistics. Sultan Chand and Sons. Delhi. 3. Anderson. (2012). Quantitative Methods in Business. Thomson Learning. Bombay.

(Reference Books) 4. Anderson. (2011). Statistics for Business and Economics. Thomson Learning. Bombay. 5. Bhardwaj R.S. (2009). Business Statistics. Excel Books. 6. Kothari C.R. (2009). Quantitative Techniques. Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 7. Hooda R.P. (1994). Statistics for Business and Economics. McMillan India Ltd.

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT (MBA 115)

Total: 100 L-T-P Practical: 40 2-0-2 Internals: 60 (Credit-3.0) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with latest software packages and the addins as well as the Open Source softwares like R-Studio. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I

Application Software used in Office, Components of Office- Word-Processor. Spreadsheets, Presentations, Database; Applications of in documentation preparation and making reports; preparation of questionnaires, presentations, Tables and Graphs, Online questionnaires, Mail Merge. Unit-II

Spreadsheet details, Addressing, Formula & Function, Various Functions-date functions, text functions, logical functions, If and Lookup family function, Filter, Conditional formatting, Charts in MS-Excel, Array Functions (Ctrl+Shift+Enter). Unit-III Macros and their application, Addins- Megastat, Data Analysis, Random Number Generation, Univariate and Bivariate Analysis using Addins. Unit-IV

Introduction to Statistical Softwares- Systat/Mystat, E-views etc. Data Handling, Univariate and Bivariate Analysis. Unit-V

Introduction to R & R-Studio- Concept of Variables/Vector/ Packages, R as Calculator, working on Directories, importing (Excel/SPSS/Stata/SAS) File and Exporting, Results, Univariate and Bivariate Analysis using R-Studio, Various Charts in R: Bar-chart, Pie chart, Scatter plot, Histogram, Boxplots.

Course Outcome:

After this course, the students will have a better understanding of various statistical packages, their usage and the genesis of open source softwares.


1. June Jamrich Parsons. (2008). Computer Concepts. 7th Edition. Thomson Learning, Bombay.

2. Ann Shaffer, Patrick Carey, Kathy Finnegan, Joseph Adamski, Beverly Zimmerman. (2010). New Perspectives on Microsoft Office 2007. Brief; Cengage Learning.

3. Lambert, Joan; Frye, Curtis. (2016). Microsoft Office 2016 Step by Step. Microsoft Press, Washington.

(Reference Books)

4. Jelen, Bill. (2016). Advance Excel 2016 in Depth. BPB Publication. 5. Walkenbach, John. (2015). Microsoft Excel 2016 Bible: The Comprehensive Tutorial

Resource. Wiley Publication. 6. Alexander, Michael, Kusleika Dick. (2016). Excel 2016 Power Programming with VBA.

Wiley Publication. 7. Everitt, B., & Hothorn, T. (2011). An introduction to applied multivariate analysis with R.

Springer Science and Business Media. 8. Lander, J. P. (2014). R for Everyone: Advanced analytics and graphics. Pearson Education.

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (MBA 102)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The purpose of this course is to acquaint the students with broad framework of financial decision making in a business unit. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks.

Unit-I

Concept Of Finance: Meaning, Scope, and functions of Financial Management; Financial planning and strategies; Forms of Business Organization and Financial Considerations. Nature and Significance of Primary and Secondary Markets, objectives and functions, indices of BSE, NSE and OTCEI and its calculation.

Unit-II Financing Decisions: Long term Sources of Fund – equity share, preference shares, debentures, bonds, warrants, venture capital and ploughing back of profits. Short Term Sources of Funds – Commercial Paper, Certificate of Deposit, Treasury Bills. Concept and significance of Cost of Capital and its computation; Leverage; operating, financial and combined leverages and its implications, EBIT-EPS analysis; Capital structure: Theories and determinants of capital structure, Financial indifference point.

Unit-III

Investment Decisions: Investment Decisions: nature, importance, Time Value of Money, Appraisal Techniques for risk free projects (Discounted and Non-Discounted Techniques), Estimation of Discount Rate (Cost of Capital).

Working Capital Management - Meaning, Significance & factors influencing the level of working capital management. Management of cash, receivables and inventory. Unit-IV Dividend Decisions: Ploughing back of profits, forms of dividends, factors affecting dividend policy, dividend payout decisions.

Unit-V Relevant Issues: Corporate Restructuring: Acquisitions, change in ownership, Lease financing, Shareholders value and its calculation, EVA/VAR, Financial reengineering, Derivatives, Venture capital financing, stock Market Index calculation. Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of Financial Management, the student will be able to: demonstrate an understanding of the overall role and importance of the finance function. The students will also able to exhibit basic finance management knowledge and communicate effectively using standard business terminology.

References:

(Text Books)

1. James Van Horne (1979) : Essentials of Financial Management, Prentice Hall 2. Walker E. W. (1974) : Essentials of Financial Management, Prentice Hall 3. Khan, M .Y . (2010): Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi.

(Reference Books)

4. Pandey, I.M. (2009) : Financial Management, Vikas Publishing 5. Prasanna Chandra (2011) : Financial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill 6. Srivastava, Misra (2008) : Financial Management, Oxford University Press 7. Alice, John & Cheng (2010) : Financial Analysis, Planning and Forecasting, World

Scientific

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (MBA 104)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective:

This paper appreciates the importance of human resource management as a field of study and as a central management function. This course introduces the students with the basic concepts, functions and processes of human resource management. It will create awareness in the students regarding the role, functions and functioning of human resource department of the organizations. The main objective of this course is to teach the students that how an organization acquires, rewards, motivates, uses, and generally manages its people effectively by performing the wide range of people related duties in today’s increasingly complex workplace.

Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks Unit-I Introduction-Concept, Scope and Importance, Evolution of Human Resources Management, Challenges of HRM, HRM environment; HR Policies, HR Planning: Its Process and Importance. Job Analysis and Job Design. Contemporary Factors in Job Design. Unit-II Human resource acquisition- Recruitment; meaning, definition, importance, factors governing recruitment, Recruitment Process. Selection; Meaning, Definition, Selection Process. Selection testing and selection interview. Placement; meaning and purpose, problems in Placement. Orientation; meaning and purpose, typical orientation programs, requisites, evaluation and problems of orientation. New Developments in Recruitment, Selection, Placement and Induction Practices. Internal Mobility: Promotions, transfers and separations; purpose, principles, types, reasons, of promotions and transfers. Lay-off, resignation, dismissal or discharge, retrenchment and VRS. Unit-III Human resource development- training & development- Nature, Its Importance as source of competitive Advantage, Inputs in Training and Development; Training Needs Identification; Training Process: Deriving Instructional Objectives, Designing, Methods of Training and Development Implementation and Evaluation of the Training Program. New Developments in T&D field. Performance Appraisal: Its Process, Methods and Its Relevance. Performance Management. Potential Appraisal. Job Evaluation; Scope, Process and Methods of Job Evaluation. Career Planning and Development

Unit-IV Wages and salary administration- employee remuneration- Components of Remuneration, Ideal Remuneration System/Plan; Factor Influencing Employee Remuneration; Devising a Remuneration Plan; Incentive Payments& Schemes; Meaning, Definition, Scope, Importance, Prerequisites for an Effective Incentives System; Other Employee Benefits. Unit-V Contemporary issues in HRM-Employee Counseling, Worker’s Participation in Management, Employees safety and health, Trade Unions, Grievance handling, Employee empowerment, Issues in Industrial relations and industrial Conflict/Disputes. Six Sigma in HRM, Work-Life Balance, Employee Engagement. Competency Based HRM, HR Analytics: HR Metrics and Analytics, Objectives of HR Analytics, Stages of HR Analytics, HR Analytics and the HR Delivery Model. HR as Human Capital Course Outcome:

After the completion of this course students will be able to develop a comprehensive knowledge of issues affecting the employer-employee relationship. Based on this knowledge, students will be able to advance appropriate organizational HRM practices and be familiar with each element’s key concepts & terminology. They will be able to apply the principles and techniques of human resource management gained through this course to the discussion of major personnel issues. References: (Text Books)

1. K.Aswathapa. (2017). Human Resource Management: Text and Cases. 6th edition Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

2. Dessler and Varakkey. (2017). Human Resource Management 12th edition. Pearson Education

3. Biswajeet Pattnayak. (2013). Human Resource Management. Prentice Hall of India. 4. Michael Armstrong. ( 2014). Handbook of HRM Practice. Kogan Page. 5. V.S.P. Rao. (2009). Human Resource Management. Himalaya Publication House.

(Reference Books)

6. Raymond, Noe and Hollenbeck. (2010). Fundamentals of Human Resource Management. Tata McGraw Hill.

7. Debashish Sengupta. (2012). Human Resource Management. Wiley India. 8. Sarah Gilmore. (2013). Human Resource Management. Oxford University Press. 9. Cascio and Nambudri. (2009). Managing HR, Productivity, Quality of Life and Profits.

Tata McGraw Hill. 10. Seema Sanghi. (2012). Human Resource Management. Macmillan, India Publication. 11. Aggarwala, Tanuja. (2010). Strategic HRM. Oxford University Press. 12. P. Jyothi. (2012). Human Resource Management. Oxford University Press. 13. Lepak and Gowan. (2011). Human Resource Management. Pearson Education. 14. R.S. Dwivedi (2003). Managing Human Resources and Industrial Relations in Indian

Enterprises. Galgotia Publishing Company, New Delhi.

PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (MBA-106) Total: 100

L–T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessional: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: The objective of the subject is to provide the various aspects of production management as well as various quantitative techniques which are of great importance for quantitative decision-making. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Objectives of Production/Operations Management- Nature and Types of Production/Operation, Production Capacity – Planning and Control, Plant Location. Unit-II Plant Layout, Work Design and Measurement, Maintenance and Material Handling Methods, Forecasting. Unit-III L P formulation- Formulation of problem and its solution by graphical and simplex methods; special cases in simplex method: infeasibility, degeneracy, unboundedness and multiple optimal solutions. Unit-IV Transportation problems including transhipment problems- Special cases in transportation problems: unbalanced problems, degeneracy, maximization objective and multiple optimal solutions; assignment problems including traveling salesman’s problem. Special cases in assignment problems: unbalanced problems, maximization objective and multiple optimal solutions. Unit-V PERT/CPM- Difference between PERT and CPM, network construction, calculating floats & probability considerations in PERT, time -cost trade-off. Game theory, pure and mixed strategy games; principle of dominance; two persons zero sum game;

Course Outcome: At the end of the course, the students will have an understanding of the various concepts of production and operations management as well as the various techniques of decision making.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Panneerselvam. R. (2006). Operations Research. PHI, New Delhi. 2. Kapoor, V. K. (2010). Operations Research. Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi. 3. Taha, Hamdy A. (2008). Operations Research. Prentice Hall, New Delhi.

(Reference Books)

4. Chary, S. N. (2009). Production and Operations Management. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

5. Buffa, Sarin. (2007). Modern Production / Operations management. 6. Sharma J.K (2009), “Operations Research” Macmillan, New Delhi.

MARKETING MANAGEMENT (MBA - 108)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credit-3.5) Course Objective: This course intends to provide an experienced-based approach to marketing theory and its practical application. Through a combination of interactive discussions, cases, practical examples, individual assignments, and a group project, the course applies marketing topics to consumer and business-to-business products and services. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction: Defining Marketing for 21st Century, Developing marketing strategies and plans, Conducting marketing research and demand, Gathering information and scanning the environment. Unit-II Connecting with Customers: Analyzing Consumer and Business Markets, Identifyingmarket segments and targets, Developing Positioning strategy. Unit-III Developing value (Product and Pricing): Setting Product strategy, Designing and Managing services, Developing Pricing strategies and Programs. Unit-IV Communicating Value: Integrated Marketing Communications, Personal and Mass Communications. Unit-V Delivering Value: Designing and Developing Integrated marketing channels, Managing Retailing, Wholesaling and logistics. Introducing new market offerings, Developing a holistic organization, case Studies.

Course Outcome: In this comprehensive and practical introduction to marketing management, students improve their ability to make effective marketing decisions, including assessing marketing opportunities and developing marketing strategies and implementation plans.Students gain significant experience in communicating and defending their marketing recommendations and building on the ideas of others.

References:

(Text Book)

1. Kotler, P., and Keller, K. (1988). L. (2006). Marketing management. (Reference Books)

2. Ramaswamy. (2009). Marketing Management: Global Perspective, Indian Context. MacMillan Publisher India Ltd. New Delhi.

3. Rajan Sexena. (2010). Marketing Management. 4th edition. Tata McGraw Hill. 4. Edd Applegate, Art Johnsen. (2007). Cases in Advertising and Marketing Management:

Real Situations for Tomorrow. Rowman and Littlefield Publishers. 5. Kenneth E. Clow, Donald Baack. (2012). Cases in Marketing Management. Sage

Publications. 6. Sharma, D. (2014).MKTG 2/e Cengage Learning.

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (MBA-110)

Total: 100 L –T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: The course will facilitate students to know the Total Quality Management concept and principles and a variety of tools accessible to accomplish Total Quality Management. It will create them to comprehend the statistical approach for quality control. Further it will also craft responsiveness about the ISO and QS certification process and its necessitate for the industries. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks Unit-I

Introduction to TQM: What is TQM? Understanding concepts of quality, scope of TQM, TQM:

the guiding principle, customer orientation, productivity improvement through quality.

Unit-II

Quality Philosophies: Deming, Juran, Philip, Genichi Taguchi, TQM Model.

Unit-III

Basic Statistical Tools: Introduction, elements of risk, total process risk, step-by-step problem

solving process, Pareto Analysis, concentration diagrams, activity sampling, data handling and

displaying P-FMEA.

Unit-IV

Problems Solving and Continuous Improvement: Introduction, implementation of six sigma,

Kaizen kanban and JIT, 5-S, quality circles and Zero defects

Unit-V

Relevant Issues: Cost of quality, bench-marking, Re-engineering and TQM, HRM and TQM, ISO-

9000 series, Quality awards, Emerging Concepts.

Course Outcome: On successful completion of the course students will be able to understand the essential principles of Total Quality Management and select suitable statistical techniques for getting better processes

They will also be able to write reports to management telling processes and advocating ways to look up them. The course will also develop their research skills that will allocate them to maintain abreast of changes in the field of Total Quality Management.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Dale H. Besterfiled, et al. (2004). Total Quality Management. Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN 81-297-0260-6.

(Reference Books)

2. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay. (2002). The Management and Control of Quality. 5th edition. South-Western (Thomson Learning), ISBN 0-324-06680-5.

3. Feigenbaum. A.V. (1991). Total Quality Management. McGraw-Hill. 4. Oakland. J.S. (1989). Total Quality Management. Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford. 5. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. (1996). Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks.

New Age International. 6. Zeiri. (1991). Total Quality Management for Engineers. Wood Head Publishers. 7. Lt. Gen. H. LaI. (1990). Total Quality management. Wiley Eastern Limited. 8. Greg Bounds. (1994). Beyond Total Quality Management. McGraw Hill. 9. Menon, H.G. (1992). TQM in New Product manufacturing. McGraw Hill. 10. Shailendra Nigam. (2005). Total Quality Management an integrated approach. Excel

Books. 11. Bester field, Dole, H. Michel, Carol Bester field, Bester-field. (2011). Total Quality

Management. Pearson Education. 12. Bharat Wakhlu. (1998). Total Quality Excellence through Organization Wide

Transformation. Wheeler Publishing. 13. Samuel Kho. (1995). TQM Integrated Approach. Kogan Page Limited, London. 14. Evans James R. and Dean, James W. (2006). Total Quality Management, Organization and

Strategy, Thomson Asian Pvt. Ltd.

BUSINESS ETHICS (MBA -112)

Total: 100 L-T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (3.5 Credits) Time: 3 hrs

Course Objective: The course will help to provide an overview of current thinking and developments in the field of corporate governance. It will also enable students to critically examine the ethical dilemmas and to understand the importance of ethical principles and governance in globalised economy. Further it will try to develop an understanding of ethics and values in the business community and their relationship to corporate governance.

Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks.

Unit-I Introduction: Concept and principles of ethics - need and importance, personal vs. business ethics, code of conduct and ethics for managers, Management and ethics, Ethical decision making, Ethical organizations Unit-II Conflicts and Ethical Dilemmas: Concept of ethical dilemmas- Corporate dilemmas over ethical behaviour, Sources of ethical problems, Strategies to resolve ethical dilemmas, Walton’s six models of Business conduct, Traditional and Contemporary moral Philosophies. Unit-III Ethical Decision Making: A Decision Making Model: Ethics as Making decisions and choices, Kohlberg’s Model of Cognitive moral development, factors influencing ethical decision making, Personal values vs. ethical decision making, process of making good ethical decision making Unit-IV Ethical Issues in Business Functional Areas: Ethical issues in marketing, finance, human resource, Environmental ethics, Ethics in IT Industry, Globalisation and ethics, Consumer protection and ethics, Whistle Blowing - Concept, Types, guidelines, legal provisions and some cases, Theories of Governance. Unit-V Corporate Social Responsibility: Concept, relevance and need of CSR, views about CSR, models of implementing CSR, benefits of CSR, Ethics and CSR, Indian Cases Corporate Governance - Concept of Corporate governance, Significance, issues in corporate governance, areas of corporate

governance, benefits to corporation and community, Indian model of corporate governance, legal provisions, some good governance cases. Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of the requirements for this course, students will be able to:define, explain and illustrate the theoretical foundations of business ethics; re-examine their knowledge of business and economic concepts from an ethical perspective; explain and illustrate the importance, for business and the community. References: (Text Books)

1. Fernando, A.C. (2006). Corporate Governance: Principles Policies & Practices. Pearson Education.

2. Balachandran, S., Raja, K.C.R. and Nair, B.K. (2008). Ethics, Indian Ethos and Management. 2nd edition. Mumbai: Shroff Publishers and Distributors .

(Reference Books)

3. Velasquez, Manuel G. (2012). Business Ethics: Concept & Cases. PHI Learning, 4. Ghosh, B. (2006). Ethics in Management and Indian Ethos. Vikas Publication. 5. Albuquerque, D. (2010). Business Ethics: Principles and Practices. Oxford University

Press. 6. Crane, Andrew. (2011). Business Ethics. Oxford University Press. 7. Manuel G (2017). Business Ethics. Velasquez, Pearson Education. 8. Biswanath Ghosh (2009). Ethics in Management and Indian Ethos. Vikas Publication. 9. P.S. Bajaj, Raj Aggarwal. (2004). Business Ethics: An Indian Perspective. Dreamtech

Press. 10. S.K. Bhatia. (2004). Business Ethics and Corporate Governance. Deep and Deep

Publications. 11. Francis. (2009). Business Ethics. Tata McGraw-Hill Education. 12. Debashis Guha. (2008). Practical and Professional Ethics: Economic and business ethics.

Concept Publishing Company.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (MBA-114)

Total: 100

L–T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: The objective of this paper is to impart knowledge about various stages of the research processes and their application in decision making. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Nature, scope and need of business research- managerial value of business research: components of theory–concepts, constructs, variables, definitions and hypothesis; the process of research:structure of research proposal. Unit-II Research design concept and types- validity and reliability aspects; sampling design and techniques; factors influencing sample size; nature of measurement. Unit-III Characteristics of sound measurement-nature of measurement scales; scale construction techniques: sources and methods of data collection; questionnaire designing. Unit-IV Data preparation and descriptive analysis- hypothesis testing; parametric and non -parametric tests (analysis of variance, x2 test, sign test, the Mann -Whitney U-test, Kruskal – Wallis H-test); computer program for analysis. Unit-V Nature of Multivariate-analysis- Introduction to Multivariate techniques, Ingredients of formal reports; construction of formal reports; nature of oral reports; mechanism of documentation and bibliography construction, Online citation builder Course Outcome: After completing this course the students will have an understanding of the various aspects of research and this shall help them in their summer internship as well as dissertation reports.

References:

(Text Books)

1. C.R. Kothari. (2004). Research Methodology Methods and Techniques. New Age International Publisher.

2. R. Panneerselvam. (2014). Research Methodology. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

(Reference Books)

3. William Zikmund, Barry Babinjon Carr (2012). Business Research Methods. Cengage Learning.

4. Alan Bryman, Emma Bell (2011). Business Research Methods. 3rd edition. Oxford University Press.

5. Naval Bajpai (2011). Business Research Methods. Pearson Publishers. 6. Levin and Rubin (1997). Statistics for Business. Prentice Hall of India, Delhi. 7. Malhotra, N., Hall, J., Shaw, M., and Oppenheim, P. (2006). Marketing research: An

applied orientation. Pearson Education Australia.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (MBA-116)

Total: 100 L–T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: This course aims at providing an insight of various components of information systems, software development methodologies and their stages of development. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks Unit-I Data and Information. MIS- need and concepts, factors influencing MIS and characteristics of MIS, Technology of MIS. Structure of MIS. Decision Making and role of MIS. Unit-II Data communication. Basic H/W required, Channel features and concept of Distributed Data bases. Decision Support System: Overview, components and classification, steps in constructing a DSS, role in business, group decision support system Unit-III Information system for strategic advantage, strategic role for information system, breaking business barriers, business process reengineering, improving business qualities. Unit-IV Planning for MIS- System Development Methodologies; Conceptual and detailed designs of MIS. Information system analysis and design, information SDLC, hardware and software acquisition, system testing, documentation and its tools, conversion methods, System implementation Strategies and process; System Evaluation and Maintenance. Unit-V Role of CBIS in an Organization, MIS Models, Functional application of MIS (viz. Marketing IS, Manufacturing IS, Accounting IS, Financial IS, Personal IS, Production IS).

Course Outcome: After this students, the students will have a better understanding of software development methodologies and various function information systems. References: (Text Books)

1. Jawadekar (2013). Management Information Systems. TMH, N Delhi. 2. Brien, James (2008). Management Information System. Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi. 3. Stair (2013). Principles of Management System. Thomson Learning, Bombay.

(Reference Books)

4. Mckeown (1993). Information Technology and the Networked Economy. Thomson Learning, Bombay.

5. Brady (2000). Advance Cases in MIS. Thomson Learning, Bombay. 6. Murdick& Ross (1995). Management Information System. PHI, Delhi. 7. Kanter, J. (1984). Management Information System. PHI, Delhi.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

CURRICULUM

(w.e.f. Session 2019-2020)

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

KURUKSHETRA-136119


To be a role model in management education and research responsive to global

challenges.



M2: To develop innovative professionals, entrepreneurs and researchers.

M3: To generate prime knowledge resources for the growth of industry, society and


PEOs Statements


PEO2: To inculcate innovative and sustainable solution to accomplish the dynamic

socio-economic needs.

PEO3: To enhance research acumen for the growth of industry and society.


THIRD

SEMESTER COMPULSORY

SUBJECT SYLLABUS

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (MBA 201)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: This course examines the international environment for business and offers theoretical and practical background to implement strategies and marketing for successfully penetrating international markets and managing international firms. This course will help the students to look at strategic options for major firm functions such as marketing and finance, and examine how these functions relate to the firm's overall international strategy. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction to International Business: Defining International Business, Types of International Business, the external environment, the economic & political environment, cultural environment. Unit-II Balance of Payment and Adjustment Mechanism: Balance of payment structure, balance of trade, BOP effects on MNCs of home & host countries, Automatic adjustment in BOP.

Unit-III Theories of International Business and International Economic Institutions: Basic trade theories- absolute advantage theory, comparative cost theory, Hecksher- Ohlintheory, Gains from trade. Euro currency market, Multilateral economic institutions- IMF, World Bank, WTO, UNCTAD. Unit-IV Export Promotion and Barriers to Trade and Exchange Rate: Free trade zones, export promotion strategies, ECGC, EPCs, Institutional framework in India. Tariff and non-tariff barriers, Forex market mechanisms, exchange rate determination, risks in foreign exchange market, currency risk, forward contract, swap, FIIs. Unit-V Economic Integration and MNCs: Regional economic integration and trading agreements (SAARC, NAFTA, BIMSTEC, ASEAN), Basic nature and determinants of Foreign Direct Investment, Multinational corporations- emergence, role in international business.

Course Outcome:

After completing this course the students will learn and understand how business is conducted in the international arena. Students will also learn how managerial skills are usedto meet the challenges faced in the global workplace.

References:

(Text Book)

1. Daniels, J. D., Radebaugh, L. H., & Sullivan, D. P. (1998). International business: Environments and operations. Addison-Wesley.

2. Aswathappa, A. (2005). International Business 2nd edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Education.

(Reference Books)

3. Cherunilam, F. (2010). International business: text and cases. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 4. Hill, C. (2008). International business: Competing in the global market place. Strategic

Direction. 24(9). 5. Raj Aggarwal (2002). International Business. Excel Books. 6. Suresh Bedi (2009). International Business Environment. Excel Books. 7. Salvatore, D. (2012). International economics. Wiley Global Education. 8. Bhalla, V. K., and Ramu, S. S. (2000). International Business: Environment and

Management. Anmol Publications. 9. Charles W. L. Hill (2007). International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace.

McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

BUSINESS LAW AND CORPORATE TAXATION (MBA 203)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The course is designed to provide an understanding of legal processes involved in management of an organization. The main focus is on understanding basic laws affecting the operation of a Business Enterprise Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks.

Unit-I

Intellectual Property Rights (Patent, Trademark and Copy Right).

Unit-II

Cyber Law and Competition Act.

Unit-III

Contract Act and Sales of Goods Act.

Unit-IV

Negotiable Instrument Act and Company Act: Memorandum of Association, Article of Association, and Comparative Provisions related to Public and Private limited Companies, Board Meetings.

Unit-V

Goods and Services Tax (GST)- Applicability, Registration, Return and Penalties, Tax Incentives for Export Business.

Course Outcome:

After completing this course, the students will have an understanding of various aspects and dynamics of legislation that affect any business.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Tulsian P.C. (2014). Business Law McGraw Hill. 2. Kapoor, N. D. (2011). Handbook of Industrial Law. S. Chand.

(Reference Books)

3. Gonga, P. P. S. (2016). A Text book of Company law. S. Chand. 4. Pathak, Akhileshwar (2017). Legal Aspects of Business 5th edition. McGraw Hill

Education. 5. Singhania (2008). Direct Taxes Ready Reckoner. Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd. 6. Sen, A. K. and Mitra, J. K. (2013). Commercial Law (including Company Law) and

Industrial Law. World Press Pvt Ltd. 7. Mitra, S.D. and Choudhary T. G. (2017). Mitra's Legal and Commercial Dictionary.

Eastern Law House. 8. Taxmann (2018). GST Manual with GST Law Guide. 7th Edition.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT (MBA 205)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessional: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The main objective of the course is to provide the basics conceptual framework on entrepreneurship development and management of business enterprise. It will help students to understand the contribution of small scale industries in the growth and development of individual and the nation. Further course will help students to acquaint students with the emerging challenges and concepts in the field of entrepreneurship.


Unit-I

Introduction To Entrepreneurship- Concept and Types of entrepreneurs,, Significance of Entrepreneur in Economic Development, Economic, social and psychological need for entrepreneurship, Characteristics, qualities, and pre-requisites of entrepreneur; Creativity and innovation, Methods and procedures to start and expand one’s own business, Life cycle of new business and relationship with large enterprise, Achievement motivation, Environmental Factors affecting success of a new business, Reasons for the failure and visible problems for business.

Unit-II

Project Feasibility Study-Preparation of Feasibility Reports: Selection of factory location, Demand Analysis, Market potential measurement, Capital saving and project costing, Working capital requirements, profit and tax planning; Economic, Technical, Financial and Managerial Feasibility of Project.

Unit-III

Sustaining competitiveness in entrepreneurship- Maintaining Competitive Advantage, The Changing Role of the Entrepreneur: Mid Career Dilemmas, Harvesting Strategies versus Go for Growth.

Unit-IV

Government support to new enterprise- Incentives, Sources of Finance, Role of Govt. and Promotional agencies in EDP, Role of DIC, Ministry of MSME, Various government support to MSME.

Unit-V

Entrepreneurship Development Programmes- Entrepreneurship Development Programmes; Role of technical institutions in EDP, Role of various institutions in developing entrepreneurship in India, EDI Ahmedabad.

Course Outcome:

Students will be able to define, identify and apply the principles of entrepreneurial. They will also be able to apply the principles of viability of businesses, new business proposals, and opportunities within existing businesses. Students will also be able to understand for preparing a startup business plan emphasizing financing, marketing, and organizing; Further they will also be able to define, identify and/or apply the principles of new venture financing, growth financing, and growth financing for existing businesses.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Desai.Vasant (2008). Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.

(Reference Books)

2. Hisrich, Manimala (2013). Entrepreneurship. McGraw-Hill Education India. 3. Gupta, Srinivasan (2013). Entrepreneurship Development in India. Sultan Chand & Sons. 4. K Ramchandran (2008). Entrepreneurship Development. Tata McGraw- Hill Education. 5. David H. Holt (2009). Entrepreneurship. New Venture Creation. PHI Learning. 6. Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters, Dean A. Shepherd (2013). Entrepreneurship. Tata

McGraw Hill Education. 7. H. Nandan (2013). Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship. PHI Learning.

THIRD SEMESTER

HUMAN RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT SYLLABUS

LABOUR LAWS (MBA- 211)

Total: 100 Theory: 50

L -T Sessionals: 50 3-1 Time: 3hrs (Credit-3.5)

Course Objective:

This course is offered as a human resource management elective in the second year. The objective of this paper is to help the students to understand the legal aspects of the human resources in the organization which governs employment relationships. The paper will develop awareness amongst students about the various acts and existing legislative provisions related to wages, health, safety, compensation, settlement of disputes, bonus, provident funds and many more required for smooth functioning of an organization.


Unit-I

Laws Related to Working Hours, Conditions of Services and Employment-The Factories Act, 1948, The Mines Act 1952, The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970; The Sales Promotion Employees Act 1976.

Unit-II

Laws Related to Industrial Relations-The Trade Union Act, 1926,. The Industrial Disputes Act 1947. The Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946

Unit-III

Laws Related to Wages-The Payment Of Wages Act, 1936 & The Payment of Wages (Amendment) Act,2001. The Minimum Wages Act, 1948: The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965.

Unit-IV

Law Related to Equality and Empowerment of Women, Deprived and Disadvantaged Sections of Society-The Maternity Benefit Act, 1961, The Equal Remuneration Act 1976, The Child Labour(Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986.

Unit-V

Laws related to Social Security-The Employee’s State Insurance Act, 1948; The Unorganized Worker’s Social Security Act 2008. The Workmen Compensation Act, 1923 Employees' Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952; Payment of Gratuity Act 1972.

Course Outcome:

After completing the course, students will be aware of the employer’s obligations under the statutes and employee/workers rights under the Acts. The powers of the government/authorities under the Act and the consequences of non compliance of the statutes. Develop understanding of the fundamental principles and how they apply to certain legal problems will certainly enable students in avoiding conflict with labour. Students are expected to demonstrate knowledge in labour laws which protect minimum labour standards and improve working conditions, provide social security benefits, and promote the general welfare of the workers.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Kapoor.N.D. (2013). Elements of Industrial Law. Sultan Chand and Sons. 2. Malik, P.L. (2010). Handbook of Labour and Industrial Laws. Eastern Book Company, 3. Padhi, P.K (2010). Labor and Industrial Laws. Prentice Hall of India. 4. Srivastava, ,( 2007). Labour and Industrial Laws. Vikas Publications, New Delhi,.

(Reference Books)

5. C S Venkataratnam (2009). Industrial Relations, Oxford University Press. 6. Mamoria, Mamoria and Gankar (2009). Dynamics of IR, HPH, New Delhi. 7. Sinha, P.R.N. et al (2009). Industrial Relations, Trade Unions, and Labour Legislation.

Pearson Education, 8. Monappa, Nambudri and Selvaraj (2009). Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, Tata

McGraw Hill Publishing India. 9. B D Singh, (2009). Industrial Relations and Labour Laws. Excel Publications.

ORGANISATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT (MBA- 221) Total: 100

Theory: 50 L-T Sessionals: 50 3-1 Time: 3hrs (Credit-3.5)

Course Objective:

An elective course of human resource management in the second year introduces students to the social science techniques and change interventions used to improve organizational effectiveness and also to enhance the personal development of individuals. It focuses on the philosophy, history, and evolving approaches associated with organizational change and development, with special focus on initiating and managing change. This paper also introduces methods which are commonly used to identify organizational problems, understand the underlying causes for these problems, and collect information and data about the causes or problems, and present diagnostic results.

Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks

Unit-I

Organisational Change- Concept, Forces for Change, Types of Change in Organisations. Process, Models of Organisational Change, Resistance to Change, Overcoming Resistance to Change

Unit-II

Introduction and Foundations of Organisational Development- Organizational Development: Concept, Scope, Definition and Important Characteristics of OD, Values, Beliefs and Assumptions underlying the field of OD. System Theory, Parallel Learning Structure, Action Research.

Unit-III

Process of Organizational Development- Diagnosis- Relevance of diagnosis for OD, Importance of Correct diagnosis in success of OD, Approaches/Models of Diagnosis: SIX BOX model, 7 S Framework, Force Field Analysis.

Unit-IV

OD Interventions-overview, Team Building Interventions and their Rationales; Intergroup team building and the Organization Mirror Intervention; Personal, Interpersonal and Group Process Interventions; Nature of Comprehensive OD interventions; Structural Interventions & OD, conditions important for successful OD efforts.

Unit-V

OD Consultant & Issues in OD- Choosing the OD Consultant. Role and competencies of the OD Consultant, Ethical issues in OD Consulting, Organizational Power and Politics and its impacts on OD. Future Terms and Applications of OD, OD in Public Sector Enterprises.

Course Outcome:

After completing the course, students will be able to explain organizational change processes and learn approaches and strategies for managing organizational change. They will recognize an improvement in their ability to synthesize, articulate, and disseminate information and knowledge concerning organizational change to others through dialogue and critique.

References:

(Text Books)

1. French, Bell and Vohra (2017). Organization Development. 16th edition, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd

2. Singh, Kavita (2010). Organizational Change and Development, second edition, Excel Books.

(Reference Books)

3. French and Bell (1991) Organizations Development. Prentice Hall of India. New Delhi, 4. French, W L. etc (1990). Organization Development theory, Practice and research 3rd

edition, Universal Book Stall, New Delhi 5. Robbins , Judge and Vohra (2011). Organisational Behaviour, Pearson Education India 6. Kinicki and Krietner (2011). OrganisationalBehaviour, McGraw Hill Publications 7. Newstrom (2011) Organisational Behaviour at Work, McGraw Hill Publications 8. Baron and Greenberg(2011). Behaviour in Organisations, PHI 9. Jones and Mathew (2011). Organisation Designs, Theory and Change, Pearson Education 10. Pareek, Udai (2012). Understanding Organisational Behaviour. Oxford University Press.

MANAGEMENT TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT (MBA-231)


L–T Sessional: 50 3- 1 Time: 3hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

This course aims to cover the essential concepts in training and development to provide a sound foundation for understanding the key issues and to provide an in-depth understanding of the role of the training in the human resource development. This course enables the students to manage training processes and system for developing human resource of the organization. This course will help the students to gain a understanding of management development and evaluation of training programme.


Unit-I

Introduction: Training concept, types, need, principles - Training and Development– Training Process – an overview. Role and responsibilities of training manager. Training and Development in India. Training Needs Analysis (TNA): The Process, Approaches, Scope of TNA, and Organizational Analysis: Training Process Design, Output of TNA.

Unit-II

Training Program Designing: Considerations in Designing Effective Training Programs: Selecting and Preparing the Training Site, Selecting Trainers& Trainees, Learning Environment, Pre-training Communication, Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee (Motivation of Trainee, Reinforcement, Goal setting) Methods /Techniques: Training Climate and Pedagogy - Different training methods and techniques.

Unit-III

Evaluation: Evaluation of Training Programmes – Need, Principles, Criteria, Levels, and Types & Methods/Techniques of evaluation- Traditional and modern methods, Transfer of Training: Strategies for effective training transfer.

Unit-IV

Management Development: Need, Importance, Process, Methods/Techniques, Evaluation of Management Development Programs. Mentoring and Coaching: Concept, Need, Importance and Styles, Career Management.

Unit-V

Contemporary Approaches/Issues in Training & Development: E-Learning & Use of Technology in Training, Future Issues in Training & Development: New Technologies, Virtual Work Arrangement, Multiple Delivery Methods, Outsourcing Training, Future Trends in Trainers’ Skills and Competencies.

Course Outcome:

After the completion of this course, students will be able to understand the importance of training and development for organization as well as for employees. The students will also be aware about the contemporary approaches and issues in training and development.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Noe, Raymond & Kodwani, Amitabh (2018), Employee Training and Development, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi.

2. Deb, Tapomoy, (2008), Training and Development: Concepts and Applications, 5th Edition, Ane Books India.

3. Garry Dessler and Biju Varakkey, (2012), Human Resource Management, 14th Edition, Pearson Education.

(References Books)

4. Michael Armstrong, (2014), Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice, 12th Edition. Kogan Page India.

5. Lynton, R. Pareek, U., (2012), Training for Development, 3rd Revised Edition, Sage Publications, New Delhi, 2012.

6. Sahu RK (2009), Management Training for Development, Excel Publication. 7. Janakiram, B. (2009), Training and Development, Biztantra. 8. Blanchard and Thacker (2005), Effective Training Systems, Strategies and Practices, 4th

Edition, Pearson Publication.

COUNSELLING SKILLS FOR MANAGERS (MBA- 241)


L-T Sessionals: 50 3-1 Time: 3hrs (Credit-3.5)

Course Objective:

The objective of this course is to help the students understand the workplace in today’s competitive world and to know the importance of counseling. This course also covers roles and skills of counselor, applications of counselling, counselling strategies, ethics and codes. This course takes students through the therapies of counseling.


Unit-I

Introduction and Process: Counselling: Definition, Approaches, Types, Values and Goals of Counselling, Emergence and Growth of Counselling. Counselling Process: Initial encounter with the client, Developing relationship, Problem Identification, Goal Setting, Plan of Action and its Implementation, Termination of Relationship and Follow-up.

Unit-II

Roles and Skills of Counselor: Referral Procedures, Role of Counselor& Client in various stages. Skills and Attitudes required in Counselling: Verbal and Non-verbal Communication skills, Listening Skills; Advanced Skills in Counselling: Advanced empathy, theme identification, self-disclosure, perception-check, interpretation, clarification, confrontation and immediacy.

Unit-III

Applications of Counselling: Key Competencies, Qualities & Values for a Professional Counselor, Dilemmas for a managerial counsellor. Applications of Counseling Skills in Modern Organisations. Performance Counselling: Meaning, Objectives and Process.

Unit-IV

Therapies: Counselling Therapies: Cognitive Therapy, Behavioural Therapy, Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy (CBT), Psychoanalytic Therapy, Person-Centered Therapy, Gestalt and Existential Therapy.

Unit-V

Counselling Strategies, Ethics and Codes:Counselling Strategies & Interventions: Behavioural, Decision Making, Problem Solving Techniques. Ethics in Counselling: Ethical Principles & codes of conduct for professional counselors. Guidelines for Effective Counselling.

Course Outcome:

After completing this course the students will be conversant with counselling concept, goals and its process. The students will be able to understand the skill and advanced skills which are required in counselling. The students will be well versed with the performance counselling and different counselling therapies.


1. Singh, Kavita (2010), Counseling Skills for Managers, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, Delhi.

2. Rao, S. Narayana, (2007), Counselling and Guidance, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education.

3. Mitchell and Gibson, (2007), Counselling and Guidance, 7th Edition, Pearson Education India.

(References Books)

4. Gladding, S.T., (2017), Counselling A Comprehensive Profession, 7th Edition, Pearson Education

5. Patterson, Lewis, (2008) The Counselling Process, 6th Edition, Cengage Learning India. 6. Burnard, Philip, (2009), Counselling Skills Training, 2nd Edition, Kogan Page India. 7. Feltham and Dryden, (2012), Brief Counselling, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Publishing. 8. Kotler, Jeffrey, (2008), Counselling Theories and Practices, Cengage Learning India.

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT (MBA-251)

Total: 100 L –T-P Theory: 50 3- 1-0 Sessionals: 50 (Credit-3.5) Time: 3 hrs

Course Objective:

This course observes the significance of an efficient performance management system in helping organizations describe and attain short and long term aims. It gives detail and strengthens the idea that performance management is not a one-time managerial event, but an in progress process of planning, assisting, measuring and improving individual and organizational performance. In adding together, the course highlights the importance of evaluating the usefulness of human resource activities that are intended to augment individual and organizational performance.


UNIT-I

Introduction to Performance Management- Concept, aims and role of performance management system, performance management contribution, challenges of performance management, theoretical foundations of performance management.

UNIT-II

Overview of Performance Management Process- Performance management process: prerequisites; performance planning, execution, performance assessment, performance review and performance renewal and recontracting.

UNIT-III

Performance Management and Strategic Planning-definition and objective of strategic planning, process of linking performance management to the strategic plan: strategic planning, developing strategic plans at the unit level, job descriptions, individual and team performance

Unit-IV

Implementation- Defining performance and choosing measurement approach: determinants of performance, performance dimensions and approaches to measuring performance; measuring results and behaviors: systems of measuring result and behaviour; gathering performance information: criteria of determining performance; implementing a performance management: process of performance management implementation system.

Unit-V

Key Issues-Reward-based performance management; team-based performance management and leadership-based performance management-concepts, significance, interventions and drivers; competency mapping: meaning, methods, linkage to performance planning; strategy maps and Balance score card; counselling and coaching; role and challenges of HR professionals in performance management; ethics in performance management.

Course Outcome:

Upon successful completion of this course, the student will reliably able to demonstrate the ability to: devise an organization’s performance management procedure that is submissive with law and holds up organizational mission and plan, evaluate and distinguish a variety of organizational performance management programs and most excellent practices and describe qualities of effectual performance management systems.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Deb Tapomoy (2009). Performance & Reward Management.,Ane Books Pvt. Ltd. 2. Bhattacharyya, Dipak Kumar (2011). Performance Management, Systems and Strategies, 1/e;

New Delhi: Pearson

(Reference Books)

3. Herman Aguinis (2009). Performance Management, Pearson Education. 4. T. V. Rao (2002). Appraising & Developing Managerial Performance, Excel Books 5. GaneshShermon (2004). Competency Based HRM, TMH. 6. Seema Sanghi(2004). A Handbook of Competency Mapping, Response Books. 7. Radha R Sharma (2006). 360 Degree Feedback, Competency Mapping and Assessment

Centers, , TMH. 8. Armstrong, Michael,(2014) ‘Performance Management – Key strategies and Practical

Guidelines’, Kogan Page 9. Shields, John, (2007) Managing Employees Performance and Reward’, Cambridge

University Press India. 10. Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya,(2009) Performance Management System & Strategies,

Pearson Education. New Delhi 11. Robert Bacal, (2011) Performance Management ,McGraw Hill 12. Dines K. Srivastava (2005) Strategies for Performance Management, Excel Books New

Delhi 13. Candela, Srinivas (2009) Performance Management: Strategies, Interventions and Drivers,

PHI, 14. Saks, Account and Be court (2008) Performance Management through training and

development Cengage India Learning.

THIRD SEMESTER FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT SYLLABUS

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MARKETS (MBA-213) Total: 100

Theory: 50 L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The course seeks tomake understood the students with the various aspects of money and capital market of India namely its operating system, various instruments, participants and legal framework. It seeks to develop the analytical skills required for the stock market analysis and operations in the context of capital market. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Indian Financial System – An Overview: Introduction: nature and role of Financial System; Financial System and Financial markets; financial system and economic development.

Unit-II

Financial Markets: Money and capital markets; Money market - meaning, constituents and functions; Money market instruments – call money, treasury bills, certificates of deposits, commercial bills, trade bills etc.; Recent trends in Indian money market; Capital market : primary and secondary markets; Depository system; Government securities market; Recent development in Indian capital market; Role of SEBI – an overview.

Unit-III

Reserve Bank of India: Organization, management and functions; Credit creation and credit control; Monetary Policy. Commercial Banks: Meaning, functions, management and investment policies, E-banking and E-trading; Present structure and recent developments in commercial banking.

Unit-IV

Development Banks: Concept, objectives and functions of development banks; Operational and promotional activities of development Banks; IFCI, ICICI, IDBI, IRBI, SIDBI, state development banks and state financial corporations.

Unit-V

Non-Banking Financial Institutions and Mutual Funds: Meaning & Functions of NBFIs, Concept, performance appraisal and regulation of mutual funds (with special reference of SEBI guidelines); Designing and marketing of mutual funds schemes; Latest mutual fund schemes in India – an overview.

Course Outcome:

The course seeks to enable the students to apply the knowledge gained relating to the various topics of financial market and institutions in corporate, government and other real situations.

Reference:

(Text Book)

1. Khan, M.Y. (2009). Indian Financial System. Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi. 2. Bhole, L M. (1982). Financial Markets and Institutions. Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi 3. Avdhani, (2017). Investment and Securities Markets in India, Himalaya Publications,

Delhi. 4. Pathak, Bharti (2014). Indian Financial System., Pearsons 5. P.N. Varshney (2017). Indian Financial System, Sultan Chand & Sons.

(References Book)

6. Goldsmith, Raymond W. (1 969). Financial Structure and Development. Yale University Press, New Haven.

7. Bascom, Wilbert 0. (1994). "The Economics of Financial Reform in Developing Countries". St. Martin's Press. Inc. New York.

MERCHANT BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES (MBA-223)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

The course seeks to familiarize the students with the various concepts and aspects of traditional and emerging financial services. It would enable the students in understanding the various aspects of issue management namely issue pricing, preparation of prospectus, book building process, underwriting etc. The course would also enable the students in understanding the conceptual framework of various fee and fund based services namely leasing, hire purchase, credit rating, credit syndication, factoring etc.

Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks

Unit-I

Merchant Banking: Introduction – An Over view of Indian Financial System – Merchant Banking in India – Recent Developments and Challenges ahead – Institutional Structure – Functions of Merchant Banking – Legal and Regulatory Frameworks – Relevant Provisions of Companies Act- SERA – SEBI Guidelines – FEMA, etc. – Relation with Stock Exchanges, OTCEI and NSE.

Unit-II Issue Management: Role of Merchant Banker in Appraisal of Projects, Designing Capital Structure and Instruments – Issue Pricing – Pricing – Preparation of Prospectus, selection of Bankers, Advertising Consultants, etc. – Role of Registrations – underwriting Arrangements. Dealing with Bankers to the Issue, Underwriters, Registrars, and Brokers – Offer for Sale – Book – Building – Green Shoe Option – E-IPO, Private Placement – Bought out Deals – Placement with FIs, MGs, FIIs, etc., off – shore Issues – Issue Marketing – Advertising Strategies – NRI Marketing – Post Issue Activities. Unit-III Other Fee Based Management: Mergers and Acquisitions – Portfolio Management Services – Credit Syndication – Credit Rating – Mutual Funds – Business Valuation. Unit-IV Funds Based Financial Services: Leasing and Hire Purchasing – Basics of Leasing and Hire Purchasing – Financial Evaluation – Tax Implication.

Unit-V Other Fund Based Financial Services: Consumer Credit – Credit Cards – Real Estate Financing – Bills Discounting – Recent Developments in Factoring – Venture Capital.

Course Outcome:

The course seeks to enable the students to apply and use the insight and theoretical knowledge gained of the concepts and analytical aspects of financial services in corporate, government and real situations.

References:

(Text Book)

1. Khan, M. Y. (2005). Financial Services. Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition. 2. Bhalla. V. K. (2009). Management of Financial Services. Anmol, New Delhi. 3. Machiraju (2002). Indian Financial System. Vikas Publishing House 2nd Edition. 4. Varshney P.N. & Mittal D.K. (2014). Indian Financial System. Sultan Chand and Sons,

New Delhi.

(Reference Book)

5. J.C. Varma, Credit Rating, Bharat Publishing House, New Delhi (latest edition). 6. Verma J.C. 1995, Corporate Mergers Amalgamations & Takeovers, Barat Publishing House, New

Delhi.

SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (MBA-233)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The course seeks to develop the understanding about the various concepts and theories of security analysis and investment management. It would enable the students in acquiring the requisite skills required to manage the fund in competitive environment. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks.

UNIT - I

Introduction to Investment: Meaning of investment, Investment speculation and gambling. Investment objectives. Investment process, investment alternative, Impact of taxation on Investments Relationship between primary and secondary market. Function of primary market, Parties involved in new issues _ Managers, Registrars, underwriters. Bankers, statutory agencies. Private placement bought out deals. Book building. Function of stock exchanges. Share groups- group A,B and C. Settlement cycle. Carry forward system. Over the counter exchange of India (OITCEI). Listing of securities.

UNIT - II

Capital Markets: Over view of capital market, Capital market theory (CAPM). CAPM and the real world. Arbitrage pricing theory.Securities and Exchange Board of India - Origin, function, organization and activities. Dematerialization process and re-materialization process. National securities depository Ltd (NSDL) AND Central depository services Ltd. (CDSL). Stock market indices-BSE Sensex, NSE 50 (NIFTY). S& P CNX 500.

UNIT - III

Valuation of Securities: Valuation of Securities-The three steps process of valuation- economic analysis, industry analysis, and company analysis. General framework of valuation. Value- price relationship. Valuation of fixed income securities. Valuation of preference share and valuation of equity shares. Risk - Meaning, systematic-market risk, interest rate risk, purchasing power risk, unsystematic risk- Business risk, financial risk. Measurement of risk.

UNIT – IV

Efficient Market Theory: Fundamental Analysis- Economic analysis, industry analysis, company analysis. Earning of company, Growth in earnings. Technical analysis. Tools of technical analysis. Dow Theory, tread – primary intermediate and short term trends. Indicators – volume of trade, breadth of market, short sales. Odd lot trading. Moving average. Oscillators. Relative strength index (RSI). ROC, Charts- Point and figure charting, Bar charting, efficient market theory. Random walk theory, Weak from of EMH. Semi strong form and strong forms of EMH. Market inefficiencies.

UNIT - V

Portfolio Management: Traditional portfolio analysis. Effects of combing securities. Markowitz Risk- returns optimization. Risk and investor preference, calculation of risk and return for portfolio of securities, optimizing the portfolio. Sharpe simple portfolio optimization. Significance of ‘Beta’ in portfolio, traditional portfolio selection. Meaning of portfolio revision. Need of portfolio revision. Portfolio revision strategies. Portfolio revision practices. Constraints in portfolio revision.

Course Outcome:

The course seeks to enable the students to apply and use the various theories and principles of security analysis and fund management in corporate, industrial and real situations.

References:

(Text Book)

1.Fabozzi, Frank, Modigliani, Franco (2009). Capital Markets: Institutions and Instruments Prentice-Hall.

2. Sasidharan K (2011). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Tata McGraw-Hill. 3. Martin J. (2009). Modern Portfolio Theory and Investment Analysis. Wiley Publications. 4. V.K. Bhalla (2006). Investment Management. S. Chand and Company Ltd. 5. Punithavathy Pandian (2015). Security Analysis & Portfolio Management. Vikas Publishing

(Reference Book

6. Fischer Donald E& Jordan Ronald J. (1991). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Prentice-Hall.

7. Kevin S. (2006). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Prentice-Hall.

INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT (MBA-243)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1-0 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

The course seeks to acquaint the students with the various concepts and principles of insurance relating to risk, uncertainty, typology, hedging tools and other financial aspects thereof. It seeks to develop the analytical skills for the risk management in the context of insurance.


UNIT - I

Risk – Conceptual Framework-Meaning of risk, Risk versus Uncertainty. Risk distinguished from peril andhazards. Classification of Risk – Financial and Non-financial Risks & Static and Dynamic Risk. Scope of Riskmanagement, Process, Identification and Risk Control. Risk Retention and Transfer, Alternatives to buyingcommercial Insurance.

UNIT – II

Insurance – An Introduction-Meaning and significance of Insurance. Cost and Benefits of Insurance. Principles –Indemnity, Utmost good faith, Subrogation and Insurable Interest. Basic Principles of Insurance – utmost good faith,Insurable Interest, Indemnity, Corollaries of Indemnity, Proximate Cause.

UNIT – III

Classification of Insurance Business-Life and General Insurance Business, Personal and Commercial (Business)Insurances, Voluntary (Private) and Compulsory Insurance. Types of Life Insurance – Whole Life, Endowment,Assurance for children, Term Assurance, Participating and non-participating policies. Termination of Life Insurancepolicies – surrender, lapses and paid-up. Classification of General Insurance Business – Fire, Marine, Motor,Miscellaneous etc.

UNIT - IV

Insurance Devices-Probability theory and its usage in Insurance. Dual application of the law of Large Numbers.Pooling in Insurance – forms, cost, benefits and advantages.

UNIT - V

Financial Aspects of Insurance-Share Capital – Authorized, Issued & subscribed and Called-up & Paid-up.Reserves - General and Specialized. Solvency of an Insurance company.

Course Outcome:

The course seeks to enable the students to apply and use the theoretical knowledge gained of the various principles and concepts of insurance and risk management in corporate, industrial, government and other real situations.

References

(Text Book)

1. P S Palande (2013). Insurance in India. Sage Publications India. 2. Prava Nalini Tripathy and Prabir Pal (2005). Insurance Theory and Practice. PHI

Learning. 3. Ajay Kumar, D.P. Chatterjee, C. Chandrasekhar D.G. Patwardhan Ajay Kumar (2005).

Risk Management. Macmillan India. 4. Jadhav, Narendra (1994). Challenges to Indian Banking. Macmillan, New Delhi. 5. Tripathy, Nalini Prava (2006). Insurance Theory and Practice. PHI.

(Reference Book)

6. George, E. Rejda (2011). Principles of Risk Management and Insurance. (Publisher). 7. Dinsdale, W. A (1949). Elements of Insurance. Pitman. 8. Bakerwelford, A.W. and W.W. Otter Bany (1948). Law Relating to Fire-Insurance

Butterworth and Co. Ltd., London. 9. James S. Reichmann, Robert Hoyt (2012). Risk Management and Insurance. South-

Western and David Sommer College Pub. 10. Julia Holyoake (2002). Insurance. Chartered Institute of Bankers.

PROJECT FINANCE (MBA-253)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

The course would enable the students in understanding the various aspects of project finance namely sources of financing, project appraisal, financial analysis, economic and social cost benefit analysis, risk analysis, infrastructure financing and other emerging topics of project finance.


Unit-I

Introduction: Fundamental Topics: Project Management and corporate planning, Corporate financial objectives, Time Value of money, Interest rate and basics of cost of capital, Cost of capital.

Unit-II Concept Stage: Strategic Investment decisions and project ideas, Project feasibility study, Project financing. Unit-III Analysis Stage: Cost benefit analysis, financial analysis, Critical examination of evaluation techniques, Required Rate of return from projects, Economic and social cost benefit analysis, Project risk management, Project risk analysis, Project portfolio risk. Unit-IV Planning, Execution and Completion Stage: Allocation of limited capital, Network analysis and execution plan, Project execution and Control, Post completion audit. Unit-V Special Topics: Inflation and project investment, Economic life of projects and Replacement theory, Infrastructure projects, International Capital Budgeting.

Course Outcome:

The course seeks to enable the students to apply and use the theoretical knowledge gained of the various aspects of project financing and management in corporate, industrial, government and other real situations.

References

(Text Book)

1. B.M. Patel (2012). Project Management. VikasPublishing House, Delhi. 2. H.R. machiraju (2001). Introduction to project finance. Vikas Publishing House, Delhi. 3. Gopalan (2006). Project Management. Wiley India.

(Reference Book)

4. Burke (2009). Project Management. Wiley India.

THIRD SEMESTER

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

SYLLABUS

INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION (MBA 215) Total: 100 Theory: 50 L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: This course will help a student in acquainting with marketing communication aspects. The students will be aware of the Concept of Creativity and will learn the art of copywriting. This will teach the implementation of advertisement making to practical life.


Unit-I

Introduction to IMC: Advertising: Concepts, types and importance, Role of IMC in the marketing process; Legal, ethical and social aspects of advertising, Primary and selective demand, Theory of cognitive dissonance and clues for advertising strategist – Case studies

Unit-II

Facilitators of Promotion: Advertising Organization: selection, compensation and appraisal of an agency; Electronic media buying, Case studies

Unit-III

Media Planning: Conventional and Emerging Medias, Media plan development, Media scheduling, Evaluation of Media – Case studies.

Unit-IV

Budgeting and Evaluation: Budgeting of an advertising campaign; Evaluation: rationale of testing opinion and aptitude tests, measurement of advertising effectiveness – Case studies

Unit-V

Advertisement Programme and Public Relations: Campaign planning, Designing of an advertisement: copywriting, creative strategy; Campaign Building Program. Introduction to public relation, Publicity, Sales Promotion, Corporate advertising – case studies.

Course Outcome:

After the completion of the course the students will have the art of ad making for an analysed business product and situations they will understand that how highly paid and rewarding the career of advertising is. It will also acquaint them with an art of influencing more in fewer words. References:

(Text Books) 1. Belch, G. E., Belch, M. A., Kerr, G. F., & Powell, I. (2014). Advertising: An integrated

marketing communication perspective. McGraw-Hill Education. 2. Luxton, S., Reid, M., & Mavondo, F. (2015). Integrated marketing communication

capability and brand performance. Journal of Advertising, 44(1), 37-46. (Reference Books)

3. Bhupathi, M. M. (2016). Integrated Marketing Communications. In Strategic Marketing Management in Asia: Case Studies and Lessons across Industries (pp. 425-445). Emerald Group Publishing Limited.

4. Scott, L. M. (2015). Integrated marketing communication in Chinese business-to-business markets: a case study (Doctoral dissertation).

5. Aaker, D. A. (1997). Myer. John G and Batra Rajeev, Advertising Management. 6. Thomas O'Guinn, Chris Allen, Richard Semenik (2014). Advertising and Integrated Brand

Promotion 7th edition, Cengage Learning, Stamford USA 7. Bovee, C. L. and Arens, W. F. (1992). Contemporary advertising. Homewood, IL: Irwin.

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT (MBA 225)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective: The prime objective is to teach the students the basics and fundamentals of selling in order to make the student adopt the habit of selling. This course will also make the students understand that distribution activity in itself is an entire industry and will teach them the power of distribution network.


Unit-I

Meaning and Functions: Nature, scope and objectives of sales management, theories of selling, functions of sales manager, selling operations– case studies.

Unit-II

Sales Force Management: Personal selling, salesmanship, sales forecasting, determination of size of sales force, sales organization: recruitment and conducting sales training programmes. Designing and administering compensation plan, motivating and supervising sales personnel, sales meetings and contests, direct marketing, sales display and sales promotion – case studies.

Unit-III

Sales Volume and Territory Management: Designing territories and allocating sales efforts, sales quota, sales evaluation programme, sales budgeting and control, International Sales management – case studies.

Unit-IV

Distribution Management: Distribution Channel Management- an introduction, Designing customer-oriented marketing channels, logistics management warehousing, transportation, inventory, communication, managing channel member behaviour – Case studies.

Unit-V

Managing Marketing Intermediaries: Introduction, Wholesaler, Intermediaries, Merchant Wholesalers, Sole Distributors, Supermarkets, Retail Outlets, Department Stores, Channel design – Case studies.

Course Outcome:

After the completion of the course the students will adapt the art of selling an ethical product in an competitive market. This will also give them the motivation to adapt selling as a rewarding career. They will learn the managerial skill of implementation of quota and territory designing techniques to real life. References:

(Text Books)

1. Gupta, S. L. (2009). Sales and Distribution Management. Excel Books India.. 2. Anderson, R. E., Hair, J. F., & Bush, A. J. (1988). Professional sales management. Vol. 2.

New York: McGraw-hill. 3. Cron, W. L., De Carlo, T. E., & Dalrymple, D. J. (2010). Sales management: concepts and

cases. John Wiley & Sons. (Reference Books)

4. Havaldar (2006). Sales & Distribution Mgmt - Text & Cases, Tata McGraw Hill 5. Robert Calvin (2007). Sales Management Demystified, McGraw Hill 6. Richard Ralph Still, Norman A. P. Govoni, Edward W. Cundiff (1994). Sales Management:

Decisions, Strategies, and Cases; Prentice-Hall 7. Sales, M. I. S. I. (2017). Sales & Distribution Management. 8. Agnihotri, R. (2018). Ramendra Singh: sales and distribution management: a practice-

based approach. 9. Rushton, A., Croucher, P., & Baker, P. (2014). The handbook of logistics and distribution

management: Understanding the supply chain. Kogan Page Publishers. 10. Lancaster, G., & Massingham, L. (2017). Sales management. In Essentials of Marketing

Management (pp. 243-269). Routledge.

PRODUCT AND BRAND MANAGEMENT (MBA 235)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective:

Identify the critical information needed to develop a product and brand strategy that generates both quick-wins and long-term value.The course will provide insights into how profitable brand strategies can be created by building, measuring and managing brand equity.This course will provide appropriate theories, models and other tools on which to make better product and branding decisions.

Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Managing Product: Product planning and Management: Product Concepts and levels, product line and product mix decisions, product life cycle and marketing strategy implications. New Product Development Process: Developing product strategy, financial analysis of product management– case studies. Unit-II Managing Brand: Branding Strategies: Importance of branding, branding terminology, basic branding concepts- brand awareness, brand personality, brand image, brand identity, brand loyalty, brand equity, product versus corporate branding– case studies. Unit-III Major Branding Decisions: Major branding decisions: selecting a brand name, brand extension decision, family versus Individual brand names, multiple branding, private versus national branding, handling brand name changes – case studies. Unit-IV Branding Strategies: Brand positioning and re-launch: brand building and communication. Branding in specific sectors. Brand equity: sources & benefits, designing marketing programme to built brand equity, measurement of brand equity – case studies.

Unit-V Strategy to Implementation: Brand visioning, organization culture and brand, brand objective formulation, brand sphere auditing, implementing and recoursing brands, brand valuation – case studies. Course Outcome: As a result of studying this course, students will have better understanding of building and maintaining strong and powerful brands, one of the most valuable assets a company can have today. Through this course, students will have relevant skills and abilities needed to have competitive advantage within the corporate world. References:

(Text Books) 1. Keller, K. L., Parameswaran, M. G., and Jacob, I. (2011). Strategic brand management:

Building, measuring, and managing brand equity. Pearson Education India. 2. Verma, H. V. (2006). Brand management: Text and cases. Excel Books India.

(Reference Books)

3. Lehmann, D. R., & Winer, R. S. (1997). Product management. McGraw-Hill/Irwin. 4. Cowley, D. (Ed.). (1996). Understanding brands: by 10 people who do. Kogan Page

Limited.. 5. Czerniawski, R. D., & Maloney, M. W. (1999). Creating brand loyalty: the management

of power positioning and really great advertising. Amacom. 6. Kapferer, J. N. (2012). The new strategic brand management: Advanced insights and

strategic thinking. Kogan page publishers.

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR (MBA 245)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The objective is to gain an understanding of the theoretical and conceptual concepts of buyer behavior and apply them to real life marketing situations and practices. This course will help students to become familiar with consumer behavior models of decision-making, taking a closer look at how consumers process information, develop preferences and make choices and how different marketing tactics are used by business/organizations to influence consumers. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Origin and Meaning of Consumer Behaviour- Process and Strategic applications of Consumer Behaviour, Consumer Research and Market Segmentation – case studies. Unit-II Consumer Adoption- Meaning and Definition, Process, Stages, Factors affecting consumer adoption, Role of behavioral intention in consumer adoption,Consumer Involvement, Personality and Consumer Behaviour, Consumer Perception and its formation, Consumer imagery- Case studies. Unit-III Consumer Attitude formation and Change, Changing Attitude, Consumer values, Communication and Consumer Behaviour– Case Studies. Reference groups influence on Consumers, Family influence, Influence of Culture and Social class on Consumer behaviour – Case Studies. Unit-IV Consumer Behaviour Models, Consumer decision making in the 21st Century, Diffusion of Innovation– Case Studies. Unit-V Consumerism, Analyzing Rural consumers behaviors in present day environment (through studies), Emerging Concepts in Consumer Behaviour – Case Studies. Course Outcome: At the end of the course, the student will have an understanding of the behavior of the buyer in the marketplace. The course will help the students take a holistic view of the buyer, which will help them with knowledge of various models and framework in understanding buyer’s behavior and align the knowledge with formulation of appropriate marketing strategies.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Schiffman, L. G., &Kanuk, L. L. (2012). Consumer behaviour. 2. Solomon, M. R., Dahl, D. W., White, K., Zaichkowsky, J. L., &Polegato, R

(Reference Books)

3. Assael, H. (2005). Consumer Behavior A Strategic Approach (2005 Indian. Dreamtech Press.

4. Engel, J. F., Blackwell, R. D., &Miniard, P. W. (1995). Consumer behavior, 8th. New York: Dryder.

5. . (2014). Consumer behavior: Buying, having, and being (Vol. 10). London: Pearson. 6. Foxall, G. R., Goldsmith, R. E., & Brown, S. (1998). Consumer psychology for

marketing (Vol. 1). Cengage Learning EMEA. 7. Kazmi, S. H. H., &Batra, S. K. (2009). Consumer Behavior: Text & Cases. 8. Peter, J. P., Olson, J. C., &Grunert, K. G. (1999). Consumer behavior and marketing

strategy. 9. Wayne D. Hoyer (2012). Consumer Behaviour. Cengage Learning; 6 edition.

EMERGING CONCEPTS IN MARKETING-I (MBA 255)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: Marketing is constantly evolving. It can be hard to keep up with ongoing changes. With the help of this course student will learn latest marketing concept like Political Marketing, Rural Marketing and industrial marketing. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks.

Unit-I Concepts and Components of Rural Markets, Classification of Rural Markets, Rural versus Urban Markets, Rural Marketing Environment, Rural Consumer Behavior – Characteristics of Rural Consumer, Researching Rural Market – Case studies. Unit-II Nature of Industrial Marketing- Meaning, Industrial v/s Consumer Marketing,Original Equipment Marketing, Understanding Industrial Markets- Types of Industrial customers, Classification of Industrial products and services, Marketing Implications for Industrial products and services, Industrial segmenting, Targeting and Positioning, analysis of Buyer Seller Relationships in Industrial markets – case studies. Unit-III Political marketing – Origin, Concept, Scope; Political marketing strategy, Political marketing consumers; Political branding –Political and democratic issues; Internal marketing, Campaign designing, Political marketing internationally, Role of Digital Marketing & social media in political marketing – Case studies Unit-IV Concept and Importance of International Marketing, Strategies for Domestic and International marketing, Factors influencing Export Marketing, Logistics in Export Marketing, Export Pricing Strategies, Exports Documentation and Procedure.

Unit-V Contemporary Marketing Modes- Content Marketing, Guerrilla Marketing, Word-to-mouth Marketing, Surrogate Marketing, Umbrella Marketing, Event Marketing, Ambush Marketing, Reverse Marketing- Case Studies.

Course Outcome: After completing this course the students will learn and understand different tools, techniques and methods in political, rural and industrial marketing

References:

(Text Books) 1. Pradeep, K., &Raut, S. (2006). The Rural Marketing Book. Biztantra (Dremtech Press),

New Delhi, 83. 2. T.P. Gopal Swamy (2009), Rural Marketing - Environment, Problems And Strategies, 3E,

Vikas Publishing House, Noida 3. Sanal Kumar Velayudhan (2007), Rural Marketing: Targeting the Non-urban Consumer,

Sage Publications

(Reference Books)

4. Lees-Marshment, J. (2009). Political marketing: principles and applications. Routledge. 5. Havaldar, K. K. (2005). Industrial Marketing: Text and Cases. Tata McGraw-Hill

Education. 6. Reeder, R. R., Brierty, E. G., & Reeder, B. H. (1991). Industrial marketing: Analysis,

planning, and control. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 7. Wright, R. (2004). Business-to-business marketing: a step-by-step guide. Pearson

Education. 8. Ellis, N. (2010). Business to business marketing: Relationships, networks and strategies.

Oxford University Press. 9. Richard Marvin Hill, Ralph Samuel Alexander, James Shorten Cross (1975) Industrial

marketing, R. D. Irwin 10. Frederick E. Webster (1995) Industrial Marketing Strategy, Wiley Publications.

FOURTH

SEMESTERCOMPULSORY

SUBJECT SYLLABUS

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (MBA 202) Total: 100

Theory: 50 L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

The course will help to understand the nature of strategic management and its competitive and institutional context. It will also try to appreciate the strengths and limitations of strategic analysis, and how it fits into the overall strategy process. Further it will help to master a range of methods and techniques of strategic analysis and have a clear appreciation of their theoretical and empirical foundations, range of applicability, qualifications and limitations.

Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I INTRODUCTION Strategic management – concept as a field of study- views of different schools of thought on strategy – Strategic Management Process – Mission and Objectives – Linking Strategic Management with Ethics and Social Responsibility.

Unit-II EXTERNAL ANALYSIS AND COMPETITIVE ANLYSIS Environmental factors – Global Environment for MNCs – Industry Analysis: Porter’s Five Forces Model – Assessment of Organization’s Resources and Capabilities – Internal Resources and Capabilities – Core Competencies – Value Chain Analysis – SWOT Analysis. Unit-III STRATEGIC OPTIONS, ANALYSIS AND CHOICE Alternative Grand Strategies: Stability, Growth, Retrenchment, Combination – Outsourcing Strategies – Mergers Acquisitions – Strategic Alliance – Strategy and Competitive Advantage. Process of Strategic Choice – Different tools and Techniques in Strategy Formulation- Role of Board of Directors : Corporate Governance. Unit-IV STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION AND EVALUATION Important Issues in Implementation – Resource Allocation ,Leadership Implementation – Structural Consideration : Structure and Strategy, Organizational Design. Functional Strategies: Marketing, Human Resource, Production, R&D, Technology, Finance/Accounts. Strategy Evaluation Framework – Criteria for Strategy Evaluation – Measuring and Monitoring Performance : The Balanced Scorecard and other approaches.

Unit-V CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Managing Technology and Innovation – Entrepreneurial Ventures and Small Business Strategic issues for Non-Profit Organizations.

Course Outcome:

On successful completion of this course, students will be able to identify and demonstrate the key components of the strategic management process and how it can be applied in organizations in order to increase value propositions for all the organization’s stakeholders. The students will effectively communicate the change management strategies in various forums to an array of audiences with accuracy, clarity, specificity and professionalism. References:

(Text Books)

1. Thompson, Strickland, Gamble & Jain. (2005). Crafting and Executing Strategy. 14th Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publication

2. Azhar, K. (2008). Business Policy and Strategic Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publication.

3. Hamel, G. & Prahalad, C. K. (2003). Competing for the Future. Harvard Business School.

(Reference Books)

4. Hunger, D. J., & Wheelen, T. L. (2008). Concepts in strategic management and business policy..

5. Jauch, L. R., & Glueck, W. F. (1988). Business policy and strategic management (5th ed.). Singapore: McGraw-Hill.

6. Pearce, J. A., & Robinson, R. B. (2000). Strategic management: Formulation, implementation, and control. Irwin/McGraw-Hill.’

7. Porter, M. E. (2008). Competitive advantage: Creating and sustaining superior performance. Simon and Schuster.

8. Gupta, V., Gollakota, K., & Srinivasan, R. (2007). Business policy and strategic management: Concepts and applications. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

DIGITAL MARKETING & E-COMMERCE (MBA 204) Total: 100

Theory: 50 L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

This course will update the knowledge of concept of advertising on new age medium and make them aware of basic fundamentals of E-commerce industry. This course will acquaint them with knowledge of fundamental rules for advertising on the digital platform. This will also provide knowledge for designing a marketing campaign for social media platforms and how is it different from traditional media.


Unit-I E-COMMERCE TECHNOLOGY

E-Commerce – Concept, Framework, Classifications; Data Warehousing – Data Storage & Processing, OALP & Data mining; Networking Infrastructure – IP, TCP HTTP, HTML– Cryptography – Case studies.

Unit-II DIGITAL MARKETING & CONCEPTS

Digital Marketing – Concept, Need in 21st Century, Planning; Related concepts–Email Marketing, Mobile Marketing, Social Media engagement, Search Engine Optimization, Online Public Relation – Case studies.

Unit-III DIGITAL MARKETING MANAGMENT

E-Tailing, E-Supply Chain Management, Electronic Payment System, E-Auctions– Case Studies.

Unit-IV E-COMMERCE IMPACT

E-Commerce Impact on – Job Market, Growth, Trade, International Co-operation; Application of E- commerce in different sectors – service, industry, domestic; Multidisciplinary approach to E- commerce–Case studies.

Unit-V LEGAL ISSUES

Laws–Intellectual property law, Copyrights, Trademark, Patents, Contract law for E-commerce, Warranties and New Products, Cyber law issues–Privacy and Trans-border flows, Frauds; E-Security–Case Studies.

Course Outcome:

On completion of this course the students will have the understanding of the facts for advertising on digital media and different aspects and approaches of various digital media vehicles and social media platforms. The future of business in digital world and the eminence presence of it which is growing rapidly and they will be able to match up to the speed.


1. Efraim, T., Jae, L., David, K., & Michael, C. H. (2002). Electronic Commerce: a managerial perspective. Electronic Payment, 13.

(Reference Books)

2. Ryan, D. (2014). Understanding digital marketing: Marketing strategies for engaging the digital generation. Kogan Page Publishers.

3. Kalakota & Winston – “Frontiers of Electronic Commerce”, Addison Wesley, 2001. 4. Greenstein, M., & Feinman, T. M. (1999). Electronic commerce: security risk management

and control. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 5. Trepper, C. (2000). ECommerce Strategies. Microsoft Press. 6. David Whiteley, E-Commerce: Strategy Technologies, and Application, Tata McGraw

Hill.

FOURTH SEMESTER

HUMAN RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT SYLLABUS

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT: STRATEGIES AND SYSTEMS (MBA-212)


L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

The course objective is to extend a planned understanding of the function of HRD in modern business organisations, with prominence on the association between HRD, the on the whole company objectives and its incorporation with other strategic human resource management strategies and practices.


Unit-I

HRD Introduction- Concept, goals, challenges, HRD methods, Changing paradigm of HRD- Concepts-Scope-Objectives, Principles, Framework, HRD Climate, Global perspectives on HRD

Unit-II

HRD Sub-Systems- Performance Management, Potential Appraisal & Development Training & Development, Coaching & Mentoring, Potential Appraisal, Competency Mapping &Development, Career Planning& Development, Succession Planning; Contribution of sub-systems to HRD goals.

Unit-III

Planning and Organizing HRD System- Principles in Designing HRD system, Challenges of future HRD professionals- Roles and competency requirements of HRD professionals.

Unit-IV

Developing HRD Strategies: Approaches: Strategic HR Framework Approach, Integrative framework, Human Capital Appraisal Approach, HRD Score card approach, PCMM Approach.

Unit-V

HRD for Special Groups: HRD for Workers, HRD for other special groups; HRD Interventions Strategies; HRD Approaches for coping with Organizational Changes, Future of HRD in India

Course Outcome:

The outcomes of the course will give understanding and professional competence in the areas like understanding for facts of the assumption and practice of HR, knowledge and skills to significantly appraise existing paradigms and practice in HRD in the course of examining current HRD programmes and their theoretical underpinnings, the importance of HRD in its input to the improvement of organisations and workforce and the role of HRD as a collection of technologies for protecting organisational change in today’s business climate;

References:

(Text Books)

1. Rao, V.S.P. (2010). Human Resources Management. Excel Books. New Delhi. 2. Aswathappa, K. (2013). Human Resource Management: Text and Cases, 7/e; New Delhi,

McGraw-Hill

(Reference Books)

3. Rao, T.V. (2008). HRD Audit - Evaluating the Human Resource Function for Business Improvement, 1/e; New Delhi: Response Books

4. Kandula, R Srinivas (2006). Strategic Human Resource Development, 1/e; New Delhi: PHI Learning.

5. Mankin, David (2012). Human Resource Development, Oxford University Press, 6. Haldar, Udai(2010) Human Resource Development, Oxford University Press.. 7. Dayal, Ishwar (1996). Successful Application of HRD, New concepts, New Delhi.. 8. Dayal Ishwar (1993). Designing HRD Systems, Concept, New Delhi, 9. Gupta Santosh & Deep Sachin Gupta (2008). Human Resource Development, 2ndEd. Deep

and Deep Publications. 10. Kohli, Uddesh and Sinha, Dharni P.(1995). HRD - Global Challanges & Strategies in 2000,

AD ISTD, New Delhi.. 11. Krishnaveni, R. (2008). Human Resource Development: A Researcher’s Perspective,

Excel books, 12. Kaushal H. (2010). Case Studies in Human Resource Development, McMillan India. 13. Maheshwari, B. L. and Sinha Dharni P. (1991.) Management of Change through HRD,

TATA McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 14. Rao, T.V. (1988). Alternative Approaches & Strategies of Human Resource Development.

Rawat, Jaipur, 15. Silver, DN (1991). HRD: The Indian Experience. India, New Delhi, 16. Udai Pareek and Rao T.V. (2012). Designing and Managing Human Resource Systems,

3/e; New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.

DYNAMICS OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (MBA- 222)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L–T Sessional: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

Industrial Relations play an important role in organizations. Organisational efficiency and performance are intricately interlinked with industrial relations. This course will expose students to the conceptual and practical aspects of industrial relations, industrial conflicts and disputes, grievance handling, trade union and worker’s education.


Unit-I

Introduction to Industrial Relation-Concept, Evolution, Characteristics, Scope, Components, Factors Affecting Industrial Relations, Approaches to IR, IR in India, Prerequisites of successful industrial relation programme. Emerging issues in IR: Industrial Relation and Technological Change. Major Incidents of Industrial unrest in India. Main Recommendations of the Second National Labour Commission, International Labour Organization (ILO) and Industrial Relations, The Future Direction of Industrial Relations.

Unit-II

Industrial Conflicts/Disputes- Meaning, essentials, classification, recognition of disputes, impact of industrial disputes, factors of industrial disputes/conflicts, Forms of disputes: Strikes and Lock-outs , Right to strike and lock-out, Prevention of strikes and lock-Outs, Gheraos.

Unit-III

Negotiation and collective bargaining- Preventive machinery-Grievances handling, Meaning, Nature, Causes of Grievances, procedure for Redressal. Collective bargaining-meaning, principles, contents, forms, process and levels of collective bargaining, formats of agreements, Typologies, productivity bargaining, pre-requisite of effective collective bargaining, collective bargaining in India. Standing orders. Code of discipline Settlement Machinery-Mediation , Conciliation, Arbitration, Adjudication.

Unit-IV

Trade Union- Concept, Purpose, Functions, Types, Trade Union and politics, Problems of Trade Unions in India, NCL’s recommendations for Trade unions. Major Central trade unions in India, Employers’ Organizations, Recent Trends in Trade Union Movement in India.

Unit-V

Workers’ Participation in Management- concept, determinants, form and levels of participation, schemes of workers’ participation in management in India. Workers’ Education-content, significance, rationale behind workers’ education, workers’ education scheme in India- objectives, functions and problems.

Course Outcome:

After the completion of this course, the students will be familiar with concept, evaluation and scope of Industrial relation. The students will be able to get knowledge about collective bargaining, settlement machinery and ways of grievance handling as well as industrial peace. They will know about recent trends in trade union movement in India and workers’ participation in management also.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Mamoria, Mamoria and Gawker, (2009), Dynamics of Industrial Relations, 16th Revised Edition, Himalaya Publishing House.

2. Sharma, R. C. (2016), Industrial Relational and Labour Legislation, Prentice Hall of India

(Reference Books)

3. C. S. Venkataratnam, (2009), Industrial Relations, Oxford University Press. 4. Sinha, P.R.N. et. Al. (2009), Industrial Relations, Trade Unions, and Labour Legislation,

Pearson Education. 5. Blyton, P. & Turnbull, P. (2004), The Dynamics of Employee Relations, Palgrave

Macmillan. 6. Ackers, P. & Wilkinson, A. (2003), Understanding Work & Employment: Industrial

Relations in Transition, Oxford: Oxford University Press. 7. Padhi, P.K. (2010), Labor and Industrial Laws, Prentice Hall of India. 8. Singh, B.D. (2009), Industrial Relations: Emerging Paradigms, Excel Books. 9. Sen, R., (2009), Industrial Relations: Text and Cases, Macmillan India. 10. Sen, Ratna (2010), Industrial Relations in India, Macmillan publishers. 11. B. D. Singh, (2008), Industrial Relations, Excel Publications.

INTERPERSONAL AND GROUP DYNAMICS (MBA-232)


L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

The purpose of this course is to advance understanding regarding interpersonal and group processes, socialization and group decision making. It will also help the student to examine source of conflict in groups and conflict resolution.


Unit-I

Group- Concept, Nature and Classification of groups. Team–Concept, Types, Team Effectiveness, Team Building. Difference between Group and Team.Group dynamics– Meaning, Homan’s model, Measurement in Group dynamics; Group formation.

Unit-II

Interpersonal Behavior and Influence Processes- Interpersonal Awareness and Feedback process including Johari Window, Life Script Analysis, Transactional Analysis and 360 Degree Feedback. Interpersonal trust: CBT, IBT, violation of trust, Fundamental Interpersonal Relations Orientation (FIRO-B), Career Roles &Identity. Self Awareness-GROW, DOTS & Holland Models. Behavioural modification Models. Emotions: Emotional Labour, Emotional Baggage, Emotional Quotient and Emotional Intelligence.

Unit-III

Learning social behavior- Social learning theories, Group development, Models of group development: Tuckman model, Fisher’s Theory, Tubbs’ systems Model, Wheelan model – Group socialization; Group Structure, Group Norms, Group Roles, Group Authority, Group Attraction, Group communication networks, Group Cohesiveness, Group Conformity, Group Obedience, Group Synergy, Group Interdependence, group Interaction.

Unit-IV

Group Decision Making- Meaning, Benefits, Techniques of group decision-making. Groupthink, Group Polarization.

Unit-V

Group Conflict-Sources of Conflict in Groups, Conflict process, Coalitions, conflict resolution; Power and Politics – Power Tactics, Power in Groups. Groups and Change-The Group as an agent of change, Sources of change in groups.

Course Outcome:

The course will enable the students to have the conceptual as well a practical knowledge of group dynamics. This paper will help the students to improve their interpersonal behaviour and help them to practice the techniques of group decision-making. Students will know how to develop a group, group socialization process and issue related to group conflict.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Robbins, Stephen, Judge and Vohra (2012), Organizational Behavior, 14th Edition, Pearson Publication.

2. V S P Rao, (2010), Organisational Behaviour, Himalaya Publishing House

(Reference Books)

3. Donelson Forsyth (2009), Group Dynamics, Cengage Education. 4. Laurie J. Mullins (2011) Essentials of Organizational Behaviour, Pearson Learning 5. Udai Pareek (2012) Understanding Organisational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 6. Kieth Davis &John Newstrom (2010) Organizational Behavior: Human Behavior at Work,

Tata McGraw Hill 7. Kalliath, Brough, Manimala, (2009) Organisational Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill 8. Bennis, W.G (1979) Essay in Interpersonal Dynamics, U.S.A., Dorsey Press, 9. Davis, Keith (2002) Organizational Behaviour, 11th Edition, McGraw /Irwin, 10. Greenberg, (2010), Behavior in Organizations, 10th Edition, Pearson Edition 11. Luthans, Fred, (2008) Organizational Behaviour, 12th Edition, Long learning education

COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT (MBA-242)


L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective:

This course would enable the students to understand new developments as well as established approaches to compensation decisions. Students will explore the theory, concepts, and methods used to design compensation and benefits systems in a way that contributes to achieve the goals of the organization.


Unit-I

Introduction: Compensation: concept, definition and objectives of compensation, Forms of pay: Base, incentives and benefits. Determination of inter and intra-industry compensation differentials, internal and external equity in compensation systems.

Unit-II

Determining the Structure: Internal Alignment: Structures vary among organizations, Factors shaping internal structures, Strategic choices in designing internal structures.

Unit-III

Determining Pay Level: Labour market forces: demand side , supply side, organization factors, relevant markets, competitive pay policy alternatives, Designing pay levels, mix and pay structures: competitive pay policy, purpose of the survey, select relevant market competitors, design and interpret the survey.

Unit- IV

Determining Individual Pay: Employee contributions: pay-for-performance plans: short term, team incentives, long term plans.

Unit- V

Employee Benefits: Benefit determination process, Statutory benefits including health care, employee welfare and retirement benefits, Compensation of special groups, Trade union role in wage and salary administration. Issues in Compensation Management: International pay systems, Government and legal issues: Wage boards and Pay commissions, Public sector pay, other issues:

Managing Labour cost, Embedded controls, Control salary levels. Innovations in the area of compensation management in Indian and MNCs operating in India and abroad.

Course Outcome:

At the end of the course the students will be able to demonstrate knowledge in various components of total compensation, the methods and aims of different forms of payment systems. Students will develop an understanding of the issues in designing the reward systems and establishing different pay rates . They will come to know about the employers’ obligations under labor statutes governing wage and salary administration. Learn some of the implications for strategic compensation and possible employer approaches to managing legally required benefits.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Milkovich , Newman and Venkata Ratnam (2017). Compensation’, ninth edition, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt. ltd

2. Armstrong, Michel and Murlis, Helen (2010). Reward Management. Kogan Page. 3. Henderson, Richard I. (2004). Compensation Management: Rewarding Performance

Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,

(Reference Books)

4. Joseph. J. Martocchio (2004). Strategic Compensation- A Human Resource Management Approach, Prentice-Hall.

5. Milkovich and Newman (2005). Compensation: Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Eighth Edition.

6. Singh, B.D. (2007). Compensation and Reward Management. Excel Books, 7. Gerhart, B. and Rynes, S.L. (2008). Compensation, Evidence, and Strategic Implications.

Sage Publication, 8. Berger and Berger. (2008). The Compensation Handbook: A State-of –the –Art Guide to

Compensation Strategy and Design. McGraw Hill Education.

CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT (MBA-252)


L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5)

Course Objective:

This course will facilitate the students to comprehend the complexities of managing human resources in an international context. At the end of the course students would be able to give explanation the significance and application of international HRM practices that assists global companies to increase competitive improvement.

Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I

Introduction-The genesis and concepts of culture, Dimensions and determinants of organizational Culture, Importance of cross cultural management in globalized business environment.

Unit-II

Various Scientific Approaches to the Cross Cultural Issue-Theory of Hall, Trompenaars, Geert Hofstede and John Mole. Mapping cross-cultural differences within and across nations.

Unit-III

Implications of Cross-Cultural Management- in Globalization, Diversity, culture shock, Technology, Organizational change, mergers and acquisitions and Quality management system (BPR, TQM, Lean and Six Sigma.).

Unit-IV

Training of the specific skills– Cross cultural decision making, staffing, Expatriation and Repatriation; Communication and cooperation in an international team, Managing culturally appropriate leadership style, Designing result oriented motivational tools , Intercultural negotiation and conflicts management.

Unit-V

Ethical Issues and Values in Cross Cultural Management- Cultural clustering of individual countries, Case Studies.

Course Outcome:

By the end of the courses students will: identify and analyze human resource concerns for making successful results in the contemporary business situation and will be able to think tactically and recognize the fundamentals of business and organizations in order to administer change more efficiently in the global business environment. They will be able to make learn the relevant core features of human resource management in an worldwide context and will also be able to expand capability to outline explanations to multifaceted business problems.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Dhar, R.L.(2008),Strategic Human resource management, excel book publication, new Delhi.

2. Peter J. Dowling, Denice E. Welch & Randall S. Schuler (2009) International Human Resource Management. Managing People in a Multinational Context, South-Western College Publications, 3.ed.

3. Dowling, Peter J., Marion Festing, and Allen D. Engle (2013). International Human Resource Management, 6/e; New Delhi: Cengage Learning

(Reference Books)

4. Aswathappa, K. and Sadhana Dash (2013). International Human Resource Management, 2/e; New Delhi: McGraw-Hill

5. Edwards, Tony and Chris Rees (2013). International Human Resource Management, 1/e; New Delhi: Pearson

6. Sharma, A. & Khandekar, A.(2010), Strategic human resource management, Response books, New Delhi.

7. Rao, V.S.P. (2010), Human resource management,Excel books, New Delhi. 8. Mark Mendenhall & Gary Oddou: Readings and Cases in International Human Resource

Management, South-Western College Publications, 3.ed, 1999. 9. Dowling, Peter J., Marion Festing, and Allen D. Engle (2013). International Human

Resource Management, 6/e; New Delhi: Cengage Learning.

FOURTH SEMESTER FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT SYLLABUS

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (MBA-214)

Total: 100 L-T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (3.5 Credits) Time: 3hrs Course Objective: The objective of the paper is to give students an overall view of the international financial system and how multinational corporations operate. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. UNIT – I Overview of Global Market and Risk: Environment of International Financial Management, functions of international financial management, International monetary system. Foreign exchange markets, exchange rates, exchange rate theories – Interest parity, Purchasing Power Parity (PPP), interest rate and inflation rate Fischer Effect, Balance of Payments theory, Stable and flexible exchange rate, International fisher effect. Overview of Forward contracts, currency futures and currency options. Currency swaps and interest rate swaps. UNIT - II Exposure and Risk Management: Concept of exposure and risk. Types of exposure – transaction, transnational and economic exposure. Measurement of transaction exposure. Managing transaction exposure. Hedging Strategies. Benefits of international equity and bond investing. International capital asset pricing model (ICAPM), The national FDI policy framework. UNIT – III International Capital Budgeting: Basic framework for analysis, Issues and strategic in international capital budgeting, The adjusted present value approach (APV). Financial risk and cost of capital, Exchange risk and cost of capital, Political risk and cost of capital, Impact of hedging on cost of capital. Tax consideration – Branch vs. subsidiary, withholding tax, Foreign sales corporations, Benefits for Holding-Subsidiary in tax havens. UNIT – IV International Working Capital Management: International cash management: The cash positioning decision, Advantages and disadvantages of centralized cash management, Multilateral netting, Intra corporate transfer of funds, Transfer pricing, problems of international cash management. International Receivables management: Domestic v/s International receivables management, Letter of credit, International factoring & Accounts receivables. International inventory management: Advance inventory purchases, Stockpiling.

UNIT – V International Financing Decisions: Euro-money and Euro bond Markets. Size of the Euro currency market, Growth of Euro Dollar market, Instruments and rate of Euro Currency Markets, Creation of Euro deposits, Syndicated Euro currency loan Market. International Bond Markets, Multi-currency bonds and their types. Rationale for multi currency bonds. International Equity markets: Foreign equity market and their comparative performance. Recent developments and innovations in international capital markets. Recent developments in the Euro bond market. Course Outcome: By the end of the course, the students should be able to understand international capital and foreign exchange market, identify risk relating to exchange rate fluctuations and develop strategies to deal with them, identify and appraise investment opportunities in the international environment, develop strategies to deal with other types of country risks associated with foreign operations and express well considered opinion on issues relating to international financial management. References: (Text Book)

1. P.G. Apte (1995) Global Financial Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Education. 2. Sharan (2011) International Financial Management, Prentice-Hall.

(Reference Book)

3. Zenoff David B. & Zwick Jack (1969) International Financial Management, Prentice-Hall. 4. Click & Coval (2002) Theory and Practice of International Financial Management,

Prentice-Hall. 5. Alan C. Shapiro (2004) Foundations of Multinational Financial Management, Wiley. 6. Maurice D. Levi (2005) International Finance, Taylor & Francis.

WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (MBA – 224)

Total: 100 L-T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (3.5 Credits) Time: 3hrs Course Objective: The objective of the course is to acquaint the students with the importance of the working capital and the techniques used for effective working capital management. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Conceptual Framework- Tradeoff between liquidity and profitability, Operating Environment of Working Capital, Determinants of working capital, Determination of Working Capital, Theories and Approach. Unit-II Receivable Management- Determining the Appropriate receivable Policy, Marginal Analysis, Credit Analysis and Decision, Heuristic Approach, Discriminant Analysis, Sequential Decision Analysis. Inventory Management Kinds of Inventories, Benefits and Costs of Holding Inventories, Inventory management and Valuation, Inventory Control Models. Unit-III Management of Cash- Motives for Holding Cash and marketable securities; Cash System Managing the Cash Flows, Types Collection Systems, Cash Concentration Strategies Disbursement Tools, Investment in marketable Securities, Forecasting Cash Flows; Managing Corporate Liquidity and Financial Flexibility; Measures of Liquidity, Determining the Optimum Level of Cash Balances – Baumol Mode, Beranek Model, Miller-Orr Model, Stone Model Unit-IV Bank Credit- Basic Principles and Practices, Bank Credit – Methods of Assessment and Appraisal, Other Sources of Short Term Finance Unit-V Payables Management, Short-Term International Financial Transactions, Integrating Working Capital and Capital Investment Process, Emerging Trends in Working Capital Course Outcome: By the end of the course, the students should be able to evaluate comparative working capital management policies and their impact on the firm's profitability, liquidity, risk and operating flexibility, evaluate the importance of effective working capital management and its role in

meeting the firm's strategic objectives and its impact in value creation, investigate funds flow cycles and their impact on working capital management objectives, apply corporate cash management, accounts receivable management, bank relations, and inventory management techniques to maximize the share holders' value and write a plan for a balanced integration of cash, credit and other short-term funding and policies. References:

(Text Book)

1. Khan, M.Y. (2007) Financial Management TMH, New Delhi. 2. Bhalla, V.K. (2014) Working Capital Management Text and Cases. 3. Bhattacharya, Hrishikesh (2014) Working Capital Management PHI, New Delhi.

(Reference Book)

4. Hampton, J. J. and C. L. Wagner (1989) Working Capital Management 5. Scherer, F. C. (1989) Modern Working Capital.

DERIVATIVES MANAGEMENT (MBA-234)

Total: 100 L-T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (3.5 Credits) Time: 3Hours Course Objective: To provide a comprehensive understanding of derivatives and introduce the analytics of derivative valuation and application of derivatives in formulating simple corporate financial management strategies. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction: Derivatives –Definition -Types – Forward Contracts – Futures Contracts – Options - Swaps – Differences between Cash and Future Markets – Types of Traders – OTC and Exchange Traded Securities – Types of Settlement – Uses and Advantages of Derivatives – Risk in Derivatives – Cases. Unit-II Futures Contract: Specifications of Futures Contract – Margin Requirements – Marking to Market – Hedging using Futures – Types of Futures Contracts – Securities, Stock Index Futures, Currencies and Commodities – Delivery Options – Relationship between Futures Prices, Forward Prices and Future Spot Prices. Unit-III Options: Definition – Exchange Traded Options, OTC Options – Specifications of Options – Call and Put Options - American and European Options – Intrinsic Value and Time Value of Options – Option payoff options on Securities, Stock Indices, Currencies and Futures –Options pricing models – Differences between future and Options contracts. Unit-IV SWAPS: Definition of SWAP – Interest Rate SWAP – Currency SWAP –Role of Financial Intermediary – Warehousing – Valuation of Interest rate SWAPs and Currency SWAPS Bonds and FRNs –Credit Risk. Unit –V Derivatives in India: Evolution of Derivatives Market in India – Regulations –Framework – Exchange Trading in Derivatives – Commodity Futures – Contract Terminology and Specifications for Stock Futures and Index futures in NSE- Contract Terminology and Specifications for Interest Rate Derivatives.

Course Outcome: Upon completion of this course, students should be able to understand the structural differences among derivative instruments, understand how derivatives are traded in exchanges and/or OTC markets, price derivative securities with different pricing models and use Derivatives for hedging and/or speculation purposes. References: (Text Book)

1. Bhaskar, P.(2003) Derivatives Simplified, Sage Publishing 2. Gupta S.L. (2017) Financial Derivatives, PHI, New Delhi.

(Reference Book) 3. John. C. Hull (2016) Options, Futures and other Derivative Securities, PHI, New Delhi. 4. Keith, Redhead (1997) Financial Derivatives, PHI, New Delhi. 5. Jean-Philippe Bouchaud, Marc Potters (2011). Theory of Financial Risk and Derivative

Pricing, Cambridge University Press

MICROFINANCE (MBA – 244)

Total: 100 L-T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (3.5 Credits) Time: 3 hrs Course Objective: The objective of the course is to acquaint the students with the importance of the microfinance models and policies thereof with special references to India. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Overview of Microfinance and its Evolution-Genesis and evolution of microfinance: Definition of micro finance - Products and Services: Lending and Saving Products. Unit-II Micro finance different models in India and International context- SHG Bank Linkage, Grameen model, Banking correspondent and facilitator model, Major opportunities and challenges of Indian microfinance sector. Unit-III Major policy initiatives taken by government in the area of social banking- Evolution of concept of priority sector, regional rural banks, nationalization of commercial banks, subsidy based credit facility, setting of NABARD, Introduction of Lead Bank scheme. Unit-IV Measuring micro finance performance and impact assessment, managing the viability Legal and regulatory issues in micro finance sector in India. Unit – V Operational Aspects of Micro-Finance-Commercial Banks as Micro lenders, The Technological Base:Payment Systems and Banking Software, Building the Market for Investing in Microfinance, Operating Costs, Risk Management Course Outcome: The students would be able to apply the knowledge about various models, practices and policies of micro-finance for the effective management of micro finance institutions

References: (Text Book)

1. Debadutta K. Panda (2009) Understanding Microfinance Wiley India 2. Girija Srinivasan (2013) Microfinance India Sage India 3. Micro-Finance Perspectives and Operations: Indian Institute of Finance (2008) Macmillan

India (Reference Book)

4. Aghion, Jonathan Morduch (2005) The Economics of Microfinance MIT Press

COMMERCIAL BANK MANAGEMENT (MBA - 254)

Total: 100 L-T Theory: 50 3-1 Sessionals: 50 (3.5 Credits) Time: 3 Hours Course Objective: This course aims at enabling the students to understand and to contribute to the strategic operational policies and practices of commercial bank management in a competitive environment. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I

Indian Banking System: Evolution of Commercial banking in India, Banking Structure in India, Appraisal of present Banking system, Banking Sector reforms, emerging trends, issues and challenges in Banking System. Unit-II

Bank Balance Sheet Structure: Accounts - Categories, Analysis, Prudential Norms, Capital adequacy, Cost of funds, RBI guidelines for implementation of Basel III Capital Regulations in India. Unit-III Credit Management: Credit Appraisal - Assessment of Credit Requirements, Credit Rating, and Pricing of Loans. Loan Delivery and Monitoring of Accounts, Management of Guarantees and other Fee based business. Unit- IV Management of NPAs: Prudential norms on Income Recognition, Asset Classification and Provisioning pertaining to Advances. Legal and Non-legal Measures, Credit Risk Models and Credit Derivatives. Unit- V Investment Management in Banks: Management of SLR and non-SLR securities, Asset-Liability Management, Risk Management in Banks.

Course Outcome: As a result of taking this course, the student should be able to critically evaluate the role of banking in the economy, their structure, and the regulatory environment in which they operate. They will also able to discuss the analytical foundations related to the asset-liability management (ALM) of financial institutions, the risks involved, and the impact on the valuation of financial institutions. After that they will able to analyze and evaluate the management of the lending, investment and trading activities of financial institutions, the related risks and the management of these risks. Finally they will able to understand the role and the risks of off-balance sheet activities.

References:

(Text Book)

1. M.L.Tanan, (2008) Banking Law and Practice Wadhwa & Company, Nagpur C.R. Data & S.K. Kataria

2. Advanced Bank Management (2010) Indian Institute of Banking & Finance - Macmillan Publication

3. Bank Financial Management (2010) Indian Institute of Banking & Finance - Macmillan Publication

(Reference Book) 4. Timothy W. Koch (2009) Bank Management, South Western Publication.

FOURTH SEMESTER

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

SYLLABUS

RETAIL MANAGEMENT (MBA 216)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The main objective is to make students learn the basics and fundamentals of retailing concept in India. To acquaint the students with the art of designing a retail outlet and teach them the concept of supply chain and logistics in retailing. It’ll teach the implementation distribution planning and cross docking strategy in retailing, It will provide the basic understanding of the new technology like RFID and Big data used in retailing. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction to Retail: Retailing definition, structure, different formats, marketing concepts in retailing consumer purchase behavior, cultural and social group influence – Case Studies. Unit-II Key Marketing Factors in Retailing: Retailing Mix- Social forces, economic forces, technological forces, competitive forces, Theories in retailing management – Case Studies.

Unit-III Retail Location: Retail store location- store site selection, site selection models, return on per square feet of space; Exteriors and layout- creativity display; Merchandise Planning- stocks turns, credit management, Retail pricing – Case Studies.

Unit-IV Retail Promotions: Staying ahead of competition, Supply chain management, Warehousing, Franchising, Direct marketing/ Direct selling – Case Studies.

Unit-V Major Retailing Decisions: Emerging formats- issues & options, Retail equity, Technology in retailing, Retailing through the Internet, HRM in retailing, International retailing – Case Studies. Course Outcome: On course completion the student will have an understanding of the operations of retail outlets. They will be aware of career opportunities in retailing and will understand that how the term creativity in retailing is used for sales.


1. Berman, B., Evans, J. R., & Mathur, M. (2011). Retail management: a strategic approach 11/e Pearson Education

2. Swapna, P. (2013). Retail management. McGraw hill publication. 3. Levy, M., & Barton, A. Weitz (2007). Retailing Management 6/e, Tata McGraw Hill 4. Newman, Andrew, and Peter Cullen (2002) Retailing: environment & operations. Cengage

Learning EMEA.

(Reference Books)

5. Gilbert, D. (1999). Retail marketing management 2/e. Pearson Education. 6. Gibson G. Vedamani (2003). Retail Management: Functional Principles and Practices (4th

Edition), JAICO Publishing House 7. Fernie, J., & Sparks, L. (2014). Logistics and retail management: emerging issues and new

challenges in the retail supply chain. Kogan page publishers. 8. Varley, R., & Rafiq, M. (2014). Principles of retailing. Palgrave macmillan. 9. Paul, R., & Ponnam, A. (2018). Teaching Customer Experience Quality and its

Significance in Retail Management: A Role Playing Game using Chinese Puzzle ‘Tangram’. Decision Sciences Journal of Innovative Education, 16(2), 126-139.

10. Sengupta, A. (2008). Emergence of modern Indian retail: an historical perspective. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, 36(9), 689-700.

11. Padmavathy, C., Balaji, M. S., & Sivakumar, V. J. (2012). Measuring effectiveness of customer relationship management in Indian retail banks. International Journal of Bank Marketing, 30(4), 246-266.

RELATIONSHIP MARKETING (MBA 226)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L–T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The course aims to develop a clear understanding of customer relationship management concepts and frameworks. This will also help the students by touching upon the areas of relationship marketing, customer behavior, customer satisfaction and loyalty. It will provide a rigorous understanding in learning effective CRM strategies used by companies to align business process with customer centric strategies using people, technology, and knowledge. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Conceptual foundation of Relationship Marketing- Nordic school approach, Six markets model, Relationship marketing versus Transactional marketing, Customer Relationship management, Customer Retention and experience Management, Concept of Customer Lifetime Value– Case Studies. Unit-II Customer Satisfaction- Meaning and definition of Satisfaction, Concept of consumer satisfaction, Identification of determinants of customer satisfaction, Assessing customer satisfaction, relationship between customer satisfaction and service quality – Case Studies. Unit-III Customer Loyalty-Meaning and definition of Customer Loyalty, Customer Loyalty formation, Customer Loyalty outcomes, Emotion quadrant model of Customer Loyalty, Customer Loyalty Assessment – Case Studies. Unit-IV Enablers of Relationship Marketing-CRM Technologies, Role of Call Centres, Enterprise Marketing management, People factor in relationship marketing, Customer centric recruitment, selection and development of employees, Informational technology and Relationship marketing, Profitability and Relationship marketing – Case Studies.

Unit-V CRM Softwares- Data Warehousing and Data Mining, Artificial Intelligence and its role in CRM, Future of Relationship marketing and its implications on organizations – Case Studies. Course Outcome:

At the completion of the course, student will be able to analyse relationship theory and relationship economics from the point of view of the customer and the organisation. Students will be able to critically analyse an organisation's relational strategies with different stakeholder groups. Finally they will be able to formulate and assess strategic, operational and tactical CRM decisions as well.

References:

(Text Books) 1. AtulParvatiyar and Sheth (1999). Handbook of Relationship Marketing, Sage publications. 2. Parvatiyar, A., and Sheth, J. N. (2001). Customer relationship management: emerging

practice, process, and discipline. Journal of Economic and Social research, 3(2), 1-34. (Reference Books)

3. Godson, M. (2009). Relationship marketing. Oxford University Press. 4. Mukerjee Kaushik (2007). Customer Relationship Management: A Strategic Approach to

Marketing 1st Edition. 5. Zikmund, W. G., McLeod, R., and Gilbert, F. W. (2003). Customer relationship

management: Integrating marketing strategy and information technology. Wiley. 6. Baron, S., Conway, T., and Warnaby, G. (2010). Relationship marketing: A consumer

experience approach. Sage Publications. 7. Biswas, S. (2011). Relationship marketing: Concepts, theories and cases. PHI Learning

Pvt. Ltd. 8. Alok Kumar Rai (2012). Customer Relationship Management: Concepts and Cases,

Prentice Hall of India.

MARKETING OF SERVICES (MBA 236) Total: 100

Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: This will make students learn the basics and fundamentals of service industry and acquaint them with the art of pleasing a customer for satisfaction and loyalty. This will teach them the concept of SERVQUAL and how important the concept is to the industry and why. This will also provide the basic understanding of designing of service blueprints. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction to Services Marketing: Services economy-evaluation and growth of service sector, nature and scope of services, characteristics, classification, service market potential, expanded marketing mix for services, service quality, introduction to gaps model – Case Studies. Unit-II Focus on Customers: Assessing service-marketing opportunities, customer expectations and perceptions of services, customer behaviour specific to usage of services, service markets segmentation, market targeting and selection – Case Studies. Unit-III Service Design: Levels of service product, service life cycle, new service development, service blue print, physical evidence and service scope, competitive differentiation of services, pricing of services- methods and specific issues – Case Studies. Unit-IV Service Delivery: People in service, service process-direct distribution, channel functions, channels selection, impact of information technology, designing communications mix for promoting services, building service customer relationships and service recovery, role of internal marketing in service delivery – Case Studies. Unit-V Marketing Services for Different Industries: Formulating service marketing strategies for health, hospitality, tourism, logistics, financial, information technology, educational, entertainment and public utility services – Case Studies.

Course Outcome:

On course completion students will have an understanding of the facts that why service sector is the most rewarding sector to an economy this course will familiarize them with the terminologies for using in field. The students will start the implementation of quality in services and excellence in their own work. References:

(Text Books)

1. Lovelock, C. (2011). Services Marketing, 7/e. Pearson Education India. 2. Zeithaml (2011). Services Marketing – Sie, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.

(Reference Books)

3. Nimit Chowdhary and Monika Chaudhary (2005). Text book of marketing of Services, the Indian Experience, Macmillan Publishing Co.

4. Shanker, R. (2002). Services Marketing in Indian Perspective. Excel Books India. 5. Wilson, A., Zeithaml, V. A., Bitner, M. J., & Gremler, D. D. (2012). Services marketing:

Integrating customer focus across the firm 6/e, McGraw Hill. 6. Peter Mudie, Angela Pirrie (2012). Services Marketing Management, Routledge. 7. Kapoor (2011). Service Marketing: Concepts & Practices, Tata McGraw Hill.

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (MBA 246)

Total: 100 Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: From corporate giants to small businesses, product-manufacturing industries operating within all verticals constantly attempt to enhance logistics and operations techniques and practices. This course introduces the concept of supply chain management and evaluates the core fundamentals of supply chain. Students develop the ability to conceptualize, design, and implement supply chains aligned with product, market, and customer characteristics.With the help of this course students develop the ability to evaluate how information flows can substitute for the stock of physical resources, such as inventory. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be Six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Introduction and Drivers of SCM: Introduction to Logistics & Supply Chain Management, Definition, Objectives, Significance, Decision Phase, Supply chain characteristics & Relationships. Drivers of SCM Performance, global supply chain management, forecasting-types, static method forecasting, adaptive method, procuring raw material and purchase process, errors – Case Studies. Unit-II

Components of SCM: Inventory Management- defining, costs of keeping inventory, EOQ-Approach, ABC Analysis, Risk & Uncertainty Models, Lead time – Case Studies. Unit-III Location and Transportation: Warehousing-role and concept of warehousing, types of warehousing, planning Warehouse operations, site selection, layout, material handling, management of receipts and issues. Importance and modes of transportation, selection of transportation modes, documents and carrier liabilities, transportation management, multimodal transportation – Case Studies. Unit-IV Packaging and Communication: Defining package & packaging, importance to customer service, utilization, importance in SCM Role of information, information processing at each step, role of IT in SCM, importance of communication at each level – Case Studies.

Unit-V Additional Dimensions: JIT philosophy, Quick response logistics, distribution control and performance evaluation – Case Studies. Course Outcome: At the completion of this course, the student should be able to examine the design and performance of supply networks and processes in different business contexts. Students develop capabilities in forecasting, coordination for supply chain integration, inventory management, procurement, JIT, product and process design, and global supply chain management.

References:

(Text Books)

1. Bowersox (1973). Physical Distribution Management, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. Stern, L. W., El-Ansary, A. I., & Coughlan, A. T. (1996). Marketing channels,, Vol. 5,

Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

(Reference Books)

3. Khanna, K. K. (1985). Physical Distribution Management: Logistical Approach. Himalaya Publishing House.

4. Stock & Lambert, (2001). Strategic Logistics Management, Tata McGraw Hill. 5. William Y. C. Wang, Michael S. H. Heng, Patrick Y. K. Chau (2007). Supply Chain

Management: Issues in the New Era of Collaboration and Competition, Idea Group Inc (IGI).

6. Janat Shah (2009). Supply Chain Management: Text and Cases, Pearson Education. 7. Lawrence D. Fredendall, Ed Hill (2000). Basics of Supply Chain Management, CRC Press. 8. Birgit Dam Jespersen, Tage Skjott-Larsen (2005). Supply Chain Management: In Theory

and Practice, Copenhagen Business School Press. 9. Charles C. Poirier (1999). Advanced Supply Chain Management: How to Build a Sustained

Competitive Advantage, Berrett-Koehler Publishers. 10. James B. Ayers (2006). Handbook of Supply Chain Management, Second Edition,

Auerbach Publications.

EMERGING CONCEPTS IN MARKETING-II (MBA-II 256) Total: 100

Theory: 50 L –T Sessionals: 50 3- 1 Time: 3 hrs (Credits-3.5) Course Objective: The major aim of this paper is to familiarize the students the emerging marketing concept. The students understanding of the concept of green marketing and Neuro marketing will increase to the level providing inputs to the organisation on the matter related to it in an organisation. Social marketing these days is enjoying as limelight in the corporate sector. This course aims to teach how to use social and cause-related factors for the benefit of company’s profitability. Note for the Paper Setter: The number of questions to be set will be six, at least one from each unit. Out of these one question will be compulsory. The examinee will be required to attempt the compulsory one and any other four questions. All questions shall carry equal marks. Unit-I Neuro Marketing- The Rationale, The Human Brain and Marketing, Nervous System and Brand Communication, Brand Communication and Memory, Advertising and Seven Sins of Memory, Applications of Neuro Marketing, Neuro Marketing and Product Life-Cycle – Case studies. Unit-II Green Marketing- An overview of Green Marketing, Strategic Green Planning, Sustainable Marketing- The Environment and Consumption, The Environmental Effects of Consumption, Discovering Value via Market Analysis, Delivering Value via Sustainable Supply Cycle Strategies, Monitoring and Reporting Sustainability Efforts – Case studies Unit-III Cause Related Marketing- Meaning, Concept and Impact of Cause Related Marketing, Understanding Social Marketing - Defining Social Marketing, 10 Steps in the Strategic Marketing and Planning Process, 7 Ps of Social Marketing– Case Studies Unit-IV Social Marketing Environment- Determining Research Needs and Options, Choosing a Purpose and Focus for your Plan and Conducting a Situation Analysis. Selecting Target Audiences, Objectives and Goals -Segmenting, Evaluating and Selecting Target Audience, Setting Behavior Objectives and Goals– Case Studies.

Unit-V Marketing Analytics- Concept and Importance, Disruptive technologies, Big Data- Brief Introduction, Introduction to Machine Learning & Deep Learning, Text Mining, Recent Advances in Marketing Analytics- Case Studies Course Outcome: After the completion of the course the students will be able to apply sustainable marketing techniques in the favor of an organisation. They will understand the psychology of a customer better in technicality and logically. This course will also acquaint the students with the understanding of social factor impact on customer psychology and also how to utilize the same to fame and defame certain organisations.


1. Sharma J. K., Agarwal D. P., Singh Deepali, Deepak K. K (2010). Neuromarketing: A Peep Into Customers Minds, Print Edition, PHI Publications

2. Deshpande, S., & Lee, N. R. (2014). Social Marketing in India. SAGE Publications India. 3. Evans, D. (2012). Social media marketing: An hour a day. John Wiley & Sons. 4. Jacquelyn Ottman (2011). The New Rules of Green Marketing: Strategies, Tools, and

Inspiration for Sustainable Branding, Berrett-Koehler Publishers 5. John Grant (2009). The Green Marketing Manifesto, John Wiley & Sons

(Reference Books)

6. Robert Dahlstrom (2011). Green Marketing Management, Cengage Learning 7. John F. Wasik (1996) Green Marketing and Management: A Global Perspective, Wiley

Publications 8. Gerard Hastings, Kathryn Angus, Carol Bryant (2011). The SAGE Handbook of Social

Marketing, Sage Publications 9. Dan Zarrella (2010). The Social Media Marketing Book, "O'Reilly Media, Inc 10. Alan R. Andreasen (2006). Social Marketing in the 21st Century, SAGE Publications 11. Stephen Genco, Peter SteidlAndrew Pohlmann, (2013). Neuromarketing For Dummies,

John Wiley & Sons 12. Patrick Renvoise (2007). Neuromarketing: Understanding the Buy Buttons in Your

Customer's Brain, Thomas Nelson Inc 13. Leon Zurawicki (2013). Neuromarketing: Exploring the Brain of the Consumer, Springer

Publications 14. Avinash, K. (2011). Web Analytics 2.0: The Art of Online Accountability and Science of

Customer Centricity. 15. Jeffery, M. (2010). Data-driven marketing: the 15 metrics everyone in marketing should

know. John Wiley & Sons. 16. Cutroni, J. (2010). Google Analytics: Understanding Visitor Behavior. " O'Reilly Media,

Inc.". 17. Hemann, C., &Burbary, K. (2013). Digital marketing analytics: Making sense of consumer

data in a digital world. Pearson Education. 18. Kotler, P., &Zaltman, G. (1971). Social marketing: an approach to planned social

change. The Journal of Marketing, 3-12.

Department of Industries & Commerce, Haryana

Form-III

“Certificate of Registration to be issued under Section 9(1) of the Haryana Registration and Regulation of Societies Act,2012”

(See rule 5 and rule 6)

Certificate of Registration of Society

I hereby certify that a Society bearing the Registration Number and name as undermentioned has been registered this [24] day[Oct] month [2016] year under the Haryana Registration and Regulation of Societies Act, 2012 (Haryana Act No. 1 of 2012).

State Code District Code Year Of Registration Registration Number

H R 4 2 0 1 6 0 1 2 6 9

Name Of the Society Registered Office Address

NIT Kurukshetra Alumni Association Room No. A-313, National Institute of Technology, Kurukshetra 136119

Issued under my hand at [Kurukshetra] this [24] day of (month)[Oct] (Year)[2016] having Unique Identification Number -2000115293

Issuing Authority, District Registrar, , Haryana.

SOME IMPORTANT PROVISIONS OF THE HRRS ACT 2012 TO BE FOLLOWED :

One Flat one vote.Collegium Scheme to be approved from District Registrar if members strength is more than 1000.Administrator if appointed will not enroll new members, incur capital expenditure and give employement in the society.Terms of Governing Body not to be more than 3 years.Member to be not less than 21 year age.Office bearers of society (Three to twenty one).General Body and other meeting should be conducted with quorum i.e 1st meeting - 40%, 2nd meeting - 25% and 3rd meeting -15% (see entire Provisions)Submission of mandatory Annual Returns i.e. list of members, list of members of collegium, list of office bearers, Annual Reporton working, Balance Sheet & Auditors Report, Copy of special resolution otherwise shall attract penalities & fines as perprovisions of Act.In case of Joint Apartment owners, 1st owner will be eligible to contest the elections.Proxy voting not allowed.Condominium/ Association covered under Apartment Ownership Act 1983 is to be formed by owners only.Election observer may be appointed by District Registrar or on request of Society

Verification Link: https://haryanaindustries.gov.in/msme/verify/societyregistration/id/115293/reg/06-004-2016-01269

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)

https://haryanaindustries.gov.in/msme/verify/societyregistration/id/115293/reg/06-004-2016-01269

http://www.tcpdf.org

SAR Report for MBA Program MBA 2021 - NIT Kurukshetra

Documents

Transcript of SAR Report for MBA Program MBA 2021 - NIT Kurukshetra